Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-Q

(Mark One)

 

x       Quarterly Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2012

 

or

 

o          Transition Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

for the transition period from                      to                    

 

Commission File Number: 000-20086

 

UNIVERSAL HOSPITAL SERVICES, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

 

41-0760940

(State or other jurisdiction of

 

(I.R.S. Employer

incorporation or organization)

 

Identification No.)

 

6625 West 78th Street, Suite 300

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439-2604

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

 

(952) 893-3200

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Not Applicable

(Former name, former address, and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  o  No  x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T  (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  o  No  x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company.  See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer  o

 

Accelerated filer  o

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer  x

 

Smaller reporting company  o

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes   o  No  x

 

Number of shares of common stock outstanding as of August 1, 2012:  1,000

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

Table of Contents

 

 

 

Page

PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

ITEM 1.

Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets — June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011

1

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Consolidated Statements of Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) —Three and Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011

2

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011

4

 

 

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

5

 

 

 

ITEM 2.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

30

 

 

 

ITEM 3.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

47

 

 

 

ITEM 4.

Controls and Procedures

47

 

 

 

PART II - OTHER INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

ITEM 1.

Legal Proceedings

48

 

 

 

ITEM 1A.

Risk Factors

49

 

 

 

ITEM 2.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

49

 

 

 

ITEM 3.

Defaults Upon Senior Securities

49

 

 

 

ITEM 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

 

 

 

 

ITEM 5.

Other Information

49

 

 

 

ITEM 6.

Exhibits

51

 

 

 

Signatures

52

 



Table of Contents

 

PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Item 1. Consolidated Financial Statements — Unaudited

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share information)

(unaudited)

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

332

 

$

1,161

 

Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,016 at June 30, 2012 and $1,922 at December 31, 2011

 

80,535

 

70,592

 

Inventories

 

8,319

 

6,023

 

Deferred income taxes

 

11,012

 

12,328

 

Other current assets

 

5,794

 

4,392

 

Total current assets

 

105,992

 

94,496

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net:

 

 

 

 

 

Medical equipment, net

 

248,887

 

235,887

 

Property and office equipment, net

 

30,593

 

28,460

 

Total property and equipment, net

 

279,480

 

264,347

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other long-term assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

335,416

 

326,952

 

Other intangibles, net

 

239,151

 

241,440

 

Other, primarily deferred financing costs, net

 

11,857

 

13,106

 

Total assets

 

$

971,896

 

$

940,341

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

$

6,701

 

$

5,627

 

Interest rate swap

 

 

4,755

 

Book overdrafts

 

2,887

 

3,614

 

Accounts payable

 

31,760

 

31,359

 

Accrued compensation

 

10,772

 

11,571

 

Accrued interest

 

4,074

 

4,937

 

Dividend payable

 

780

 

771

 

Other accrued expenses

 

11,590

 

10,054

 

Total current liabilities

 

68,564

 

72,688

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt, less current portion

 

696,663

 

665,470

 

Pension and other long-term liabilities

 

13,655

 

12,981

 

Payable to Parent

 

20,547

 

19,019

 

Deferred income taxes

 

76,357

 

75,657

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

214,294

 

214,294

 

Accumulated deficit

 

(109,623

)

(108,327

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(8,940

)

(11,827

)

Total Universal Hospital Services, Inc. equity

 

95,731

 

94,140

 

Non controlling interest

 

379

 

386

 

Total equity

 

96,110

 

94,526

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

$

971,896

 

$

940,341

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited financial statements.

 

1



Table of Contents

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

June 30,

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2012

 

2011

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Medical equipment outsourcing

 

$

88,460

 

$

73,847

 

$

168,497

 

$

140,086

 

Technical and professional services

 

22,350

 

11,361

 

42,479

 

22,231

 

Medical equipment sales and remarketing

 

9,264

 

5,876

 

15,631

 

11,482

 

Total revenues

 

120,074

 

91,084

 

226,607

 

173,799

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of medical equipment outsourcing

 

32,591

 

28,466

 

64,569

 

52,900

 

Cost of technical and professional services

 

16,885

 

8,227

 

32,654

 

16,110

 

Cost of medical equipment sales and remarketing

 

7,345

 

4,600

 

12,099

 

8,900

 

Medical equipment depreciation

 

17,321

 

17,505

 

34,225

 

34,673

 

Total costs of medical equipment outsourcing, technical and professional services and medical equipment sales and remarketing

 

74,142

 

58,798

 

143,547

 

112,583

 

Gross margin

 

45,932

 

32,286

 

83,060

 

61,216

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

28,709

 

27,111

 

56,367

 

49,491

 

Acquisition and integration expenses

 

190

 

1,225

 

294

 

1,999

 

Operating income

 

17,033

 

3,950

 

26,399

 

9,726

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

14,504

 

12,745

 

30,003

 

24,450

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and non controlling interest

 

2,529

 

(8,795

)

(3,604

)

(14,724

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

197

 

(7,520

)

(2,674

)

(7,307

)

Consolidated net income (loss)

 

$

2,332

 

$

(1,275

)

$

(930

)

$

(7,417

)

Net income attributable to non controlling interest

 

184

 

138

 

366

 

138

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

 

$

2,148

 

$

(1,413

)

$

(1,296

)

$

(7,555

)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited financial statements.

 

2



Table of Contents

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30,

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2012

 

2011

 

Consolidated net income (loss)

 

$

2,332

 

$

(1,275

)

$

(930

)

$

(7,417

)

Other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain on cash flow hedge, net of tax

 

1,167

 

1,583

 

2,887

 

3,284

 

Total other comprehensive income

 

1,167

 

1,583

 

2,887

 

3,284

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

3,499

 

308

 

1,957

 

(4,133

)

Comprehensive income attributable to non controlling interest

 

184

 

138

 

366

 

138

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

 

$

3,315

 

$

170

 

$

1,591

 

$

(4,271

)

 

3



Table of Contents

 

Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated net loss

 

$

(930

)

$

(7,417

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

39,673

 

39,414

 

Amortization of intangibles, deferred financing costs and bond premium

 

9,312

 

8,676

 

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

392

 

400

 

Provision for inventory obsolescence

 

182

 

76

 

Non-cash stock-based compensation expense

 

2,150

 

2,196

 

Non-cash gain on trade-in of recalled equipment

 

(14,122

)

(3,292

)

Gain on sales and disposals of equipment

 

(695

)

(801

)

Deferred income taxes

 

(1,450

)

(7,109

)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

(9,372

)

(1,310

)

Inventories

 

(1,678

)

(125

)

Other operating assets

 

(2,001

)

(252

)

Accounts payable

 

(608

)

(2,111

)

Other operating liabilities

 

(3,179

)

2,745

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

17,674

 

31,090

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Medical equipment purchases

 

(32,082

)

(48,116

)

Property and office equipment purchases

 

(3,637

)

(3,235

)

Proceeds from disposition of property and equipment

 

3,935

 

1,496

 

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

 

(11,445

)

(65,039

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(43,229

)

(114,894

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds under senior secured credit facility

 

72,000

 

132,250

 

Payments under senior secured credit facility

 

(39,000

)

(185,150

)

Payments of principal under capital lease obligations

 

(3,398

)

(2,714

)

Payment of deferred financing costs

 

 

(3,500

)

Payoff of acquired debt

 

(3,163

)

 

Proceeds from issuance of bonds

 

 

178,938

 

Accrued interest received from bondholders

 

 

661

 

Distributions to non controlling interests

 

(373

)

(147

)

Proceeds from exercise of parent company stock options

 

150

 

40

 

Dividend and equity distribution payments

 

(763

)

 

Change in book overdrafts

 

(727

)

1,173

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

24,726

 

121,551

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

(829

)

37,747

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of period

 

1,161

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of period

 

$

332

 

$

37,747

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

29,424

 

$

22,645

 

Income taxes paid

 

798

 

352

 

Non-cash activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Medical equipment purchases included in accounts payable (at end of period)

 

$

8,016

 

$

8,627

 

Dividend declared to Parent

 

 

34,500

 

Capital lease additions

 

3,113

 

2,636

 

 

4



Table of Contents

 

Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1.                                       Basis of Presentation

 

The interim consolidated financial statements included in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q have been prepared by Universal Hospital Services, Inc. (“we”, “our”, “us”, the “Company”, or “UHS”) without audit, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).  Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) have been condensed or omitted, pursuant to such rules and regulations.  These consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes included in the Company’s 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC.

 

Acquisitions are described in Note 3, Acquisitions, and results of acquisitions are included in UHS’s consolidated results of operations since the date of acquisition.

 

The interim consolidated financial statements presented herein as of June 30, 2012, reflect, in the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and the results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented.  These adjustments are of a normal, recurring nature.  The results of operations for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results for the full year.

 

We are required to make estimates and assumptions about future events in preparing consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP.  These estimates and assumptions affect the amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses at the date of the unaudited consolidated financial statements.  While we believe that our past estimates and assumptions have been materially accurate, our current estimates are subject to change if different assumptions as to the outcome of future events are made.  We evaluate our estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis and predicate those estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances.  We make adjustments to our assumptions and judgments when facts and circumstances dictate.  Since future events and their effects cannot be determined with absolute certainty, actual results may differ from the estimates used in preparing the accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

A description of our significant accounting policies is included in our 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K. There have been no material changes to these policies for the six months ended June 30, 2012.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of UHS and its wholly owned subsidiary, UHS Surgical Services, Inc. (“Surgical Services”) since the acquisition of its predecessor companies, Emergent Group Inc. (“Emergent”) and PRI Medical Technologies, Inc. on April 1, 2011. In addition, in accordance with guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), we have accounted for our equity investments in entities in which we are the primary beneficiary under the full consolidation method. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated through consolidation. As the primary beneficiary, we consolidate the limited liability companies

 

5



Table of Contents

 

(“LLCs”) referred to in Note 11, Limited Liability Companies, as we effectively receive the majority of the benefits from such entities and we provide equipment lease guarantees for such entities.

 

2.                                       Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

Standard Adopted

 

In September 2011, the FASB issued an amendment to the authoritative guidance on goodwill impairment testing. The objective of this amendment is to simplify how entities, both public and nonpublic, test goodwill for impairment. The amendment permits an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test described in Topic 350, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other . If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. The adoption of this amendment did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

 

3.                                       Acquisitions

 

On January 3, 2012, we completed the acquisition of all of the outstanding stock of a Florida-based surgical laser equipment service provider for total consideration of approximately $16.1 million. The consideration total consists of $11.0 million of cash paid at closing, $3.2 million of debt assumed that was paid off upon closing, and $1.9 million of holdback amounts expected to be paid by January 2013.  The acquisition was funded through our $195.0 million Senior Secured Credit Facility.

 

We have allocated the following asset and liability amounts related to the acquisition within our consolidated balance sheet:  holdback amounts payable $1.9 million, other working capital items $0.4 million, fixed assets $5.4 million, identifiable intangible assets $5.3 million, non-deductible goodwill $8.4 million, deferred income tax liabilities $3.4 million and long-term debt (paid off subsequent to closing) $3.2 million. We will utilize additional information, particularly as it relates to intangible assets and income taxes, as it becomes available in order to finalize this purchase price allocation as soon as practicable, but no later than January 1, 2013, one year from the acquisition date.

 

On March 31, 2012, we completed the acquisition of certain assets of the southern California equipment rental division of a medical equipment manufacturer. Total purchase price of the transaction was approximately $0.8 million, including approximately $0.4 million in contingent consideration to be paid over four years based on future revenues. Assets acquired consisted of medical equipment of $0.4 million and customer relationship intangibles of $0.3 million.

 

Acquisitions completed during the first quarter of 2012 are not material individually or in the aggregate.

 

On April 1, 2011, we completed our acquisition of Emergent Group, which was, at December 31, 2011, merged into its principal operating subsidiary, PRI Medical, whose name was subsequently changed to UHS Surgical Services, Inc., and which we refer to as “Surgical Services”. Surgical Services is a provider of laser and mobile surgical equipment services primarily for the urology community.

 

6



Table of Contents

 

We acquired Surgical Services (previously, Emergent Group), for a total purchase price of approximately $65.3 million, which represents the sum of $60.0 million of cash paid for equity, $4.8 million of capital lease liability assumed and $2.0 million of transaction costs, less cash acquired of $1.5 million. All outstanding shares were purchased at a price of $8.46 per share. The acquisition was funded primarily by drawings under our $195.0 million Senior Secured Credit Facility, which is described below in Note 8, Long-Term Debt.

 

During the quarter ended June 30, 2012, we finalized our purchase price allocation as of the April 1, 2011 acquisition date with the amounts noted in the table below:

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

1,480

 

Accounts receivable

 

4,517

 

Deferred income taxes

 

827

 

Inventories

 

1,222

 

Other current assets

 

1,403

 

Medical equipment

 

7,540

 

Property and equipment

 

234

 

Intangible assets

 

22,150

 

Other assets

 

79

 

Total identifiable assets

 

39,452

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

1,972

 

Accrued expenses

 

1,905

 

Other liabilites

 

1,618

 

Deferred income taxes

 

9,523

 

Capital leases

 

4,763

 

Total liabilities assumed

 

19,781

 

Net identifiable assets acquired

 

19,671

 

Non controlling interests

 

(379

)

Goodwill

 

40,727

 

Net assets acquired

 

$

60,019

 

 

In the second quarter of 2012, we recorded a measurement adjustment of $0.3 million, increasing the fair values of goodwill and accrued expenses assumed in the acquisition as of the acquisition date. We have retrospectively adjusted the previously reported fair values of goodwill and other accrued expenses.

 

The amounts of revenue and net income of Surgical Services included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations from April 1, 2011 to June 30, 2012 are as follows:

 

 

 

Revenue and income included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations
from:

 

(in thousands)

 

April 1, 2012 to June 30,
2012

 

January 1, 2012 to June 30,
2012

 

April 1, 2011 to June
30 ,2011

 

Revenue

 

$

12,288

 

$

24,129

 

$

8,055

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Surgical Services

 

$

(1,483

)

(1,661

)

191

 

 

The following unaudited supplemental pro forma information presents the financial results as if the acquisition of Emergent Group had occurred on January 1, 2011 for the six months ended June 30, 2011. This supplemental pro forma information has been prepared for comparative purposes and does not purport to be indicative of what would have occurred had the acquisition been made on January 1, 2011, nor are they indicative of any future results.

 

7



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

(in thousands)

 

June 30, 2011

 

Revenue

 

$

181,628

 

Net loss attributable to Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

 

(9,241

)

 

These amounts have been calculated after applying the Company’s accounting policies and adjusting the results of Emergent Group to reflect the additional depreciation, amortization and interest that would have been charged assuming the fair value adjustments primarily to medical equipment and intangible assets, and draws on the line of credit to fund the acquisition had been applied on January 1, 2011, as applicable, together with the consequential tax effects.

 

4.                                       Fair Value Measurements

 

Financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 820, are summarized in the following table by type of inputs applicable to the fair value measurements:

 

 

 

Fair Value at June 30, 2012

 

Fair Value at December 31, 2011

 

(in thousands)

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Rate Swap

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

4,755

 

$

 

$

4,755

 

Contingent Consideration

 

$

 

$

 

$

349

 

$

349

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

A description of the inputs used in the valuation of assets and liabilities is summarized as follows:

 

Level 1 — Inputs represent unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities exchanged in active markets.

 

Level 2 — Inputs include directly or indirectly observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities exchanged in active or inactive markets; quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities exchanged in inactive markets; other inputs that are considered in fair value determinations of the assets or liabilities, including interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals.  The level 2 inputs used to determine the fair value of our interest rate swap include interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals.

 

Level 3 — Inputs include unobservable inputs used in the measurement of assets and liabilities. Management is required to use its own assumptions regarding unobservable inputs because there is little, if any, market activity in the assets or liabilities or related observable inputs that can be corroborated at the measurement date. Unobservable inputs require management to make certain projections and assumptions about the information that would be used by market participants in pricing assets or liabilities.

 

As of March 31, 2012, we initially recorded a contingent consideration liability, in the form of an earn-out payment, related to our acquisition of certain assets of the southern California equipment rental division of a medical equipment manufacturer in the amount of $0.3 million. The contingent consideration payments are based on achieving certain revenue results. The fair value of the liability was estimated using a discounted cash flow approach with significant inputs that are not observable in the market and thus represents a Level 3 fair value measurement as defined in the FASB’s ASC Topic 820 . The significant inputs in the Level 3 measurement not supported by market activity included our

 

8



Table of Contents

 

assessments of expected future cash flows during the earn-out period, related to the assets acquired, appropriately discounted considering the uncertainties associated with the obligation, and calculated based on estimated revenues in accordance with the terms of the agreement. These inputs are classified as level 3 inputs.

 

The assumptions used in preparing the discounted cash flow analysis included estimates of interest rates and the timing and amount of incremental cash flows. At June 30, 2012 no earn-out had been paid.

 

Fair Value of Other Financial Instruments

 

The Company considers the carrying amount of financial instruments, including accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, as the approximate fair value due to their short maturities. We use the market approach to determine the fair value of our financial liabilities. We utilize observable market information of identical assets including trade dates, price and quantities provided by a third party pricing service for the selected reporting period. These inputs are considered level 2 inputs. The fair value of our outstanding PIK Toggle Notes and Floating Rate Notes as of June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, based on the quoted market price for the same or similar issues of debt, is approximately:

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

(in millions)

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PIK Toggle Notes

 

$

413.1

 

$

417.0

 

Floating Rate Notes

 

218.5

 

208.2

 

 

5.                                       Equity

 

The following tables represent changes in equity attributable to our shareholders and non controlling interests for the six month periods ending June 30, 2012 and 2011.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Paid-in

 

Accumulated

 

Comprehensive

 

Non controlling

 

Total

 

(unaudited)

 

Capital

 

Deficit

 

Loss

 

Interests

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

 

$

214,294

 

$

(108,327

)

$

(11,827

)

$

386

 

$

94,526

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

(1,296

)

 

366

 

(930

)

Unrealized gain on cash flow hedge, net of tax of $1,868

 

 

 

2,887

 

 

2,887

 

Cash distributions to non controlling interests

 

 

 

 

(373

)

(373

)

Balance at June 30, 2012

 

$

214,294

 

$

(109,623

)

$

(8,940

)

$

379

 

$

96,110

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paid-in

 

Accumulated

 

Comprehensive

 

Non controlling

 

Total

 

(in thousands)

 

Capital

 

Deficit

 

Loss

 

Interests

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

 

$

248,794

 

$

(87,276

)

$

(14,779

)

$

 

$

146,739

 

Consolidation of Emergent Group non controlling interest

 

 

 

 

379

 

379

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

(7,555

)

 

138

 

(7,417

)

Dividend declared

 

(34,500

)

 

 

 

(34,500

)

Unrealized gain on cash flow hedge, net of tax of $2,044

 

 

 

3,284

 

 

3,284

 

Cash distributions to non controlling interests

 

 

 

 

(147

)

(147

)

Balance at June 30, 2011

 

$

214,294

 

$

(94,831

)

$

(11,495

)

$

370

 

$

108,338

 

 

9



Table of Contents

 

6.                                       Stock-Based Compensation

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2012, activity under the 2007 Stock Option Plan (the “2007 Stock Option Plan”), of UHS Holdco, Inc., our parent company (“Parent”), was as follows:

 

(in thousands except exercise price)

 

Number of 
Options

 

Weighted
average
exercise price

 

Aggregate intrinsic
value

 

Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term (years)

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

 

38,195

 

$

1.05

 

$

25,046

 

5.7

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(150

)

$

1.00

 

$

107

 

 

 

Forfeited or expired

 

(311

)

$

1.17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at June 30, 2012

 

37,734

 

$

1.05

 

$

24,771

 

5.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable at June 30, 2012

 

29,704

 

$

1.02

 

$

20,411

 

5.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remaining authorized options available for issue

 

5,952

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The exercise price of each stock option award is equal to the market value of Parent’s common stock on the grant date as determined reasonably and in good faith by Parent’s board of directors and Parent’s compensation committee and based on an analysis of a variety of factors including peer group multiples, merger and acquisition multiples, and discounted cash flow analyses.

 

The intrinsic value of a stock award is the amount by which the market value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of the award.

 

We determine the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The estimated fair value of options, including the effect of estimated forfeitures, is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the options’ expected vesting periods. There were no stock options granted during the six months ended June 30, 2012.

 

Expected volatility is based on an independent valuation of the stock of companies within our peer group.  Given the lack of a true comparable company, the peer group consists of selected public health care companies representing our suppliers, customers and competitors within certain product lines.  The risk free-interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the grant date based on the expected option life.  The expected option life represents the result of the “simplified” method applied to “plain vanilla” options granted during the period, as provided within ASC Topic 718, “Compensation - Stock Compensation.”   Parent used the simplified method as Parent does not have sufficient historical exercise experience to provide a basis upon which to estimate the expected term.

 

Although Parent grants stock options, the Company recognizes compensation expense related to these options since the services are performed for its benefit.  Along with this expense, which is primarily included in selling, general and administrative expense, the Company records an offsetting payable to Parent liability which is not expected to be settled within the next twelve months.

 

10



Table of Contents

 

At June 30, 2012, unearned non-cash stock-based compensation that we expect to recognize as expense over a weighted average period of 1.6 years, totals approximately $3.1 million, net of our estimated forfeiture rate of 2.0%. The expense could be accelerated upon the sale of Parent or the Company.

 

7.                                       Dividend and Equity Distribution

 

On June 8, 2011 the Company and Parent’s Boards of Directors declared a dividend of $0.12 per share to the Parent’s shareholders of record on June 10, 2011 and a $0.12 per share equity distribution to be paid to the holders of vested options on the Parent’s stock as of June 10, 2011, subject to the consummation of the note offering which occurred on June 17, 2011 (see Note 8, Long-term Debt), and payable on July 1, 2011.

 

Also on June 8, 2011, the Boards of Directors declared an equity distribution of $0.12 per option to holders of outstanding options on the Parent’s stock on June 10, 2011 that are scheduled to vest on December 31, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, and 2015.

 

Our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012 reflect the decrease in shareholders’ equity for dividends paid to Parent shareholders and distributions to vested option holders on July 1, 2011 and distributions payable to vested option holders on December 31, 2011, as well as estimated amounts to be paid to holders of options expected to vest on December 31, 2012 though 2015 based on an estimated option forfeiture rate of 2% annually.  Our consolidated balance sheet also reflects the related current dividend payable and long-term dividend payable included in Payable to Parent.

 

8.                                       Long-Term Debt

 

Long-term debt consists of the following:

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2012

 

2011

 

PIK toggle notes

 

$

405,000

 

$

405,000

 

Floating rate notes

 

230,000

 

230,000

 

Unamortized bond premium

 

2,985

 

3,433

 

Senior secured credit facility

 

47,500

 

14,500

 

Capital lease obligations

 

17,879

 

18,164

 

 

 

703,364

 

671,097

 

Less: Current portion of long-term debt

 

(6,701

)

(5,627

)

Total long-term debt

 

$

696,663

 

$

665,470

 

 

PIK Toggle Notes. Our 8.50% / 9.25% Second Lien Senior Secured PIK Toggle Notes due 2015 (the “PIK Toggle Notes”) consist of $230.0 million aggregate principal amount of PIK Toggle Notes issued on May 31, 2007 and $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of PIK Toggle Notes issued on June 17, 2011 for a total aggregate outstanding principal amount of $405.0 million.  All of the PIK Toggle Notes were issued under a Second Lien Senior Indenture dated as of May 31, 2007 (the “Second Lien Senior Indenture”).

 

11



Table of Contents

 

The PIK Toggle Notes mature on June 1, 2015. Interest on the PIK Toggle Notes is payable semiannually in arrears on each June 1 and December 1. Beginning June 1, 2011, the Company was required to make all interest payments on the PIK Toggle Notes entirely as cash interest. Cash interest on the PIK Toggle Notes accrues at the rate of 8.50% per annum. The PIK Toggle Notes are redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, at specified redemption prices (as defined in the Second Lien Senior Indenture) plus accrued interest to the date of redemption.

 

We may redeem some or all of the PIK Toggle Notes at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the PIK Toggle Notes redeemed, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on June 1 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of noteholders:

 

Year

 

Percentage

 

2012

 

102.125

%

2013 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

In addition, the PIK Toggle Notes have a change of control provision, which gives each holder the right to require the Company to purchase all or a portion of such holders’ PIK Toggle Notes upon a change in control, as defined in the Second Lien Senior Indenture, at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount plus accrued interest to the date of purchase. The PIK Toggle Notes, subject to certain definitions and exceptions, have covenants that restrict, among other things, the incurrence of additional debt, the payment of dividends and the issuance of preferred stock. The PIK Toggle Notes are uncollateralized.

 

Floating Rate Notes.  Our Floating Rate Notes were issued on May 31, 2007 in the aggregate principal amount of $230.0 million under the Second Lien Senior Indenture.  The Floating Rate Notes mature on June 1, 2015. Interest on the Floating Rate Notes is payable semiannually in arrears on each June 1 and December 1. Interest on the Floating Rate Notes is reset for each semi-annual interest period and is calculated at the current LIBOR rate plus 3.375%.  At June 30, 2012, our LIBOR-based rate was 4.112%, which includes the credit spread. The Floating Rate Notes are redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, at specified redemption prices (as defined in the Second Lien Senior Indenture) plus accrued interest to the date of redemption. In addition, the Floating Rate Notes have a change of control provision, which gives each holder the right to require the Company to purchase all or a portion of such holders’ Floating Rate Notes upon a change in control, as defined in the Second Lien Senior Indenture, at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount plus accrued interest to the date of purchase. The Floating Rate Notes, subject to certain definitions and exceptions, have covenants that restrict, among other things, the incurrence of additional debt, the payment of dividends and the issuance of preferred stock. The Floating Rate Notes are uncollateralized.

 

We may redeem some or all of the Floating Rate Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed, subject to the rights of noteholders.

 

Interest Rate Swap. In June 2007, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement for $230.0 million, which had the effect of converting the interest rate applicable to our $230.0 million of Floating Rate Notes to a fixed interest rate.  The effective date for the interest rate swap agreement was December 2007 and it expired June 1, 2012.

 

12



Table of Contents

 

The interest rate swap agreement qualified for cash flow hedge accounting under ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging. Both at inception and on an on-going basis, we must perform an effectiveness test.  Before its expiration on June 1, 2012, the fair value of the interest rate swap agreement was included as a cash flow hedge on our balance sheet in accordance with ASC Topic 815.  The change in fair value was recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss on our balance sheet, net of tax, since the instrument was determined to be an effective hedge.

 

Second Lien Senior Indenture. Our PIK Toggle Notes and Floating Rate Notes (collectively, the “Notes”) are guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a second priority senior secured basis, by UHS Surgical Services, and are also similarly guaranteed by certain of our future domestic subsidiaries. The Notes are our second priority senior secured obligations and rank (i) equal in right of payment with all of our existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness, and effectively senior to any such unsecured indebtedness to the extent of the value of collateral; (ii) senior in right of payment to all of our and our guarantors’ existing and future subordinated indebtedness; (iii) effectively junior to our Senior Secured Credit Facility and other obligations that are secured by first priority liens on the collateral securing the Notes or that are secured by a lien on assets that are not part of the collateral securing the Notes, in each case, to the extent of the value of such collateral or assets; and (iv) structurally subordinated to any indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables) of any of our future subsidiaries that are not guarantors.

 

The Second Lien Senior Indenture governing the Notes contains covenants that limit our and our guarantors’ ability, subject to certain definitions and exceptions, and certain of our future subsidiaries’ ability to:

 

·                   incur additional indebtedness;

·                   pay cash dividends or distributions on our capital stock or repurchase our capital stock or subordinated debt;

·                   issue redeemable stock or preferred stock;

·                   issue stock of subsidiaries;

·                   make certain investments;

·                   transfer or sell assets;

·                   create liens on our assets to secure debt;

·                   enter into transactions with affiliates; and

·                   merge or consolidate with another company.

 

Senior Secured Credit Facility. On May 6, 2010 we entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with GE Business Financial Services, Inc., as agent for the lenders, and the lenders party thereto, which amended the Senior Secured Credit Facility dated as of May 31, 2007. The Senior Secured Credit Facility is a first lien senior secured asset based revolving credit facility (as amended, the “Senior Secured Credit Facility”). The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement increased the aggregate amount the Company may borrow under the Senior Secured Credit Facility from $135.0 million to $195.0 million and extended the maturity date to November 30, 2014. Additionally, we capitalized deferred financing costs related to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement in the amount of $1.7 million. As of June 30, 2012, we had $142.5 million of availability under the Senior Secured Credit Facility after giving effect to $5.0 million used for letters of credit, based on a borrowing base of $195.0 million.  Our obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facility are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of our assets, excluding a pledge of our and Parent’s capital

 

13



Table of Contents

 

stock, any joint ventures and certain other exceptions. Our obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facility are unconditionally guaranteed by Parent.

 

The Senior Secured Credit Facility requires our compliance with various affirmative and negative covenants.  Pursuant to the affirmative covenants, we and Parent agreed to, among other things, deliver financial and other information to the agent, provide notice of certain events (including events of default), pay our obligations, maintain our properties, maintain the security interest in the collateral for the benefit of the agent and the lenders and maintain insurance.

 

Among other restrictions, and subject to certain definitions and exceptions, the Senior Secured Credit Facility restricts our ability to:

 

·                   incur indebtedness;

·                   create or permit liens;

·                   declare or pay dividends and certain other restricted payments;

·                   consolidate, merge or recapitalize;

·                   acquire or sell assets;

·                   make certain investments, loans or other advances;

·                   enter into transactions with affiliates;

·                   change our line of business; and

·                   enter into hedging transactions.

 

The Senior Secured Credit Facility also contains a financial covenant that is triggered if our available borrowing capacity is less than $15.0 million for a certain period, which consists of a minimum ratio of trailing four-quarter EBITDA to cash interest expense, as such terms are defined in the Senior Secured Credit Facility.

 

The Senior Secured Credit Facility specifies certain events of default, including, among others, failure to pay principal, interest or fees, violation of covenants, inaccuracy of representations or warranties, bankruptcy events, certain ERISA-related events, cross-defaults to other material agreements, change of control events and invalidity of guarantees or security documents.  Some events of default will be triggered only after certain cure periods have expired, or will provide for materiality thresholds.  If such a default occurs, the lenders under the Senior Secured Credit Facility would be entitled to take various actions, including all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor and the acceleration of amounts due under the Senior Secured Credit Facility.

 

Borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facility accrue interest (including a credit spread varying with facility usage):

 

·                   at a per annum rate equal to 1.75% - 2.00% above the rate announced from time to time by the agent as the “prime rate” payable quarterly in arrears; and

·                   at a per annum rate equal to 2.75% - 3.00% above the adjusted LIBOR rate used by the agent, for the respective interest rate period determined at our option, payable in arrears upon cessation of the interest rate period elected.

 

14



Table of Contents

 

At June 30, 2012, we had $47.5 million of borrowings outstanding that were accruing interest at the prime rate. At June 30, 2012, we did not have any borrowings outstanding that were accruing interest at the LIBOR-based rate.

 

On July 31, 2012, we entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with Bank of America, N.A., as agent for the lenders, and the lenders party thereto (the “Second Amended Credit Agreement”), which amended the senior secured credit facility originally dated as of May 31, 2007 and amended and restated as of May 6, 2010.  The amendment increased the aggregate amount the Company may obtain under revolving loans from $195.0 million to $235.0 million and extended the maturity date to the earliest of (i) July 30, 2017, (ii) 90 days prior to the maturity of the Second Lien Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2015 or (iii) 90 days prior to the maturity of the 7.625% Second Lien Senior Secured Notes due 2020.  The Company’s obligations under the Second Amended Credit Agreement are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of the Company’s assets, excluding a pledge of its and Parent’s stock, any joint ventures and certain other exceptions.  The Company’s obligations under the Second Amended Credit Agreement are unconditionally guaranteed by the Company’s parent, UHS Holdco, Inc. and the Company’s restricted subsidiaries.

 

On August 7, 2012, we issued $425 million in aggregate principal amount of 7.625% Second Lien Senior Secured Notes (the “2012 Notes”) under an indenture. The 2012 Notes mature on August 15, 2020.  In connection with the issuance of the 2012 Notes, the Company entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the 2012 Notes.  The net proceeds from the 2012 Notes will be used primarily to fund the cash tender offer announced on July 24, 2012 to purchase $405 million of the Company’s 8.50%/9.25% PIK Toggle Notes due 2015 (the “PIK Toggle Notes”).  In conjunction with the tender offer, we solicited and received consent from the requisite number of holders that tendered the PIK Toggle Notes to eliminate the right of the remaining holders to benefit from substantially all restrictive covenants and certain event of default provisions of the PIK Toggle Notes.

 

9.                                       Commitments and Contingencies

 

On July 13, 2010, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) issued a final order and transition plan to a medical equipment manufacturer to recall all infusion pumps of a certain model currently in use in the United States. The FDA order established the framework for the recall by providing for a cash refund, generally, $1,500 for single channel pumps and $3,000 for triple channel pumps, or a replacement pump to owners within a two-year period. At the time of the recall notice, we owned approximately 11,900 of the applicable infusion pumps.

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2012, we recognized recalled equipment net gains of approximately $15.4 million of which approximately $14.1 million were non-cash gains. Non-cash gains result from receiving a replacement pump for a recalled pump. The gains are a result of the fair market value of the replacement pump less the net book value of the recalled pump. At June 30, 2012, we owned approximately 1,460 of the applicable pumps. We are continuing the process of evaluating the course of action that best meets the infusion technology needs of our customers and our business. As such, we expect to continue to recognize gains and also expect to increase purchases of infusion pumps to replace recalled units as they are accepted by the equipment manufacturer. During the third quarter of 2012, we expect to recognize recalled equipment net gains between $2.0 and $4.0 million.

 

15



Table of Contents

 

The Company, from time to time, may become involved in litigation arising out of operations in the normal course of business. Asserted claims are subject to many uncertainties and the outcome of individual matters is not predictable with assurance.

 

On October 19, 2009, Freedom Medical, Inc. filed a lawsuit against the Company and others in U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas. The federal complaint alleges violation of state and federal antitrust laws, tortious interference with business relationships, business disparagement and common law conspiracy in connection with the biomedical equipment rental market. Freedom Medical, Inc. is seeking unspecified damages and injunctive relief. Under the current scheduling order, fact discovery closes September 30, 2012 and expert discovery closes January 8, 2013. Summary judgment briefing will take place beginning January 18, 2013 and ending February 11, 2013. The final pretrial conference is set for April 4, 2013.  On January 30, 2012, the Company filed an amended answer, affirmative defenses, and counterclaim against Freedom Medical, Inc. The counterclaim alleges that Freedom Medical, Inc. engaged in improper business tactics, including baseless threats of litigation, illegal activity, and disparaging statements about the Company’s business, aimed at tortiously interfering with the Company’s business. The Company is seeking injunctive relief and an award of monetary damages in an amount equal to the losses caused by Freedom Medical Inc.’s tortious interference with the Company’s business relations. On March 8, 2012, the Company filed a motion to dismiss all of Freedom Medical, Inc.’s claims for failure to join indispensable parties, namely independent distributors of Freedom Medical, Inc. The motion is pending.  While we believe these claims are without merit, and will vigorously defend against them, we are unable at this time to determine the ultimate outcome of this matter or determine the effect it may have on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We have been seeking coverage for the Freedom Medical, Inc. lawsuit from a number of our insurance carriers.  On December 30, 2011, two of the insurance carriers, Lexington Insurance Company and National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, Pa., served us with a Minnesota state court complaint seeking a declaration that they have no obligation to cover certain claims of Freedom Medical, Inc.’s lawsuit.  This complaint was stayed by the Minnesota state court on March 14, 2012. On January 11, 2012, we filed our own suit, venued in Texas state court, against all of the carriers currently implicated by Freedom Medical, Inc.’s allegations.  This action seeks, among other things, a declaration of coverage as to Freedom Medical, Inc.’s suit.  We are unable at this time to determine the ultimate outcome of this matter or determine the effect it may have on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

The Company, in the ordinary course of business, could be subject to liability claims related to employees and the equipment that it rents and services. Asserted claims are subject to many uncertainties and the outcome of individual matters is not predictable. While the ultimate resolution of these actions may have an impact on the Company’s financial results for a particular reporting period, management believes that any such resolution would not have a material effect on the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.

 

As of June 30, 2012, we were not a party to any other pending legal proceedings the adverse outcome of which could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

16



Table of Contents

 

10.                                Related Party Transactions

 

Management Agreement

 

On May 31, 2007, we and Irving Place Capital entered into a professional services agreement pursuant to which Irving Place Capital provides general advisory and management services to us with respect to financial and operating matters.  Irving Place Capital is a principal owner of Parent, and the following members of our board of directors are associated with Irving Place Capital:  Michael Feiner, Robert Juneja, Bret Bowerman and David Crane. We paid Irving Place Capital professional services fees of $0.5 and $0.5 million for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

Business Relationship

 

In the ordinary course of business, we entered into an operating lease for our Minneapolis, Minnesota district office with Ryan Companies US, Inc. (“Ryan”), which began on May 1, 2007.  One member of our board of directors is also a director of Ryan.  We made payments to Ryan totaling $173,000 and $172,000 during the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

The Company believes that the aforementioned arrangements and relationships were provided in the ordinary course of business at prices and on terms similar to those that would result from arm’s length negotiation between unrelated parties.

 

11.                                Limited Liability Companies

 

We participate with others in the formation of limited liability companies (“LLCs”) in which Surgical Services becomes a partner and shares the financial interest with the other investors. Surgical Services is the primary beneficiary of these LLCs. These LLCs acquire certain medical equipment for use in their respective business activities, which generally focus on surgical procedures. The LLCs will acquire medical equipment for rental purposes under equipment financing leases. At June 30, 2012, the LLCs had approximately $0.8 million of total assets. The third party investors in each respective LLC generally provide the lease financing company with individual proportionate lease guarantees based on their respective ownership percentages in the LLCs. In addition, Surgical Services will provide such financing companies with its corporate guarantee based on its respective ownership interest in each LLC. In certain instances, Surgical Services has provided such financing companies with an overall corporate guarantee in connection with equipment financing transactions. In such instances, the individual investors in each respective LLC will generally indemnify us against losses, if any, incurred in connection with its corporate guarantee. Additionally, we provide operational and administrative support to the LLCs in which it is a partner. As of June 30, 2012, we held interests in six active LLCs.

 

In accordance with guidance issued by the FASB, we account for equity investments in LLCs (in which we are the primary beneficiary) under the full consolidation method whereby transactions between Surgical Services and the LLCs have been eliminated through consolidation.

 

12.                                Segment Information

 

Our reporting segments consist of Medical Equipment Outsourcing, Technical and Professional Services, and Medical Equipment Sales and Remarketing. Certain operating information for our segments as well as a reconciliation of total Company gross margin to income (loss) before income tax was as follows:

 

17



Table of Contents

 

Medical Equipment Outsourcing

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2012

 

2011

 

Revenues

 

$

88,460

 

$

73,847

 

$

168,497

 

$

140,086

 

Cost of revenue

 

32,591

 

28,466

 

64,569

 

52,900

 

Medical equipment depreciation

 

17,321

 

17,505

 

34,225

 

34,673

 

Gross margin

 

$

38,548

 

$

27,876

 

$

69,703

 

$

52,513

 

 

Technical and Professional Services

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2012

 

2011

 

Revenues

 

$

22,350

 

$

11,361

 

$

42,479

 

$

22,231

 

Cost of revenue

 

16,885

 

8,227

 

32,654

 

16,110

 

Gross margin

 

$

5,465

 

$

3,134

 

$

9,825

 

$

6,121

 

 

Medical Equipment Sales and Remarketing

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2012

 

2011

 

Revenues

 

$

9,264

 

$

5,876

 

$

15,631

 

$

11,482

 

Cost of revenue

 

7,345

 

4,600

 

12,099

 

8,900

 

Gross margin

 

$

1,919

 

$

1,276

 

$

3,532

 

$

2,582

 

 

Total Gross Margin and Reconciliation to Income (Loss) Before Income Tax

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2012

 

2011

 

Total gross margin

 

$

45,932

 

$

32,286

 

$

83,060

 

$

61,216

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

28,709

 

27,111

 

56,367

 

49,491

 

Acquisition and integration expenses

 

190

 

1,225

 

294

 

1,999

 

Interest expense

 

14,504

 

12,745

 

30,003

 

24,450

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and non controlling interest

 

$

2,529

 

$

(8,795

)

$

(3,604

)

$

(14,724

)

 

18



Table of Contents

 

Total Assets by Reporting Segment

(in thousands)

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

Medical Equipment Outsourcing

 

$

465,380

 

$

464,694

 

Technical and Professional Services

 

84,137

 

84,483

 

Medical Equipment Sales and Remarketing

 

18,603

 

18,603

 

Corporate and Unallocated

 

403,776

 

372,561

 

Total Company Assets

 

$

971,896

 

$

940,341

 

 

13.                                Pension Plan

 

The components of net periodic pension costs are as follows:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

(in thousands)

 

2012

 

2011

 

2012

 

2011

 

Interest cost

 

$

265

 

$

275

 

$

538

 

$

548

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(320

)

(308

)

(639

)

(617

)

Recognized net actuarial loss

 

166

 

92

 

343

 

176

 

Net periodic cost

 

$

111

 

$

59

 

$

242

 

$

107

 

 

Future benefit accruals for all participants were frozen as of December 31, 2002.  We made required contributions of $0.6 million during the six months ended June 30, 2012.

 

14.                                Income Taxes

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.   We evaluate the recoverability of our deferred tax assets by scheduling the expected reversals of deferred tax assets and liabilities in order to determine whether net operating loss carry forwards are recoverable prior to expiration and have established a valuation allowance in accordance with ASC Topic 740. Our January 3, 2012 acquisition resulted in the recording of deferred tax liabilities on the opening balance sheet due to higher book than tax basis for fixed assets and amortizable intangible assets.  This discrete event had the one-time effect of reducing our valuation allowance by approximately $3.4 million on that date, though this amount was offset by approximately $1.4 million of additional valuation allowance resulting from year-to-date losses. In future reporting periods, we will continue to assess the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be realizable.

 

Reconciliations between the Company’s effective income tax rate and the U.S. statutory rate follow:

 

19



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2012

 

2011

 

Statutory U.S. Federal income tax rate

 

(35.0

)%

(35.0

)%

(35.0

)%

(35.0

)%

State income taxes, net of U.S. Federal income tax

 

(9.2

)

(4.6

)

(0.9

)

(3.5

)

Permanent items

 

(2.5

)

1.1

 

5.4

 

2.5

 

Valuation allowance

 

40.8

 

(52.3

)

(53.7

)

(16.8

)

Other

 

(1.9

)

5.3

 

9.9

 

3.2

 

Effective income tax rate

 

(7.8

)%

(85.5

)%

(74.3

)%

(49.6

)%

 

At June 30, 2012, the Company had available unused federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $163.7 million.  The net operating loss carryforwards will expire at various dates from 2020 through 2030.

 

15.                                Consolidating Financial Statements

 

In accordance with the provisions of the Second Lien Senior Indenture, as a wholly owned subsidiary of UHS, Surgical Services has jointly and severally guaranteed all the Company’s Obligations (as defined in the Second Lien Senior Indenture) under the Second Lien Senior Indenture on a full and unconditional basis. Consolidating financial information of UHS and the guarantor is presented on the following pages.

 

20



Table of Contents

 

Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

Consolidating Balance Sheets

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

 

 

 

At June 30, 2012

 

 

 

Parent

 

Subsidiary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuer

 

Guarantor

 

Consolidating

 

 

 

 

 

UHS

 

Surigical

 

Adjustments

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

 

$

332

 

$

 

$

332

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts

 

71,851

 

8,684

 

 

80,535

 

Due from (to) affiliates

 

24,190

 

(24,190

)

 

 

Inventories

 

5,644

 

2,675

 

 

8,319

 

Deferred income taxes

 

10,735

 

277

 

 

11,012

 

Other current assets

 

5,037

 

757

 

 

5,794

 

Total current assets

 

117,457

 

(11,465

)

 

105,992

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Medical equipment, net

 

235,542

 

13,345

 

 

248,887

 

Property and office equipment, net

 

29,319

 

1,274

 

 

30,593

 

Total property and equipment, net

 

264,861

 

14,619

 

 

279,480

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other long-term assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

283,141

 

52,275

 

 

335,416

 

Investment in subsidiary

 

56,640

 

 

(56,640

)

 

Other intangibles, net

 

217,447

 

21,704

 

 

239,151

 

Other, primarily deferred financing costs, net

 

11,773

 

84

 

 

11,857

 

Total assets

 

$

951,319

 

$

77,217

 

$

(56,640

)

$

971,896

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

$

5,566

 

$

1,135

 

$

 

$

6,701

 

Book overdrafts

 

2,887

 

 

 

2,887

 

Accounts payable

 

29,187

 

2,573

 

 

31,760

 

Accrued compensation

 

9,548

 

1,224

 

 

10,772

 

Accrued interest

 

4,074

 

 

 

4,074

 

Dividend payable

 

780

 

 

 

780

 

Other accrued expenses

 

9,651

 

1,939

 

 

11,590

 

Total current liabilities

 

61,693

 

6,871

 

 

68,564

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt, less current portion

 

695,399

 

1,264

 

 

696,663

 

Pension and other long-term liabilities

 

11,980

 

1,675

 

 

13,655

 

Payable to Parent

 

20,547

 

 

 

20,547

 

Deferred income taxes

 

65,969

 

10,388

 

 

76,357

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock

 

 

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

214,294

 

60,019

 

(60,019

)

214,294

 

Accumulated deficit

 

(106,244

)

(3,379

)

 

(109,623

)

Accumulated loss in subsidiary

 

(3,379

)

 

3,379

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(8,940

)

 

 

(8,940

)

Total Universal Hospital Services, Inc. equity

 

95,731

 

56,640

 

(56,640

)

95,731

 

Non controlling interest

 

 

379

 

 

379

 

Total equity

 

95,731

 

57,019

 

(56,640

)

96,110

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

$

951,319

 

$

77,217

 

$

(56,640

)

$

971,896

 

 

21



Table of Contents

 

Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

Consolidating Balance Sheets

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

 

 

 

At December 31, 2011

 

 

 

Parent

 

Subsidiary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuer

 

Guarantor

 

Consolidating

 

 

 

 

 

UHS

 

Surigical

 

Adjustments

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

 

$

1,161

 

$

 

$

1,161

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts

 

64,898

 

5,694

 

 

70,592

 

Due from (to) affiliates

 

4,130

 

(4,130

)

 

 

Inventories

 

4,681

 

1,342

 

 

6,023

 

Deferred income taxes

 

11,893

 

435

 

 

12,328

 

Other current assets

 

3,855

 

537

 

 

4,392

 

Total current assets

 

89,457

 

5,039

 

 

94,496

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Medical equipment, net

 

227,234

 

8,653

 

 

235,887

 

Property and office equipment, net

 

28,116

 

344

 

 

28,460

 

Total property and equipment, net

 

255,350

 

8,997

 

 

264,347

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other long-term assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

283,141

 

43,811

 

 

326,952

 

Investment in subsidiary

 

58,301

 

 

(58,301

)

 

Other intangibles, net

 

223,487

 

17,953

 

 

241,440

 

Other, primarily deferred financing costs, net

 

13,036

 

70

 

 

13,106

 

Total assets

 

$

922,772

 

$

75,870

 

$

(58,301

)

$

940,341

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

$

4,253

 

$

1,374

 

$

 

$

5,627

 

Interest rate swap

 

4,755

 

 

 

4,755

 

Book overdrafts

 

3,614

 

 

 

3,614

 

Accounts payable

 

29,852

 

1,507

 

 

31,359

 

Accrued compensation

 

10,084

 

1,487

 

 

11,571

 

Accrued interest

 

4,937

 

 

 

4,937

 

Dividend payable

 

771

 

 

 

771

 

Other accrued expenses

 

8,577

 

1,477

 

 

10,054

 

Total current liabilities

 

66,843

 

5,845

 

 

72,688

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt, less current portion

 

663,649

 

1,821

 

 

665,470

 

Pension and other long-term liabilities

 

11,328

 

1,653

 

 

12,981

 

Payable to Parent

 

19,019

 

 

 

19,019

 

Deferred income taxes

 

67,793

 

7,864

 

 

75,657

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock

 

 

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

214,294

 

60,019

 

(60,019

)

214,294

 

Accumulated deficit

 

(106,609

)

(1,718

)

 

(108,327

)

Accumulated loss in subsidiary

 

(1,718

)

 

1,718

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(11,827

)

 

 

(11,827

)

Total Universal Hospital Services, Inc. equity

 

94,140

 

58,301

 

(58,301

)

94,140

 

Non controlling interest

 

 

386

 

 

386

 

Total equity

 

94,140

 

58,687

 

(58,301

)

94,526

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

$

922,772

 

$

75,870

 

$

(58,301

)

$

940,341

 

 

22



Table of Contents

 

Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

Consolidating Statement of Operations

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

 

 

 

For the three months ended June 30, 2012

 

 

 

Parent

 

Subsidiary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuer

 

Guarantor

 

Consolidating

 

 

 

 

 

UHS

 

Surigical Services

 

Adjustments

 

Consolidated

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Medical equipment outsourcing

 

$

76,172

 

$

12,288

 

$

 

$

88,460

 

Technical and professional services

 

22,350

 

 

 

22,350

 

Medical equipment sales and remarketing

 

9,264

 

 

 

9,264

 

Total revenues

 

107,786

 

12,288

 

 

120,074

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of medical equipment outsourcing

 

25,835

 

6,756

 

 

32,591

 

Cost of technical and professional services

 

16,885

 

 

 

16,885

 

Cost of medical equipment sales and remarketing

 

7,345

 

 

 

7,345

 

Medical equipment depreciation

 

16,152

 

1,169

 

 

17,321

 

Total costs of medical equipment outsourcing, technical and professional services and medical equipment sales and remarketing

 

66,217

 

7,925

 

 

74,142

 

Gross margin

 

41,569

 

4,363

 

 

45,932

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

23,472

 

5,237

 

 

28,709

 

Acquisition and integration expenses

 

126

 

64

 

 

190

 

Operating income (loss)

 

17,971

 

(938

)

 

17,033

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in earnings of subsidiary

 

(1,299

)

 

1,299

 

 

Interest expense

 

14,150

 

354

 

 

14,504

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and non controlling interest

 

2,522

 

(1,292

)

1,299

 

2,529

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

190

 

7

 

 

197

 

Consolidated net income (loss) before non controlling interest

 

2,332

 

(1,299

)

1,299

 

2,332

 

Net income attributable to non controlling interest

 

184

 

184

 

(184

)

184

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

 

$

2,148

 

$

(1,483

)

$

1,483

 

$

2,148

 

 

23



Table of Contents

 

Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

Consolidating Statement of Operations

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

 

 

 

For the three months ended June 30, 2011

 

 

 

Parent

 

Subsidiary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuer

 

Guarantor

 

Consolidating

 

 

 

 

 

UHS

 

Surigical Services

 

Adjustments

 

Consolidated

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Medical equipment outsourcing

 

$

65,792

 

$

8,055

 

$

 

$

73,847

 

Technical and professional services

 

11,361

 

 

 

11,361

 

Medical equipment sales and remarketing

 

5,876

 

 

 

5,876

 

Total revenues

 

83,029

 

8,055

 

 

91,084

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of medical equipment outsourcing

 

24,264

 

4,202

 

 

28,466

 

Cost of technical and professional services

 

8,227

 

 

 

8,227

 

Cost of medical equipment sales and remarketing

 

4,600

 

 

 

4,600

 

Medical equipment depreciation

 

16,808

 

697

 

 

17,505

 

Total costs of medical equipment outsourcing, technical and professional services and medical equipment sales and remarketing

 

53,899

 

4,899

 

 

58,798

 

Gross margin

 

29,130

 

3,156

 

 

32,286

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

25,018

 

2,093

 

 

27,111

 

Acquisition and integration expenses

 

831

 

394

 

 

1,225

 

Operating income

 

3,281

 

669

 

 

3,950

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in earnings of subsidiary

 

329

 

 

(329

)

 

Interest expense

 

12,659

 

86

 

 

12,745

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and non controlling interest

 

(9,049

)

583

 

(329

)

(8,795

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

(7,774

)

254

 

 

(7,520

)

Consolidated net income (loss) before non controlling interest

 

(1,275

)

329

 

(329

)

(1,275

)

Net income attributable to non controlling interest

 

138

 

138

 

(138

)

138

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

 

$

(1,413

)

$

191

 

$

(191

)

$

(1,413

)

 

24



Table of Contents

 

Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

Consolidating Statement of Operations

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

 

 

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2012

 

 

 

Parent

 

Subsidiary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuer

 

Guarantor

 

Consolidating

 

 

 

 

 

UHS

 

Surigical Services

 

Adjustments

 

Consolidated

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Medical equipment outsourcing

 

$

144,368

 

$

24,129

 

$

 

$

168,497

 

Technical and professional services

 

42,479

 

 

 

42,479

 

Medical equipment sales and remarketing

 

15,631

 

 

 

15,631

 

Total revenues

 

202,478

 

24,129

 

 

226,607

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of medical equipment outsourcing

 

51,263

 

13,306

 

 

64,569

 

Cost of technical and professional services

 

32,654

 

 

 

32,654

 

Cost of medical equipment sales and remarketing

 

12,099

 

 

 

12,099

 

Medical equipment depreciation

 

31,915

 

2,310

 

 

34,225

 

Total costs of medical equipment outsourcing, technical and professional services and medical equipment sales and remarketing

 

127,931

 

15,616

 

 

143,547

 

Gross margin

 

74,547

 

8,513

 

 

83,060

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

47,514

 

8,853

 

 

56,367

 

Acquisition and integration expenses

 

230

 

64

 

 

294

 

Operating income (loss)

 

26,803

 

(404

)

 

26,399

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in earnings of subsidiary

 

(1,295

)

 

1,295

 

 

Interest expense

 

29,302

 

701

 

 

30,003

 

Loss before income taxes and non controlling interest

 

(3,794

)

(1,105

)

1,295

 

(3,604

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

(2,864

)

190

 

 

(2,674

)

Consolidated net loss before non controlling interest

 

(930

)

(1,295

)

1,295

 

(930

)

Net income attributable to non controlling interest

 

366

 

366

 

(366

)

366

 

Net loss attributable to Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

 

$

(1,296

)

$

(1,661

)

$

1,661

 

$

(1,296

)

 

25



Table of Contents

 

Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

Consolidating Statement of Operations

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

 

 

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2011

 

 

 

Parent

 

Subsidiary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuer

 

Guarantor

 

Consolidating

 

 

 

 

 

UHS

 

Surigical Services

 

Adjustments

 

Consolidated

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Medical equipment outsourcing

 

$

132,031

 

$

8,055

 

$

 

$

140,086

 

Technical and professional services

 

22,231

 

 

 

22,231

 

Medical equipment sales and remarketing

 

11,482

 

 

 

11,482

 

Total revenues

 

165,744

 

8,055

 

 

173,799

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of medical equipment outsourcing

 

48,698

 

4,202

 

 

52,900

 

Cost of technical and professional services

 

16,110

 

 

 

16,110

 

Cost of medical equipment sales and remarketing

 

8,900

 

 

 

8,900

 

Medical equipment depreciation

 

33,976

 

697

 

 

34,673

 

Total costs of medical equipment outsourcing, technical and professional services and medical equipment sales and remarketing

 

107,684

 

4,899

 

 

112,583

 

Gross margin

 

58,060

 

3,156

 

 

61,216

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

47,398

 

2,093

 

 

49,491

 

Acquisition and integration expenses

 

1,605

 

394

 

 

1,999

 

Operating income

 

9,057

 

669

 

 

9,726

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in earnings of subsidiary

 

329

 

 

(329

)

 

Interest expense

 

24,364

 

86

 

 

24,450

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and non controlling interest

 

(14,978

)

583

 

(329

)

(14,724

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

(7,561

)

254

 

 

(7,307

)

Consolidated net income (loss) before non controlling interest

 

(7,417

)

329

 

(329

)

(7,417

)

Net income attributable to non controlling interest

 

138

 

138

 

(138

)

138

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

 

$

(7,555

)

$

191

 

$

(191

)

$

(7,555

)

 

Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

Consolidating Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

 

 

 

For the three months ended June 30, 2012

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2012

 

 

 

Parent

 

Subsidiary

 

 

 

 

 

Parent

 

Subsidiary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuer

 

Guarantor

 

Consolidating

 

 

 

Issuer

 

Guarantor

 

Consolidating

 

 

 

 

 

UHS

 

Surigical Services

 

Adjustments

 

Consolidated

 

UHS

 

Surigical Services

 

Adjustments

 

Consolidated

 

Consolidated net income (loss)

 

$

2,332

 

$

(1,299

)

$

1,299

 

$

2,332

 

$

(930

)

$

(1,295

)

$

1,295

 

$

(930

)

Other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain on cash flow hedge, net of tax

 

1,167

 

 

 

1,167

 

2,887

 

 

 

2,887

 

Total other comprehensive income

 

1,167

 

 

 

1,167

 

2,887

 

 

 

2,887

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

3,499

 

(1,299

)

1,299

 

3,499

 

1,957

 

(1,295

)

1,295

 

1,957

 

Comprehensive income attributable to non controlling interest

 

184

 

 

 

184

 

366

 

 

 

366

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

 

$

3,315

 

$

(1,299

)

$

1,299

 

$

3,315

 

$

1,591

 

$

(1,295

)

$

1,295

 

$

1,591

 

 

26



Table of Contents

 

Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

Consolidating Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

 

 

 

For the three months ended June 30, 2011

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2011

 

 

 

Parent

 

Subsidiary

 

 

 

 

 

Parent

 

Subsidiary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuer

 

Guarantor

 

Consolidating

 

 

 

Issuer

 

Guarantor

 

Consolidating

 

 

 

 

 

UHS

 

Surigical Services

 

Adjustments

 

Consolidated

 

UHS

 

Surigical Services

 

Adjustments

 

Consolidated

 

Consolidated net income (loss)

 

$

(1,275

)

$

329

 

$

(329

)

$

(1,275

)

$

(7,417

)

$

329

 

$

(329

)

$

(7,417

)

Other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain on cash flow hedge, net of tax

 

1,583

 

 

 

1,583

 

3,284

 

 

 

3,284

 

Total other comprehensive income

 

1,583

 

 

 

1,583

 

3,284

 

 

 

3,284

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

308

 

329

 

(329

)

308

 

(4,133

)

329

 

(329

)

(4,133

)

Comprehensive income attributable to non controlling interest

 

138

 

 

 

138

 

138

 

 

 

138

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

 

$

170

 

$

329

 

$

(329

)

$

170

 

$

(4,271

)

$

329

 

$

(329

)

$

(4,271

)

 

27



Table of Contents

 

Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

 

 

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2012

 

 

 

Parent

 

Subsidiary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuer

 

Guarantor

 

Consolidating

 

 

 

 

 

UHS

 

Surigical Services

 

Adjustments

 

Consolidated

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated net income (loss)

 

$

365

 

$

(1,295

)

$

 

$

(930

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

37,140

 

2,533

 

 

39,673

 

Amortization of intangibles, deferred financing costs and bond premium

 

7,764

 

1,548

 

 

9,312

 

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

323

 

69

 

 

392

 

Provision for inventory obsolescence

 

182

 

 

 

182

 

Non-cash stock-based compensation expense

 

2,150

 

 

 

2,150

 

Non-cash gain on trade-in of recalled equipment

 

(14,122

)

 

 

(14,122

)

Loss (gain) on sales and disposals of equipment

 

(700

)

5

 

 

(695

)

Deferred income taxes

 

(666

)

(784

)

 

(1,450

)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

(7,276

)

(2,096

)

 

(9,372

)

Due from (to) affiliates

 

(20,060

)

20,060

 

 

 

Inventories

 

(1,145

)

(533

)

 

(1,678

)

Other operating assets

 

(1,745

)

(256

)

 

(2,001

)

Accounts payable

 

471

 

(1,079

)

 

(608

)

Other operating liabilities

 

(1,781

)

(1,398

)

 

(3,179

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

900

 

16,774

 

 

17,674

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Medical equipment purchases

 

(30,007

)

(2,075

)

 

(32,082

)

Property and office equipment purchases

 

(3,450

)

(187

)

 

(3,637

)

Proceeds from disposition of property and equipment

 

3,935

 

 

 

3,935

 

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

 

(436

)

(11,009

)

 

(11,445

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(29,958

)

(13,271

)

 

(43,229

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds under senior secured credit facility

 

72,000

 

 

 

72,000

 

Payments under senior secured credit facility

 

(39,000

)

 

 

(39,000

)

Payments of principal under capital lease obligations

 

(2,602

)

(796

)

 

(3,398

)

Payoff of acquired debt

 

 

(3,163

)

 

(3,163

)

Distributions to non controlling interests

 

 

(373

)

 

(373

)

Proceeds from exercise of parent company stock options

 

150

 

 

 

150

 

Dividend and equity distribution payments

 

(763

)

 

 

(763

)

Change in book overdrafts

 

(727

)

 

 

(727

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

29,058

 

(4,332

)

 

24,726

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(829

)

 

(829

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of period

 

 

1,161

 

 

1,161

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of period

 

$

 

$

332

 

$

 

$

332

 

 

28



Table of Contents

 

Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

 

 

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2011

 

 

 

Parent

 

Subsidiary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuer

 

Guarantor

 

Consolidating

 

 

 

 

 

UHS

 

Surigical Services

 

Adjustments

 

Consolidated

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated net income (loss)

 

$

(7,746

)

$

329

 

$

 

$

(7,417

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

38,677

 

737

 

 

39,414

 

Amortization of intangibles, deferred financing costs and bond premium

 

7,999

 

677

 

 

8,676

 

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

405

 

(5

)

 

400

 

Provision for inventory obsolescence

 

76

 

 

 

76

 

Non-cash stock-based compensation expense

 

2,196

 

 

 

2,196

 

Non-cash gain on trade-in of recalled equipment

 

(3,292

)

 

 

(3,292

)

Loss (gain) on sales and disposals of equipment

 

(807

)

6

 

 

(801

)

Deferred income taxes

 

(7,352

)

243

 

 

(7,109

)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

(1,702

)

392

 

 

(1,310

)

Due from (to) affiliates

 

1,150

 

(1,150

)

 

 

Inventories

 

(85

)

(40

)

 

(125

)

Other operating assets

 

(299

)

47

 

 

(252

)

Accounts payable

 

(1,738

)

(373

)

 

(2,111

)

Other operating liabilities

 

2,446

 

299

 

 

2,745

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

29,928

 

1,162

 

 

31,090

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Medical equipment purchases

 

(47,997

)

(119

)

 

(48,116

)

Property and office equipment purchases

 

(3,227

)

(8

)

 

(3,235

)

Proceeds from disposition of property and equipment

 

1,492

 

4

 

 

1,496

 

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

 

(66,519

)

 

1,480

 

(65,039

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(116,251

)

(123

)

1,480

 

(114,894

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds under senior secured credit facility

 

132,250

 

 

 

132,250

 

Payments under senior secured credit facility

 

(185,150

)

 

 

(185,150

)

Payments of principal under capital lease obligations

 

(2,175

)

(539

)

 

(2,714

)

Payment of deferred financing costs

 

(3,500

)

 

 

(3,500

)

Proceeds from issuance of bonds

 

178,938

 

 

 

178,938

 

Accrued interest received from bondholders

 

661

 

 

 

661

 

Cash paid to non controlling interests

 

 

(147

)

 

(147

)

Proceeds from exercise of parent company stock options

 

40

 

 

 

40

 

Change in book overdrafts

 

1,173

 

 

 

1,173

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

122,237

 

(686

)

 

121,551

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

35,914

 

353

 

1,480

 

37,747

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of period

 

 

1,480

 

(1,480

)

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of period

 

$

35,914

 

$

1,833

 

$

 

$

37,747

 

 

16.                                Subsequent Events

 

On July 9, 2012, we completed the acquisition of certain assets of a surgical laser equipment service provider for $3.6 million with an estimated earn out of approximately $1.2 million.  The acquisition was funded from the Senior Secured Credit Facility. The acquisition expands our national footprint in the laser and mobile surgical services market and is not expected to have a material impact on our results of operations or our financial position for the 2012 fiscal year.

 

29



Table of Contents

 

On July 31, 2012, we entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with Bank of America, N.A., as agent for the lenders, and the lenders party thereto (the “Second Amended Credit Agreement”), which amended the senior secured credit facility originally dated as of May 31, 2007 and amended and restated as of May 6, 2010.  The amendment increased the aggregate amount the Company may obtain under revolving loans from $195.0 million to $235.0 million and extended the maturity date to the earliest of (i) July 30, 2017, (ii) 90 days prior to the maturity of the Second Lien Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2015 or (iii) 90 days prior to the maturity of the 7.625% Second Lien Senior Secured Notes due 2020.  The Company’s obligations under the Second Amended Credit Agreement are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of the Company’s assets, excluding a pledge of its and Parent’s stock, any joint ventures and certain other exceptions.  The Company’s obligations under the Second Amended Credit Agreement are unconditionally guaranteed by the Company’s parent, UHS Holdco, Inc. and the Company’s restricted subsidiaries.

 

On August 7, 2012, we issued $425 million in aggregate principal amount of 7.625% Second Lien Senior Secured Notes (the “2012 Notes”) under an indenture. The 2012 Notes mature on August 15, 2020.  In connection with the issuance of the 2012 Notes, the Company entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the 2012 Notes.  The net proceeds from the 2012 Notes will be used primarily to fund the cash tender offer announced on July 24, 2012 to purchase $405 million of the Company’s 8.50%/9.25% PIK Toggle Notes due 2015 (the “PIK Toggle Notes”).  In conjunction with the tender offer, we solicited and received consent from the requisite number of holders that tendered the PIK Toggle Notes to eliminate the right of the remaining holders to benefit from substantially all restrictive covenants and certain event of default provisions of the PIK Toggle Notes.

 

Item 2.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

The following should be read in conjunction with the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes.

 

BUSINESS OVERVIEW

 

Our Company

 

Universal Hospital Services, Inc. (“we”, “our”, “us”, the “Company”, or “UHS”) is a leading nationwide provider of medical equipment management and service solutions to the United States health care industry. Our customers include national, regional and local acute and long-term acute care hospitals, alternate site providers (such as long-term acute care hospitals, skilled nursing facilities, specialty hospitals, nursing homes, and home care providers) and medical equipment manufacturers.  We provide our customers solutions across the spectrum of the equipment life cycle as a result of our position as one of the industry’s largest purchasers and outsourcers of medical equipment. During the twelve months ended June 30, 2012, we owned or managed over 670,000 pieces of medical equipment consisting of 440,000 owned or managed pieces in our Medical Equipment Outsourcing segment and 230,000 pieces of customer owned equipment we managed in our Technical and Professional Services segment. Our diverse medical equipment outsourcing customer base includes more than 4,300 acute care hospitals and approximately 4,425 alternate site providers.  We also have relationships with more than 200 medical equipment manufacturers and many of the nation’s largest group purchasing organizations (“GPOs”) and many of the integrated delivery networks (“IDNs”).  All of our solutions leverage our nationwide

 

30



Table of Contents

 

network of 83 offices and our more than 70 years of experience managing and servicing all aspects of medical equipment. Our fees are paid directly by our customers rather than by direct reimbursement from third-party payors, such as private insurers, Medicare, or Medicaid.

 

We commenced operations in 1939, originally incorporated in Minnesota in 1954 and reincorporated in Delaware in 2001.  Historically, we have experienced significant and sustained growth. Our overall growth strategy is to continue to grow both organically, through strategic acquisitions, and potential international growth opportunities.

 

On April 1, 2011, we completed our acquisition of Emergent Group Inc. (“Emergent Group”) for a total purchase price of approximately $65.3 million as described in Note 3, Acquisitions.  The results of operations of this acquisition have been included in UHS’s consolidated results of operations since the date of acquisition and also included in the Medical Equipment Outsourcing segment. Effective December 31, 2011, Emergent Group was merged into its principal operating subsidiary, PRI Medical Technologies, Inc. (“PRI Medical”) with PRI Medical the surviving entity. Also, on December 31, 2011, PRI Medical’s name was changed to UHS Surgical Services, Inc. (“Surgical Services”).

 

On May 31, 2011, we acquired certain assets of an equipment rental division of a medical equipment manufacturer for approximately $6.5 million. The financial results of this acquisition have been included in our medical equipment outsourcing segment since the date of acquisition.

 

On October 3, 2011, we completed the acquisition, effective October 1, 2011, of all of the outstanding stock of a surgical laser equipment service provider for approximately $5.5 million in cash consideration. The $5.5 million purchase price included $0.5 million of debt which was paid off at closing. The financial results of this acquisition have been included in our medical equipment outsourcing segment since the date of acquisition.

 

On January 3, 2012, we completed the acquisition of all of the outstanding stock of a Florida-based surgical laser equipment service provider for total consideration of approximately $16.1 million, including a holdback of approximately $1.9 million, expected to be paid in January 2013, and approximately $3.2 million of debt, which was paid off at closing.  The acquisition was funded through our $195.0 million Senior Secured Credit Facility.

 

On March 31, 2012, we completed the acquisition of certain assets of the southern California equipment rental division of a medical equipment manufacturer. Total purchase price of the transaction was approximately $0.8 million, including approximately $0.4 million in contingent consideration to be paid over four years based on future revenues. Assets acquired consist of medical equipment and customer relationship intangibles.

 

On July 9, 2012, we completed the acquisition of certain assets of a surgical laser equipment service provider for $3.6 million with an estimated earn out of approximately $1.2 million.  The acquisition was funded from the Senior Secured Credit Facility. The acquisition expands our national footprint in the laser and mobile surgical services market and is not expected to have a material impact on our results of operations or our financial position for the 2012 fiscal year.

 

As one of the nation’s leading medical equipment management and service solutions companies, we focus on offering our customers comprehensive solutions that help reduce capital and operating expenses, increase equipment and staff productivity and support improved patient safety and outcomes.

 

31



Table of Contents

 

We report our financial results in three segments. Our reporting segments consist of Medical Equipment Outsourcing, Technical and Professional Services, and Medical Equipment Sales and Remarketing. We evaluate the performance of our reporting segments based on gross margin and gross margin, before purchase accounting adjustments. The accounting policies of the individual reporting segments are the same as those of the entire company.

 

We present the non-generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) financial measure gross margin, before purchase accounting adjustments, because we use this measure to monitor and evaluate the operational performance of our business and to assist analysts, investors and lenders in their comparisons of operational performance across companies, many of whose results will not include similar adjustments. A reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measure to its equivalent GAAP measure is included in the respective tables.

 

Medical Equipment Outsourcing Segment - Manage & Utilize

 

Our flagship business is our Medical Equipment Outsourcing segment, which accounted for $88.5 million, or approximately 73.7% of our revenues, for the quarter ended June 30, 2012 and $168.5 million, or approximately 74.4% of our revenues, for the six months ended June 30, 2012. As of June 30, 2012, we owned or managed over 440,000 pieces in our Medical Equipment Outsourcing segment, primarily in the categories of respiratory therapy, newborn care, critical care, patient monitors, patient handling (which includes fall management, bariatrics, beds, stretchers and wheelchairs), pressure area management (such as therapy surfaces), wound therapy, laser and mobile surgical services (such as CO2, Nd: YAG, Pulse Dye, KTP/YAG, Diode, Greenlight XPS and HPS and Cryosurgery technology).  Historically, we have generally purchased and owned directly the equipment used in our Medical Equipment Outsourcing programs, though we have at times entered into revenue share agreements with certain equipment manufacturers, where the manufacturers retain ownership of the equipment, but UHS takes possession and manages the rental of the equipment to customers. Such arrangements are less capital intensive for us.

 

We have four primary outsourcing programs:

 

·                   Supplemental and Peak Needs Usage;

·                   Customized Outsourcing Agreements;

·                   Asset360 TM  Equipment Management Program, (“Asset360 Program”); and

·                   Laser and Mobile Surgical Services.

 

Our primary customer relationships are with local healthcare providers such as hospitals, surgery centers, long-term care providers, and nursing homes.  These organizations may belong to regional or national groups of facilities, and often participate in GPOs. We contract at the local, regional and national level, as requested by our customers. We expect much of our future growth in this segment to be driven by our customers outsourcing more of their medical equipment needs and taking full advantage of our diversified product offering, customized outsourcing agreements and Asset360 Programs.

 

On July 13, 2010, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) issued a final order and transition plan to a medical equipment manufacturer to recall all infusion pumps of a certain model currently in use in the United States. The FDA order established the framework for the recall by providing for a cash

 

32



Table of Contents

 

refund, generally, $1,500 for single channel pumps and $3,000 for triple channel pumps, or a replacement pump to owners within a two-year period. At the time of the recall notice, we owned approximately 11,900 of the applicable infusion pumps.

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2012, we recognized recalled equipment net gains of approximately $15.4 million of which approximately $14.1 million were non-cash gains. Non-cash gains result from receiving a replacement pump for a recalled pump. The gains are a result of the fair market value of the replacement pump less the net book value of the recalled pump. At June 30, 2012, we owned approximately 1,460 of the applicable pumps. We are continuing the process of evaluating the course of action that best meets the infusion technology needs of our customers and our business. As such, we expect to continue to recognize gains and also expect to increase purchases of infusion pumps to replace recalled units as they are accepted by the equipment manufacturer. During the third quarter of 2012, we expect to recognize recalled equipment net gains between $2.0 and $4.0 million.

 

Technical and Professional Services Segment - Plan & Acquire; Maintain & Repair

 

Our Technical and Professional Services segment accounted for $22.4 million, or approximately 18.6% of our revenues for the quarter ended June 30, 2012 and $42.5 million, or approximately 18.7% of our revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2012. We leverage our over 70 years of experience and our extensive equipment database in repairing and maintaining medical equipment.  We offer a broad range of inspection, preventative maintenance, repair, logistic and consulting services through our team of over 325 technicians and professionals located throughout the United States in our nationwide network of offices and managed over 230,000 units of customer owned equipment during the twelve months ended June 30, 2012. In addition, during the twelve months ended June 30, 2012, we serviced over 440,000 units that we own or directly manage. Our Technical and Professional Service offerings provide a complementary alternative for customers that wish to own their medical equipment, but lack the infrastructure, expertise or scale to perform routine maintenance, repair, record-keeping and lifecycle analysis and planning functions.

 

Medical Equipment Sales and Remarketing Segment - Redeploy & Remarket

 

Our Medical Equipment Sales and Remarketing segment accounted for $9.3 million, or approximately 7.7%, of our revenues for the quarter ended June 30, 2012 and $15.6 million, or approximately 6.9% of our revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2012. This segment includes three distinct business activities:

 

Medical Equipment Remarketing and Disposal. We are one of the nation’s largest buyers and sellers of pre-owned medical equipment.  We buy, source, remarket and dispose of pre-owned medical equipment for our customers and for our own behalf. We provide our customers with the ability to sell their unneeded medical equipment for immediate cash or credit. We provide fair market value assessments and buy-out proposals on equipment the customer intends to trade in for equipment upgrades so that the customer can evaluate the manufacturers’ or alternative offers.  Customers can also take advantage of our disposal services, where we dispose of equipment that has no remaining economic value in a safe and environmentally appropriate manner.

 

We remarket pre-owned medical equipment to hospitals, alternate site providers, veterinarians and equipment brokers.  This segment of our business focuses on providing solutions to customers that have

 

33



Table of Contents

 

capital budget dollars available to purchase equipment. We offer a wide range of equipment including equipment we use in our outsourcing programs and diagnostic, ultrasound and x-ray equipment.

 

Specialty Medical Equipment Sales and Distribution. We use our national infrastructure to provide sales and distribution services to manufacturers of specialty medical equipment on a limited basis.  Our distribution services include providing demonstration services and product maintenance services.  We act as a distributor for only a limited number of products that are particularly suited to our national distribution network or that fit with our ability to provide technical support.  We currently sell equipment in selected product lines including, but not limited to, respiratory percussion vests, continuous passive motion machines, patient monitors, patient handling equipment and infant security systems.

 

Sales of Disposables . We offer our customers single use disposable items.  Most of these items are used in connection with our outsourced equipment.  We offer these products as a convenience to customers and to complement our full medical equipment management and service solutions.

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion addresses:

 

·                   our financial condition as of June 30, 2012 and

·                   the results of operations for the three-month and six-month periods ended June 30, 2012 and 2011.

 

This discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations section included in our 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

The following table provides information on the percentages of certain items of selected financial data compared to total revenues for the three-month and six-month periods ended June 30, 2012 and 2011.  The table below also indicates the percentage increase or decrease over the prior comparable period.

 

34



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30,

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

Percent of Total Revenues

 

Increase

 

Percent of Total Revenues

 

Increase

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

(Decrease)

 

2012

 

2011

 

(Decrease)

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Medical equipment outsourcing

 

73.7

%

81.1

%

19.8

%

74.4

%

80.6

%

20.3

%

Technical and professional services

 

18.6

 

12.5

 

96.7

 

18.7

 

12.8

 

91.1

 

Medical equipment sales and remarketing

 

7.7

 

6.4

 

57.7

 

6.9

 

6.6

 

36.1

 

Total revenues

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

31.8

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

30.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of medical equipment outsourcing

 

27.1

 

31.3

 

14.5

 

28.5

 

30.4

 

22.1

 

Cost of technical and professional services

 

14.1

 

9.0

 

105.2

 

14.4

 

9.3

 

102.7

 

Cost of medical equipment sales and remarketing

 

6.1

 

5.1

 

59.7

 

5.3

 

5.1

 

35.9

 

Medical equipment depreciation

 

14.4

 

19.2

 

(1.1

)

15.1

 

20.0

 

(1.3

)

Total costs of medical equipment outsourcing, technical and professional services and medical equipment sales and remarketing

 

61.7

 

64.6

 

26.1

 

63.3

 

64.8

 

27.5

 

Gross margin

 

38.3

 

35.4

 

42.3

 

36.7

 

35.2

 

35.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

23.9

 

29.8

 

5.9

 

24.9

 

28.5

 

13.9

 

Acquisition and intergration expenses

 

0.2

 

1.3

 

(84.5

)

0.1

 

1.1

 

(85.3

)

Operating income

 

14.2

 

4.3

 

331.2

 

11.6

 

5.6

 

171.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

12.1

 

14.0

 

13.8

 

13.2

 

14.1

 

22.7

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and non controlling interest

 

2.1

 

(9.7

)

 

*

(1.6

)

(8.5

)

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

0.2

 

(8.3

)

 

*

(1.2

)

(4.2

)

(63.4

)

Consolidated net income (loss)

 

1.9

%

(1.4

)

 

*

(0.4

)%

(4.3

)%

 

*

 


*Not meaningful

 

35



Table of Contents

 

Results of Operations for the three months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2011

 

Medical Equipment Outsourcing Segment — Manage & Utilize

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

Change

 

% Change

 

Total revenue

 

$

88,460

 

$

73,847

 

$

14,613

 

19.8

%

Cost of revenue

 

32,591

 

28,466

 

4,125

 

14.5

 

Medical equipment depreciation

 

17,321

 

17,505

 

(184

)

(1.1

)

Gross margin

 

$

38,548

 

$

27,876

 

$

10,672

 

38.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross margin %

 

43.6

%

37.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross margin

 

$

38,548

 

$

27,876

 

$

10,672

 

38.3

 

Purchase accounting adjustments, primarily non-cash charges related to step-up in carrying value of medical equipment

 

112

 

1,870

 

(1,758

)

(94.0

)

Gross margin, before purchase accounting adjustments

 

$

38,660

 

$

29,746

 

$

8,914

 

30.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross margin %, before purchase accounting adjustments

 

43.7

%

40.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenue in the Medical Equipment Outsourcing segment increased $14.6 million, or 19.8%, to $88.5 million in the second quarter of 2012 as compared to the same period of 2011.  The increase was primarily due to increase in revenue related to recalled equipment of $10.8 million, an increase in revenues related to our laser surgical services business from additional acquisitions, the net addition of 7 Asset360 TM  Equipment Management Programs (“Asset360 Programs”) and increased revenues driven by incremental business from new and existing technology, both owned and managed, partially offset by sluggish patient census and what we believe has been a sustained customer effort to control outsourcing expenses. Many of our Asset360 Program customers utilize more than one of our equipment management program offerings in areas such as infusion, patient handling, and negative pressure wound therapy. As of June 30, 2012, we had 113 such active programs within 80 hospitals, up from 107 of such programs as of December 31, 2011.

 

Total cost of revenue in the segment increased $4.1 million, or 14.5%, to $32.6 million in the second quarter of 2012 as compared to the same period of 2011.  This increase is attributable to higher employee-related expenses to support growth initiatives in patient handling and wound therapy.

 

Medical equipment depreciation decreased $0.2 million, or 1.1%, to $17.3 million in the second quarter of 2012 as compared to the same period of 2011. The decrease in medical equipment depreciation was due primarily to the decrease in purchase accounting adjustments related to the step-up in carrying value of our medical equipment related to our 2007 recapitalization. Depreciation of those purchase accounting adjustments was completed in May of 2011. The remaining purchase accounting adjustments relate to step up in value of medical equipment from our April 1, 2011 acquisition of Emergent Group.  Medical equipment depreciation for the quarters ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 included $0.1 million and $1.9 million, respectively, of purchase accounting adjustments related to the step-up in carrying value of our medical equipment.

 

Gross margin percentage for the Medical Equipment Outsourcing segment increased from 37.7% in the second quarter of 2011 to 43.6% in the second quarter of 2012. This increase was primarily attributable

 

36



Table of Contents

 

to higher margin on gains from recalled equipment. Gross margin percentage, before purchase accounting adjustments, increased from 40.3% in the second quarter of 2011 to 43.7% in the second quarter of 2012. The increase in gross margin after purchase accounting adjustments is attributable to higher margin on gains from recalled equipment.

 

Technical and Professional Services Segment — Plan & Acquire; Maintain & Repair

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

Change

 

% Change

 

Total revenue

 

$

22,350

 

$

11,361

 

$

10,989

 

96.7

%

Cost of revenue

 

16,885

 

8,227

 

8,658

 

105.2

 

Gross margin

 

$

5,465

 

$

3,134

 

$

2,331

 

74.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross margin %

 

24.5

%

27.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross margin

 

$

5,465

 

$

3,134

 

$

2,331

 

74.4

 

Purchase accounting adjustments, primarily non-cash charges related to favorable lease commitments

 

1

 

3

 

(2

)

(66.7

)

Gross margin, before purchase accounting adjustments

 

$

5,466

 

$

3,137

 

$

2,329

 

74.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross margin %, before purchase accounting adjustments

 

24.5

%

27.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenue in the Technical and Professional Services segment increased $11.0 million, or 96.7%, to $22.4 million in the second quarter of 2012 as compared to the same period of 2011. The increase was due to increased activity of $10.9 million in our provider services unit. The increase is attributable to a large BioMed360 TM  Equipment Management Programs (“BioMed360 Program”), which began in September 2011.

 

Total cost of revenue in the segment increased $8.7 million, or 105.2%, to $16.9 million in the second quarter of 2012 as compared to the same period of 2011. The increase is attributable to expenses related to supporting the increased activity in our provider service unit of $8.5 million.

 

Gross margin percentage for the Technical and Professional Services segment decreased from 27.6% for the second quarter of 2011 to 24.5% for the same period of 2012. Gross margin percentage will fluctuate based on the variability of third-party vendor expenses in our BioMed360 Program and supplemental service programs. Additionally, gross margin includes revenues and expenses related to a large BioMed360 Program, which began in September 2011, whose gross margin percentage is expected to be lower than our historical service gross margins percentages.

 

37



Table of Contents

 

Medical Equipment Sales and Remarketing Segment — Redeploy & Remarket

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

Change

 

% Change

 

Total revenue

 

$

9,264

 

$

5,876

 

$

3,388

 

57.7

%

Cost of revenue

 

7,345

 

4,600

 

2,745

 

59.7

 

Gross margin

 

$

1,919

 

$

1,276

 

$

643

 

50.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross margin %

 

20.7

%

21.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross margin

 

$

1,919

 

$

1,276

 

$

643

 

50.4

 

Purchase accounting adjustments, primarily non-cash charges related to the step-up in carrying value of our medical equipment

 

1

 

8

 

(7

)

(87.5

)

Gross margin, before purchase accounting adjustments

 

$

1,920

 

$

1,284

 

$

636

 

49.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross margin %, before purchase accounting adjustments

 

20.7

%

21.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenue in the Medical Equipment Sales and Remarketing segment increased $3.4 million, or 57.7%, to $9.3 million in the second quarter of 2012 as compared to the same period of 2011. The increase was driven by an increase in sales of disposables, and new and used equipment of $1.2 and $2.2 million, respectively.

 

Total cost of revenue in the segment increased $2.7 million, or 59.7%, to $7.3 million in the second quarter of 2012 as compared to the same period of 2011. The increase was the result of increases in the cost of disposable and used sales of $0.7 and $2.0 million, respectively.

 

Gross margin percentage for the Medical Equipment Sales and Remarketing segment decreased from 21.7% in the second quarter of 2011 to 20.7% for the same period of 2012. We expect margins and activity in this segment to fluctuate based on the transactional nature of the business.

 

Selling, General and Administrative

 

Selling, General and Administrative and Interest Expense

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

Change

 

% Change

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

$

28,709

 

$

27,111

 

$

1,598

 

5.9

%

Acquisition and integration expenses

 

190

 

1,225

 

(1,035

)

(84.5

)

Interest expense

 

14,504

 

12,745

 

1,759

 

13.8

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expense increased $1.6 million, or 5.9%, to $28.7 million for the second quarter of 2012 as compared to the same period of 2011.  The increase was primarily due to increases in employee-related and other expenses of $1.0 and $0.6 million, respectively. Acquisition and integration expenses were $0.2 million for the three months ended June 30, 2012. These charges were related primarily to our acquisition of a Florida based surgical laser equipment service provider on January 3, 2012. Selling, general and administrative expense as a percentage of total revenue was 23.9% and 29.8% for each of the quarters ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

38



Table of Contents

 

Interest Expense

 

Interest expense increased $1.8 million to $14.5 million for the second quarter of 2012 as compared to the same period of 2011. This increase is primarily due to the interest expense related to the issuance of $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 8.50% / 9.25% Second Lien Senior Secured PIK Toggle Notes due 2015 (“PIK Toggle Notes”) in June of 2011.  See Note 8 Long-Term Debt.

 

Income Taxes

 

Income taxes were an expense of $0.2 million and a benefit of $7.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Our January 3, 2012 acquisition resulted in the recording of deferred tax liabilities on the opening balance sheet due to higher book than tax basis for fixed assets and amortizable intangible assets. This discrete event had the one-time effect of reducing our valuation allowance by approximately $3.4 million on that date, though this amount was offset by approximately $1.4 million of additional valuation allowance resulting from year-to-date losses. In future reporting periods, we will continue to assess the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be realizable.

 

Consolidated Net Income

 

Consolidated net income increased $3.6 million to $2.3 million in the second quarter of 2012 as compared to the same period of 2011.  Net income was impacted primarily by gains on recalled equipment.

 

 

Results of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011

 

Medical Equipment Outsourcing Segment — Manage & Utilize

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

Change

 

% Change

 

Total revenue

 

$

168,497

 

$

140,086

 

$

28,411

 

20.3

%

Cost of revenue

 

64,569

 

52,900

 

11,669

 

22.1

 

Medical equipment depreciation

 

34,225

 

34,673

 

(448

)

(1.3

)

Gross margin

 

$

69,703

 

$

52,513

 

$

17,190

 

32.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross margin %

 

41.4

%

37.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross margin

 

$

69,703

 

$

52,513

 

$

17,190

 

32.7

 

Purchase accounting adjustments, primarily non-cash charges related to step-up in carrying value of medical equipment

 

196

 

4,594

 

(4,398

)

(95.7

)

Gross margin, before purchase accounting adjustments

 

$

69,899

 

$

57,107

 

$

12,792

 

22.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross margin %, before purchase accounting adjustments

 

41.5

%

40.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenue in the Medical Equipment Outsourcing segment increased $28.4 million, or 20.3%, to $168.5 million in the first six months of 2012 as compared to the same period of 2011.  The increase was primarily due to revenues of $8.2 million related to our laser surgical business, which we acquired on April 1, 2011 through our acquisition of Emergent Group, the net addition of 13 Asset360 Programs,

 

39



Table of Contents

 

increase in revenue related to recalled equipment of $12.1 million, and increased revenues driven by incremental business from new and existing technology, both owned and managed, partially offset by sluggish patient census and what we believe has been a sustained customer effort to control outsourcing expenses. As of June 30, 2012, we had 113 such active programs within 80 hospitals, up from 107 of such programs as of December 31, 2011.

 

Total cost of revenue in the segment increased $11.7 million, or 22.1%, to $64.6 million in the first six months of 2012 as compared to the same period of 2011. In addition to costs of $2.9 million related to our new laser surgical business, the increase is attributable to higher employee-related expenses, including costs related to our continued build of clinical resources to support growth initiatives in patient handling and wound therapy.

 

Medical equipment depreciation decreased $0.4 million, or 1.3%, to $34.2 million in the first six months of 2012 as compared to the same period of 2011. The decrease in medical equipment depreciation was primarily due to the decrease in purchase accounting adjustments related to the step-up in the carrying value of our medical equipment. Medical equipment depreciation for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 included $0.2 million and $4.6 million, respectively, of purchase accounting adjustments related to the step-up in carrying value of our medical equipment.

 

Gross margin percentage for the Medical Equipment Outsourcing segment increased from 37.5% in the first six months of 2011 to 41.4% in the first six months of 2012. Gross margin percentage, before purchase accounting adjustments, increased from 40.8% in the first six months of 2011 to 41.5% in the first six months of 2012. These increases resulted primarily from an increase in recalled equipment gains and the decrease in depreciation related to purchase accounting adjustments.

 

Technical and Professional Services Segment — Plan & Acquire; Maintain & Repair

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

Change

 

% Change

 

Total revenue

 

$

42,479

 

$

22,231

 

$

20,248

 

91.1

%

Cost of revenue

 

32,654

 

16,110

 

16,544

 

102.7

 

Gross margin

 

$

9,825

 

$

6,121

 

$

3,704

 

60.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross margin %

 

23.1

%

27.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross margin

 

$

9,825

 

$

6,121

 

$

3,704

 

60.5

 

Purchase accounting adjustments, primarily non-cash charges related to favorable lease commitments

 

4

 

4

 

 

 

Gross margin, before purchase accounting adjustments

 

$

9,829

 

$

6,125

 

$

3,704

 

60.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross margin %, before purchase accounting adjustments

 

23.1

%

27.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenue in the Technical and Professional Services segment increased $20.2 million, or 91.1%, to $42.5 million in the first six months of 2012 as compared to the same period of 2011. The increase was driven by increased activity of $20.3 million in our provider services unit.  The increase is attributable to a large BioMed360 Program, which began in September 2011.

 

40



Table of Contents

 

Total cost of revenue in the segment increased $16.5 million, or 102.7%, to $32.7 million in the first six months of 2012 as compared to the same period of 2011.  The increase is attributable to expenses related to supporting the increased activity in our provider service unit.

 

Gross margin percentage for the Technical and Professional Services segment decreased from 27.5% for the first six months of 2011 to 23.1% for the same period of 2012. Gross margin percentage will fluctuate based on the variability of third-party vendor expenses in our BioMed360 Program and supplemental service programs. Additionally, gross margin includes revenues and expenses related to a large BioMed360 Program, which began in September 2011, whose gross margin percentage is expected to be lower than our historical service gross margins.

 

Medical Equipment Sales and Remarketing Segment — Redeploy & Remarket

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

Change

 

% Change

 

Total revenue

 

$

15,631

 

$

11,482

 

$

4,149

 

36.1

%

Cost of revenue

 

12,099

 

8,900

 

3,199

 

35.9

 

Gross margin

 

$

3,532

 

$

2,582

 

$

950

 

36.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross margin %

 

22.6

%

22.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross margin

 

$

3,532

 

$

2,582

 

$

950

 

36.8

 

Purchase accounting adjustments, primarily non-cash charges related to the step-up in carrying value of our medical equipment

 

2

 

30

 

(28

)

(93.3

)

Gross margin, before purchase accounting adjustments

 

$

3,534

 

$

2,612

 

$

922

 

35.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross margin %, before purchase accounting adjustments

 

22.6

%

22.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenue in the Medical Equipment Sales and Remarketing segment increased $4.1 million, or 36.1%, to $15.6 million in the first six months of 2012 as compared to the same period of 2011.  The increase was primarily driven by disposable and used equipment sales of $2.0 and $2.9 million, respectively, partially offset by decreases in new equipment sales.

 

Total cost of revenue in the segment increased $3.2 million, or 35.9%, to $12.1 million in the first six months of 2012 as compared to the same period of 2011. The cost of revenue was impacted by an increase in the cost of disposable and used equipment sales of $1.4 and $2.0 million, respectively, offset by decreases in the cost of new equipment sales.

 

Gross margin percentage for the Medical Equipment Sales and Remarketing segment increased from 22.5% in the first six months of 2011 to 22.6% for the same period of 2012. Gross margin percentage, before purchase accounting adjustments, decreased from 22.7% in the first six months of 2011 to 22.6% for the same period of 2012.  We expect margins and activity in this segment to fluctuate based on the transactional nature of the business.

 

41



Table of Contents

 

Selling, General and Administrative

 

Selling, General and Administrative and Interest Expense

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

Change

 

% Change

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

$

56,367

 

$

49,491

 

$

6,876

 

13.9

%

Acquisition and integration expenses

 

294

 

1,999

 

(1,705

)

(85.3

)

Interest expense

 

30,003

 

24,450

 

5,553

 

22.7

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expense increased $6.9 million, or 13.9%, to $56.4 million for the first six months of 2012 as compared to the same period of 2011.  This increase was due to employee related expense and incremental costs to support the laser surgical business that was acquired on April 1, 2011.  Acquisition and integration expenses were $0.3 and $2.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  The current period charges were related primarily to our acquisition of a Florida based surgical laser equipment service provider on January 3, 2012, while the prior year expenses related primarily to the acquisition of Emergent Group on April 1, 2011. Selling, general and administrative expense as a percentage of total revenue was 24.9% and 28.5% for each of the six month periods ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

Interest Expense

 

Interest expense increased $5.6 million to $30.0 million for the first six months of 2012 as compared to the same period of 2011. This increase is primarily due to the interest expense related to the issuance of $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 8.50% / 9.25% Second Lien Senior Secured PIK Toggle Notes due 2015 (“PIK Toggle Notes”) in the second quarter of 2011.  See Note 8 Long-Term Debt.

 

Income Taxes

 

Income taxes were a benefit of $2.7 million and $7.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Our January 3, 2012 acquisition resulted in the recording of deferred tax liabilities on the opening balance sheet due to higher book than tax basis for fixed assets and amortizable intangible assets. This discrete event had the one-time effect of reducing our valuation allowance by approximately $3.4 million on that date, though this amount was offset by approximately $1.4 million of additional valuation allowance resulting from year-to-date losses. In future reporting periods, we will continue to assess the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be realizable.

 

Consolidated Net Loss

 

Consolidated net loss decreased $6.5 million to $0.9 million in the first six months of 2012 as compared to the same period of 2011.  Net loss was impacted primarily by gains on recall equipment.

 

EBITDA

 

Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”) was $73.6 and $56.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  EBITDA for the six months ended June 30, 2012, was impacted by the inclusion of our acquired surgical laser business on April 1,

 

42



Table of Contents

 

2011, and increase in recalled equipment gains partially offset by increased employee-related expenses, including costs related to our continued build of clinical resources to support growth initiatives in patient handling and wound therapy.

 

In addition to using EBITDA internally as a measure of operational performance, we disclose it externally to assist analysts, investors and lenders in their comparisons of operational performance, valuation and debt capacity across companies with differing capital, tax and legal structures. Management also understands that some industry analysts and investors consider EBITDA as a supplementary non-GAAP financial measure useful in analyzing a company’s ability to service debt. EBITDA, however, is not a measure of financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to, or more meaningful than, net income as a measure of operating performance or to cash flows from operating, investing or financing activities or as a measure of liquidity. Since EBITDA is not a measure determined in accordance with GAAP and is thus susceptible to varying interpretations and calculations, EBITDA, as presented, may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. EBITDA does not represent an amount of funds that is available for management’s discretionary use. A reconciliation of EBITDA to net cash provided by operating activities is included below:

 

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

June 30,

 

(in thousands)

 

2012

 

2011

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

17,674

 

$

31,090

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

 

16,838

 

1,053

 

Other non-cash expenses

 

11,799

 

7,157

 

Benefit for income taxes

 

(2,674

)

(7,307

)

Interest expense

 

30,003

 

24,450

 

EBITDA

 

$

73,640

 

$

56,443

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

June 30,

 

(in thousands)

 

2012

 

2011

 

EBITDA

 

$

73,640

 

$

56,443

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Financial Data:

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

17,674

 

$

31,090

 

Net cash (used in) investing activities

 

(43,229

)

(114,894

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

24,726

 

121,551

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Operating Data (as of end of period):

 

 

 

 

 

Medical equipment (approximate number of owned outsourcing units)

 

265,000

 

244,000

 

District offices

 

83

 

84

 

Number of outsourcing hospital customers

 

4,300

 

4,300

 

Number of total outsourcing customers

 

8,725

 

8,650

 

 

43



Table of Contents

 

SEASONALITY

 

Quarterly operating results are typically affected by seasonal factors.  Historically, our first and fourth quarters are the strongest, reflecting increased customer utilization during the fall and winter months.

 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

PIK Toggle Notes. Our 8.50% / 9.25% Second Lien Senior Secured PIK Toggle Notes due 2015 (the “PIK Toggle Notes”) consist of $230.0 million aggregate principal amount of PIK Toggle Notes issued on May 31, 2007, and $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of PIK Toggle Notes issued on June 17, 2011 for a total aggregate outstanding principal amount of $405.0 million.  All of the PIK Toggle Notes were issued under a Second Lien Senior Indenture dated as of May 31, 2007 (the “Second Lien Senior Indenture”).

 

Our principal sources of liquidity are expected to be cash and cash equivalents, cash flows from operating activities, and borrowings under our Senior Secured Credit Facility, which provides for loans in an amount of up to $195.0 million, subject to our borrowing base. See Note 8, Long-Term Debt for details related to our Senior Secured Credit Facility. It is anticipated that our principal uses of liquidity will be to fund capital expenditures related to purchases of medical equipment, provide working capital, meet debt service requirements and finance our strategic plans.

 

We require substantial cash to operate our Medical Equipment Outsourcing programs and service our debt.  Our outsourcing programs require us to invest a significant amount of cash in medical equipment purchases.  To the extent that such expenditures cannot be funded from cash and cash equivalents, our operating cash flow, borrowing under our Senior Secured Credit Facility or other financing sources, we may not be able to conduct our business or grow as currently planned. We anticipate additional capital investment of approximately $36.2 million during the remaining six months of 2012.

 

If we are unable to service our debt obligations through our cash and cash equivalents, generating sufficient cash flow from operations, and additional borrowings under our first lien senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility, we will be forced to take actions such as reducing or delaying capital expenditures, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing our debt or seeking additional equity capital.  This, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control.  If we are unable to repay our debt at maturity, we may have to obtain alternative financing, which may not be available to us.

 

Net cash provided by operating activities was $17.7 and $31.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Net cash provided by operating activities during the six months ended June 30, 2012 was impacted by the increase in working capital compared to the same period of 2011.

 

Net cash used in investing activities was $43.2 and $114.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  The change in net cash used in investing activities was primarily the result of our April 1, 2011 acquisition of Emergent Group, a laser surgical solutions provider.

 

Net cash provided by financing activities was $24.7 and $121.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  During the six months ended June 30, 2012, the change in net cash used in financing activities was primarily impacted by the issuance of bonds in June of 2011.

 

Our cash balances were $0.3 million as of June 30, 2012 compared to $37.7 million as of June 30, 2011.  The change in cash balances was impacted by the issuance of bonds in June of 2011.

 

44



Table of Contents

 

Based on the level of operating performance expected in 2012, we believe our cash and cash equivalents, cash from operations, and additional borrowings under our Senior Secured Credit Facility, will meet our liquidity needs for the foreseeable future, exclusive of any borrowings that we may make to finance potential acquisitions.  However, if during that period or thereafter we are not successful in generating sufficient cash flows from operations or in raising additional capital when required in sufficient amounts and on terms acceptable to us, our business could be adversely affected.  As of June 30, 2012, we had $142.5 million of availability under the Senior Secured Credit Facility after giving effect to $5.0 million used for letters of credit, based on a borrowing base of $195.0 million.

 

Our levels of borrowing are further restricted by the financial covenants set forth in our Senior Secured Credit Facility agreement and the Second Lien Senior Indenture governing our PIK Toggle Notes and Floating Rate Notes, as described in Note 8, Long-Term Debt.  As of June 30, 2012, the Company was in compliance with all covenants under the Senior Secured Credit Facility and the second lien senior indenture.

 

On July 31, 2012, we entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with Bank of America, N.A., as agent for the lenders, and the lenders party thereto (the “Second Amended Credit Agreement”), which amended the senior secured credit facility originally dated as of May 31, 2007 and amended and restated as of May 6, 2010.  The amendment increased the aggregate amount the Company may obtain under revolving loans from $195.0 million to $235.0 million and extended the maturity date to the earliest of (i) July 30, 2017, (ii) 90 days prior to the maturity of the Second Lien Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2015 or (iii) 90 days prior to the maturity of the 7.625% Second Lien Senior Secured Notes due 2020.  The Company’s obligations under the Second Amended Credit Agreement are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of the Company’s assets, excluding a pledge of its and Parent’s stock, any joint ventures and certain other exceptions.  The Company’s obligations under the Second Amended Credit Agreement are unconditionally guaranteed by the Company’s parent, UHS Holdco, Inc. and the Company’s restricted subsidiaries.

 

On August 7, 2012, we issued $425 million in aggregate principal amount of 7.625% Second Lien Senior Secured Notes (the “2012 Notes”) under an indenture. The 2012 Notes mature on August 15, 2020.  In connection with the issuance of the 2012 Notes, the Company entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the 2012 Notes.  The net proceeds from the 2012 Notes will be used primarily to fund the cash tender offer announced on July 24, 2012 to purchase $405 million of the Company’s 8.50%/9.25% PIK Toggle Notes due 2015 (the “PIK Toggle Notes”).  In conjunction with the tender offer, we solicited and received consent from the requisite number of holders that tendered the PIK Toggle Notes to eliminate the right of the remaining holders to benefit from substantially all restrictive covenants and certain event of default provisions of the PIK Toggle Notes.

 

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENT

 

Standard Adopted

 

In September 2011, the FASB issued an amendment to the authoritative guidance on goodwill impairment testing. The objective of this amendment is to simplify how entities, both public and nonpublic, test goodwill for impairment. The amendment permits an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test described in Topic 350, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other . If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a

 

45



Table of Contents

 

reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. The adoption of this amendment did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

 

SAFE HARBOR STATEMENT

 

Safe Harbor Statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995: We believe statements in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q looking forward in time involve risks and uncertainties.  The following factors, among others, could adversely affect our business, operations and financial condition, causing our actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements:

 

·                   our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health;

·                   risks associated with ability to fund our significant cash needs;

·                   risks associated with our pension plan;

·                   revenue generation related to decreases in patient census or services;

·                   risks associated with the current economic environment, including the credit markets;

·                   the effect of the global economic downturn on our customers and suppliers;

·                   risks associated with supplier concentration;

·                   health care providers willingness to alter their procurement of medical equipment;

·                   risks associated with competition;

·                   risk associated with bundling of products and services by competitors;

·                   risks associated with our lack of long-term commitments from some customers;

·                   consolidation in the health care industry;

·                   our ability to successfully identify and manage our acquisitions;

·                   uncertainties regarding the impact of U.S. healthcare reform on our business;

·                   changes in third-party payor reimbursement for health care items and services;

·                   our inability to attract or retain skilled employees and the loss of any of our key personnel;

·                   our ability to maintain contracts with existing customers and enter into new contracts with our customers;

·                   risks associated with cash flow fluctuations;

·                   risks associated with credit risks posed by our home care provider and nursing home customers;

·                   our customers being subject to extensive government regulation and our exposure to potential costs and fines associated with such regulations;

·                   risks associated with regulation related to our limited liability companies;

·                   the effect of expenditures related to equipment recalls or obsolescence;

·                   liabilities for legal claims associated with medical equipment that we outsource and service;

·                   risks related to increased costs that cannot be passed on to our customers;

·                   risks associated with the failure of our management information systems;

·                   inherent limitations in our internal control systems over financial reporting;

·                   conflicts of interest between our principal equity holder and our other security holders; and

·                   the risk factors as set forth in Item 1A of our 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

46



Table of Contents

 

Item 3.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

We are exposed to market risk arising from adverse changes in interest rates, fuel costs, and pension valuation.  We do not enter into derivatives or other financial instruments for speculative purposes.

 

Interest Rates

 

We use both fixed and variable rate debt as sources of financing.  At June 30, 2012, we had approximately $703.4 million of total debt outstanding of which $277.5 million was bearing interest at variable rates. Based on variable debt levels at June 30, 2012, a 1.0 percentage point change in interest rates on variable rate debt would have resulted in annual interest expense fluctuating by approximately $2.8 million.

 

Fuel Costs

 

We are also exposed to market risks related to changes in the price of gasoline used to fuel our fleet of delivery and sales vehicles.  A hypothetical 10% increase in the second quarter of 2012 average price of unleaded gasoline, assuming gasoline usage levels for the quarter ended June 30, 2012, would lead to an annual increase in fuel costs of approximately $0.5 million.

 

Pension

 

Our pension plan assets, which were approximately $14.0 million at December 31, 2011, are subject to volatility that can be caused by fluctuations in general economic conditions. Continued market volatility and disruption could cause further declines in asset values, and if this occurs, we may need to make additional pension plan contributions and our pension expense in future years may increase. A hypothetical 10% decrease in the fair value of plan assets at December 31, 2011 would lead to a decrease in the funded status of the plan of approximately $1.4 million.

 

Other Market Risk

 

As of June 30, 2012, we have no other material exposure to market risk.

 

Item 4.  Controls and Procedures

 

(a)                                   Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures

 

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and Rule 15d-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) as of the end of the period covered by this report.  Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

 

(b)                                  Changes in internal control over financial reporting

 

There were no changes that occurred during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

47



Table of Contents

 

In making its assessment of changes in internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2012, management has excluded those companies acquired in purchase business combinations during the twelve months ended June 30, 2012. The Company is currently assessing the control environments of these acquisitions.

 

PART II - OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 1.  Legal Proceedings

 

The Company, from time to time, may become involved in litigation arising out of operations in the normal course of business.  Asserted claims are subject to many uncertainties and the outcome of individual matters is not predictable.

 

On October 19, 2009, Freedom Medical, Inc. filed a lawsuit against the Company and others in U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas. The federal complaint alleges violation of state and federal antitrust laws, tortious interference with business relationships, business disparagement and common law conspiracy in connection with the biomedical equipment rental market. Freedom Medical, Inc. is seeking unspecified damages and injunctive relief. Under the current scheduling order, fact discovery closes September 30, 2012 and expert discovery closes January 8, 2013. Summary judgment briefing will take place beginning January 18, 2013 and ending February 11, 2013. The final pretrial conference is set for April 4, 2013. On January 30, 2012, the Company filed an amended answer, affirmative defenses, and counterclaim against Freedom Medical, Inc. The counterclaim alleges that Freedom Medical, Inc. engaged in improper business tactics, including baseless threats of litigation, illegal activity, and disparaging statements about the Company’s business, aimed at tortiously interfering with the Company’s business. The Company is seeking injunctive relief and an award of monetary damages in an amount equal to the losses caused by Freedom Medical Inc.’s tortious interference with the Company’s business relations. On March 8, 2012, the Company filed a motion to dismiss all of Freedom Medical, Inc.’s claims for failure to join indispensable parties, namely independent distributors of Freedom Medical, Inc. The motion is pending.  While we believe these claims are without merit, and will vigorously defend against them, we are unable at this time to determine the ultimate outcome of this matter or determine the effect it may have on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We have been seeking coverage for the Freedom Medical, Inc. lawsuit from a number of our insurance carriers.  On December 30, 2011, two of the insurance carriers, Lexington Insurance Company and National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, Pa., served us with a Minnesota state court complaint seeking a declaration that they have no obligation to cover certain claims of Freedom Medical, Inc.’s lawsuit.  This complaint was stayed by the Minnesota state court on March 14, 2012. On January 11, 2012, we filed our own suit, venued in Texas state court, against all of the carriers currently implicated by Freedom Medical, Inc.’s allegations.  This action seeks, among other things, a declaration of coverage as to Freedom Medical, Inc.’s suit.  We are unable at this time to determine the ultimate outcome of this matter or determine the effect it may have on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

In addition to the foregoing, the Company, from time to time, may become involved in litigation arising out of operations in the normal course of business, including the matters discussed in Item 3 of Part I of the 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K. As of June 30, 2012, we were not a party to any other pending legal proceedings the adverse outcome of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

48



Table of Contents

 

Asserted claims are subject to many uncertainties and the outcome of individual matters is not predictable with assurance.

 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors

 

Our business is subject to various risks and uncertainties.  Any of the risks discussed elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q or our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the risk factors set forth in our 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Item 2.  Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

 

None.

 

Item 3.  Defaults upon Senior Securities

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 5.  Other Information

 

In June 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued guidance on the presentation of comprehensive income in financial statements requiring entities to present total comprehensive income either in a single, continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate, but consecutive, statements. We adopted this standard as of December 31, 2011, when we presented our consolidated net income and consolidated other comprehensive income in two separate statements in our annual financial statements. Since that time, additional guidance has been released clarifying that the requirement of including total comprehensive income is also applicable to guarantor consolidating financial statements. The table below reflects the retrospective application of this guidance for the year ended December 31, 2011 as related to guarantor consolidating financial statements. The retrospective application did not have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

 

Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

 

Consolidating Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

 

 

 

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

Subsidiary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parent

 

Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuer

 

Surgical

 

Consolidating

 

 

 

 

 

UHS

 

Services

 

Adjustments

 

Consolidated

 

Consolidated net loss

 

$

(20,600

)

$

(1,267

)

$

1,267

 

$

(20,600

)

Other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss on minimum pension liability, net of tax

 

(4,136

)

 

 

(4,136

)

Gain on cash flow hedge, net of tax

 

7,088

 

 

 

7,088

 

Total other comprehensive income

 

2,952

 

 

 

2,952

 

Comprehensive loss

 

(17,648

)

(1,267

)

1,267

 

(17,648

)

Comprehensive income attributable to non controlling interest

 

451

 

451

 

(451

)

451

 

Comprehensive loss attributable to Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

 

$

(18,099

)

$

(1,718

)

$

1,718

 

$

(18,099

)

 

49



Table of Contents

 

On August 7, 2012, we issued $425 million in aggregate principal amount of 7.625% Second Lien Senior Secured Notes (the “2012 Notes”), which mature on August 15, 2020. The net proceeds from the 2012 Notes were used primarily to fund the cash tender offer (the “tender offer”) announced on July 24, 2012 to purchase $405 million of our PIK Toggle Notes. The 2012 Notes were issued pursuant to an indenture, dated as of August 7, 2012 (the “Indenture”), among us, UHS Surgical Services, Inc. (the “Guarantor”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). The Indenture provides that the 2012 Notes are our second lien senior secured obligations and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a second lien senior secured basis by our existing and certain of our future wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries.

 

Interest will be payable, entirely in cash, semiannually, in arrears, on February 15 and August 15 of each year, beginning on February 15, 2013. We may redeem some or all of the 2012 Notes at the redemption prices set forth in the Indenture. If we sell certain assets or undergo certain kinds of changes of control, we must offer to repurchase the 2012 Notes.

 

The Indenture contains covenants that limit our (and our restricted subsidiary’s) ability to, among other things: (i) incur additional debt; (ii) pay dividends or make other distributions; (iii) redeem stock; (iv) issue stock of subsidiaries; (v) make certain investments; (vi) create liens; (vii) enter into transactions with affiliates; and (viii) merge, consolidate or transfer all or substantially all of our assets. These covenants are subject to important exceptions. The Indenture also provides for events of default, which, if any of them occurs, would permit or require the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding 2012 Notes to be due and payable immediately. The Indenture is attached hereto as Exhibit 4.1 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

The 2012 Notes were sold pursuant to Rule l44A promulgated under, and Regulation S of, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and have not been registered in the United States under the Securities Act or in any other jurisdiction and may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an applicable exemption from the registration requirements.

 

In connection with the issuance of the 2012 Notes, we entered into an amended and restated second lien copyright security Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2012 (the “Copyright Security Agreement”), among us, the Guarantor and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent (the “Collateral Agent”), an amended and restated second lien patent security agreement, dated as of August 7, 2012 (the “Patent Security Agreement”), among us, the Guarantor and the Collateral Agent, an amended and restated second lien trademark security agreement, dated as of August 7, 2012 (the “Trademark Security Agreement), among us, the Guarantor and the Collateral Agent, an amended and restated second lien security agreement, dated as of August 7, 2012 (the “Security Agreement”), among us, the Guarantor and the Collateral Agent and the first amendment to the intercreditor agreement, dated as of the August 7, 2012 (the “Intercreditor Amendment,” and together with the Copyright Security Agreement, Patent Security Agreement, Trademark Security Agreement and Security Agreement, collectively the “Security Documents”). The Security Documents provide for the grant of a second lien security interest in favor of the Collateral Trustee, subject to certain exceptions, in substantially all of our and the Guarantor’s property and assets, copyrights, trademarks and patents owned, now or hereafter, to the extent such assets secure our amended senior secured credit facility on a first priority basis. The Security Documents are attached hereto as Exhibits 10.1 - 10.3 and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Also in connection with the issuance of the 2012 Notes, we entered into a registration rights agreement, dated as of August 7, 2012, (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) among us, the Guarantor and Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, PNC Capital Markets LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as the initial purchasers of the Notes.

 

Subject to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, among other things, we will file a registration statement pursuant to the Securities Act, relating to notes (the “Exchange Notes”) having identical terms in all material respects as the 2012 Notes, except that the Exchange Notes will be registered under the Securities Act. The Registration Rights Agreement requires us to use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) exchange the privately placed 2012 Notes for publicly registered exchange notes with substantially identical terms and (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the registration statement to become effective within 210 days (270 days if reviewed by the SEC) of the issue date of the 2012 Notes. If we fail to meet these requirements, holders of the 2012 Notes will be entitled to the payment of additional interest. In certain limited circumstances, we will be required to file a shelf registration statement to cover resales of the 2012 Notes by holders thereof. The Registration Rights Agreement is attached hereto as Exhibit 4.2 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

In conjunction with the tender offer, we solicited and received consent from the requisite number of holders of the PIK Toggle Notes to eliminate the right of the remaining holders of the PIK Toggle Notes to benefit from substantially all restrictive covenants and certain event on default provisions of the PIK Toggle Notes. We entered into a third supplemental indenture, dated August 7, 2012, (the “Third Supplemental Indenture”), among us, the Guarantor and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee under the Second Lien Senior Indenture, pursuant to which such amendments were effected. A copy of the Third Supplemental Indenture is attached hereto as Exhibit 4.3 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

50



Table of Contents

 

Item 6. Exhibits

 

Number

 

Description

4.1*

 

Indenture, dated as of August 7, 2012, among the Company, UHS Surgical Services, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee.

 

 

 

4.2*

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2012, among the Company, UHS Surgical Services, Inc. and Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, PNC Capital Markets LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as the initial purchasers of the Notes.

 

 

 

4.3*

 

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 7, 2012, among the Company, UHS Surgical Services, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee.

 

 

 

10.1*

 

Amended and Restated Second Lien Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2012, among the Company, UHS Surgical Services, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent .

 

 

 

10.2*

 

Amended and Restated Second Lien Security Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2012, among the Company, UHS Surgical Services, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent .

 

 

 

10.3*

 

First Amendment to the Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the August 7, 2012, among the Company, Bank of America, N.A., collateral agent for the First Lien Secured Parties and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, collateral agent for the Junior Lien Secured Parties.

 

 

 

31.1*

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

31.2*

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

32.1*

 

Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

32.2*

 

Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

101**

 

Financial Statements from the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Universal Hospital Services, Inc. for the quarter ended June 30, 2012, formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language: (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets; (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Consolidated Statements of Other Comprehensive Income (Loss); (iii) the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows and (iv) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 


* Filed Herewith

** Furnished Herewith

 

51



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

Date: August 13, 2012

 

 

 

 

Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

 

 

 

By

/s/ Gary D. Blackford

 

Gary D. Blackford,

 

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

 

(Principal Executive Officer and Duly Authorized Officer)

 

 

 

By

/s/ Rex T. Clevenger

 

Rex T. Clevenger,

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

52


Exhibit 4.1

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

UNIVERSAL HOSPITAL SERVICES, INC.

 

7.625% SECOND LIEN SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2020

 


 

INDENTURE

 

Dated as of August 7, 2012

 


 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

 

Trustee

 

 

 



 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

 

Trust Indenture 
Act Section

 

Indenture
Section

 

 

 

310(a)

(1)

 

7.10

(a)

(2)

 

7.10

(a)

(3)

 

N.A.

(a)

(4)

 

N.A.

(a)

(5)

 

7.10

(b)

 

 

7.10

(c)

 

 

N.A.

311(a)

 

 

7.11

(b)

 

 

7.11

(c)

 

 

N.A.

312(a)

 

 

2.05

(b)

 

 

13.03

(c)

 

 

13.03

313(a)

 

 

7.06

(b)(1)

 

 

N.A.

(b)(2)

 

 

7.06; 7.07

(c)

 

 

7.06; 13.02

(d)

 

 

7.06

314(a)

 

 

4.03; 13.02; 13.05

(b)

 

 

N.A

(c)

(1)

 

13.04

(c)

(2)

 

13.04

(c)

(3)

 

N.A.

(d)

 

 

N.A.

(e)

 

 

13.05

(f)

 

 

N.A.

315(a)

 

 

7.01

(b)

 

 

7.05; 13.02

(c)

 

 

7.01

(d)

 

 

7.01

(e)

 

 

6.11

316(a)

(last sentence)

 

2.09

(a)

(1)(A)

 

6.05

(a)

(1)(B)

 

6.04

(a)

(2)

 

N.A.

(b)

 

 

6.07

(c)

 

 

2.12

317(a)

(1)

 

6.08

(a)

(2)

 

6.09

(b)

 

 

2.04

318(a)

 

 

13.01

(b)

 

 

N.A.

(c)

 

 

13.01

 


N.A.  means not applicable.

* This Cross Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.

 

i



 

 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION

BY REFERENCE

 

 

 

Section 1.01

Definitions

1

Section 1.02

Other Definitions

24

Section 1.03

Incorporation by Reference of TIA

24

Section 1.04

Rules of Construction

25

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

 

 

 

Section 2.01

Form and Dating

25

Section 2.02

Execution and Authentication

26

Section 2.03

Registrar and Paying Agent

27

Section 2.04

Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust

27

Section 2.05

Holder Lists

27

Section 2.06

Transfer and Exchange

27

Section 2.07

Replacement Notes

39

Section 2.08

Outstanding Notes

40

Section 2.09

Treasury Notes

40

Section 2.10

Temporary Notes

40

Section 2.11

Cancellation

40

Section 2.12

Defaulted Interest

41

Section 2.13

CUSIP Numbers

41

Section 2.14

Issuance of Additional Notes

41

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

 

 

 

Section 3.01

Notices to Trustee

42

Section 3.02

Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased

42

Section 3.03

Notice of Redemption

43

Section 3.04

Effect of Notice of Redemption

44

Section 3.05

Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price

44

Section 3.06

Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part

44

Section 3.07

Optional Redemption

44

Section 3.08

Mandatory Redemption

45

Section 3.09

Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds

46

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

 

Section 4.01

Payment of Notes

47

Section 4.02

Maintenance of Office or Agency

48

Section 4.03

Reports

48

 

ii



 

Section 4.04

Compliance Certificate

49

Section 4.05

[Reserved.]

50

Section 4.06

Stay, Extension and Usury Laws

50

Section 4.07

Restricted Payments

50

Section 4.08

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries

54

Section 4.09

Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock

55

Section 4.10

Asset Sales

59

Section 4.11

Transactions with Affiliates

61

Section 4.12

Liens

63

Section 4.13

Suspension of Covenants

63

Section 4.14

[Reserved.]

64

Section 4.15

Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control

64

Section 4.16

Guarantees

65

Section 4.17

Payments for Consent

67

Section 4.18

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

67

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5

SUCCESSORS

 

 

 

Section 5.01

Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets

67

Section 5.02

Successor Corporation Substituted

68

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

 

 

Section 6.01

Events of Default

69

Section 6.02

Acceleration

71

Section 6.03

Other Remedies

71

Section 6.04

Waiver of Past Defaults

71

Section 6.05

Control by Majority

72

Section 6.06

Limitation on Suits

72

Section 6.07

Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment

72

Section 6.08

Collection Suit by Trustee

72

Section 6.09

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

73

Section 6.10

Priorities

73

Section 6.11

Undertaking for Costs

73

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

 

 

 

Section 7.01

Duties of Trustee

74

Section 7.02

Rights of Trustee

75

Section 7.03

Individual Rights of Trustee

76

Section 7.04

Trustee’s Disclaimer

76

Section 7.05

Notice of Defaults

76

Section 7.06

Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes

76

Section 7.07

Compensation and Indemnity

77

Section 7.08

Replacement of Trustee

77

Section 7.09

Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

78

Section 7.10

Eligibility; Disqualification

78

 

iii



 

Section 7.11

Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company

79

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

 

 

Section 8.01

Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

79

Section 8.02

Legal Defeasance and Discharge

79

Section 8.03

Covenant Defeasance

80

Section 8.04

Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance

80

Section 8.05

Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

81

Section 8.06

Repayment to Company

82

Section 8.07

Reinstatement

82

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

 

 

Section 9.01

Without Consent of Holders of Notes

82

Section 9.02

With Consent of Holders of Notes

83

Section 9.03

Compliance with TIA

85

Section 9.04

Revocation and Effect of Consents

85

Section 9.05

Notation on or Exchange of Notes

85

Section 9.06

Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

85

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10

SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

 

Section 10.01

Guarantee

86

Section 10.02

Limitation on Guarantor Liability

87

Section 10.03

Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantee

87

Section 10.04

Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms

88

Section 10.05

Releases

88

 

 

 

ARTICLE 11

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

Section 11.01

Satisfaction and Discharge

89

Section 11.02

Application of Trust Money

90

 

 

 

ARTICLE 12

SECURITY DOCUMENTS AND SECURITY

 

Section 12.01

Rights of the Collateral Agent

90

Section 12.02

Security Documents

91

Section 12.03

Application of Proceeds of Collateral

92

Section 12.04

Possession, Use and Release of Collateral

92

Section 12.05

Opinion of Counsel

94

Section 12.06

Further Assurances

94

Section 12.07

Certain TIA Requirements

95

Section 12.08

Suits to Protect the Collateral

95

Section 12.09

Purchaser Protected

95

 

iv



 

Section 12.10

Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee

95

Section 12.11

Release of Second Priority Liens

96

 

 

 

ARTICLE 13

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 13.01

TIA Controls

96

Section 13.02

Notices

96

Section 13.03

Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes

97

Section 13.04

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

97

Section 13.05

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

97

Section 13.06

Rules by Trustee and Agents

98

Section 13.07

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

98

Section 13.08

Governing Law

98

Section 13.09

No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements

98

Section 13.10

Successors

98

Section 13.11

Severability

99

Section 13.12

Counterpart Originals

99

Section 13.13

Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

99

Section 13.14

U.S.A. Patriot Act

99

Section 13.15

Force Majeure

99

Section 13.16

Waiver of Jury Trial

99

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A1

FORM OF RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE

 

Exhibit A2

FORM OF REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE

 

Exhibit B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

Exhibit C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

 

Exhibit D

FORM OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE

 

Exhibit E

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

 

v



 

INDENTURE, dated as of August 7, 2012, between Universal Hospital Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

 

The Company and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined) of the 7.625% Second Lien Senior Secured Notes due 2020 (the “ Notes ”).

 

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
BY REFERENCE

 

Section 1.01          Definitions .

 

144A Global Note ” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

 

Acquired Debt ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

 

(1)            Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

 

(2)            Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

 

Additional Notes ” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes, Exchange Notes for such Initial Notes or Notes issued pursuant to Sections 2.06, 2.07, 2.10 and 3.06 hereof) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes.

 

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person.  For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person will be deemed to be control.  For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings.

 

Agent ” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent or Collateral Agent.

 

Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to a Note at any redemption date (or date of deposit), the greater of (i) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note on such redemption date (or date of deposit) and (ii) the excess, if any, of (A) the present value at such redemption date (or date of deposit) of (1) the redemption price of such Note on August 15, 2015, (such redemption price being that set forth in the table in Section 3.07(a) hereof and Section 5(a) of the Notes) plus (2) all required remaining scheduled

 



 

interest payments (calculated based on the interest rate payable on the Notes) due on such Note through August 15, 2015 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, over (B) the principal amount of such Note on such redemption date (or date of deposit), as calculated by the Company or on behalf of the Company by such Person as the Company shall designate; provided that such calculation shall not be a duty or obligation of the Trustee.

 

Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

 

Asset Sale ” means the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights; provided that the sale, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the provisions of Section 4.15 hereof and/or the provisions of Section 5.01 hereof, and not by the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof.

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale:

 

(1)            any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than $2.5 million;

 

(2)            a transfer of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(3)            an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in which the Company’s percentage interest (direct and indirect) in the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary, after giving effect to such issuance, is at least equal to its percentage interest prior thereto;

 

(4)            the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of assets in the ordinary course of business and any sale or other disposition of damaged, worn-out or obsolete assets in the ordinary course of business;

 

(5)            the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;

 

(6)            disposition of an account receivable in connection with the settlement, collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings;

 

(7)            a Restricted Payment that does not violate Section 4.07 hereof or a Permitted Investment;

 

(8)            the creation of a Lien not prohibited by this Indenture;

 

(9)            the grant in the ordinary course of business of any non-exclusive license of patents, trademarks, registration thereof or any other similar intellectual property;

 

(10)          any release of intangible claims or rights in connection with the loss or settlement of a bona fide lawsuit, dispute or other controversy; and

 

2



 

(11)          leases or subleases in the ordinary course of business to third persons not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

 

Beneficial Owner ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time.

 

The terms “ Beneficially Owns ” and “ Beneficially Owned ” have a corresponding meaning.

 

Board of Directors ” means:

 

(1)            with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board; and

 

(2)            with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

 

Borrowing Base ” means, as of any date, an amount equal to:

 

(1)            85% of the face amount of all accounts receivable owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such date that were not more than 90 days past due; plus

 

(2)            65% of the book value of all rental equipment owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such date; plus

 

(3)            50% of the book value of all wholesale disposables owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such date; plus

 

(4)            20% of the book value of all equipment disposables owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such date.

 

Broker-Dealer ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Business Day ” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

 

Calculation Date ” has the meaning provided to such term in the definition of “ Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio .”

 

Capital Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.

 

3



 

Capital Stock ” means:

 

(1)            in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

 

(2)            in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

 

(3)            in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and

 

(4)            any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.

 

Cash Equivalents ” means:

 

(1)            United States dollars (including such dollars as are held as overnight bank deposits and demand deposits with banks);

 

(2)            securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States government ( provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than 360 days from the date of acquisition;

 

(3)            time deposit accounts, term deposit accounts, money market deposit accounts, time deposits, bankers’ acceptances, certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding six months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to the Credit Agreement or with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of “B” or better;

 

(4)            repurchase obligations with a term of not more than ten days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

 

(5)            commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s or S&P and, in each case, maturing within six months after the date of acquisition; and

 

(6)            money market funds at least 90% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (5) of this definition.

 

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(1)            the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) other than a Principal or a Related Party of a Principal;

 

4



 

(2)            the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation), the result of which is that any “person” (as defined in clause (1) above) other than a Principal or a Related Party of a Principal becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; or

 

(3)            the Company consolidates with, or merges with or into, any Person, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company or such other Person is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than (a) any such transaction where the Voting Stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction is converted into or exchanged for Voting Stock of the surviving or transferee Person constituting a majority of the outstanding shares of such Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee Person (immediately after giving effect to such issuance) or (b) any such transaction in which the surviving Person or transferee is a Person controlled by the Principals or their Related Parties.

 

Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, S.A.

 

Collateral ” means all of the “Collateral” referred to in the Security Documents and all of the other property and assets that are or are intended under the terms of this Indenture and the Security Documents to be subject to Second Priority Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders.

 

Collateral Agent ” means the Person appointed as such in accordance with the terms of Section 12.01 hereof.

 

Company ” means Universal Hospital Services, Inc., and any and all successors thereto.

 

Company Request ” or “ Company Order ” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by an Officer and delivered to the Trustee.

 

Consolidated Cash Flow ” means, for any period, the sum of, without duplication, Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus (or, in the case of clause (6) below, plus or minus) the following items to the extent included in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period:

 

(1)            Fixed Charges for such period; plus

 

(2)            the provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; plus

 

(3)            depreciation, amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(4)            any reasonable expenses or charges incurred in connection with any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or Indebtedness permitted

 

5



 

to be incurred under this Indenture (in each case whether or not consummated) or the Transactions and, in each case, deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(5)            the amount of (x) management, monitoring, consulting, advisory fees, termination payments and related expenses paid to the Equity Sponsors (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses) and (y) cash compensation paid to independent directors ( provided that such cash compensation shall have been approved by the board of directors), in each case, during such period; plus

 

(6)            any other non-cash charges for such period, and minus non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than non-cash charges or items increasing Consolidated Net Income resulting from changes in prepaid assets or accrued liabilities in the ordinary course of business; plus

 

(7)            Minority Interest; plus

 

(8)            Fees and expenses payable to David E. Dovenberg according to the terms of his management agreement with the Company, not to exceed $200,000 for any applicable four-quarter period;

 

provided that Fixed Charges, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization expense and non-cash charges of a Restricted Subsidiary will be included in Consolidated Cash Flow only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the net income of such Subsidiary was included in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period.

 

Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any period, the net income (or net loss) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, adjusted to the extent included in calculating such net income or loss by excluding:

 

(1)            any net after-tax (x) extraordinary, nonrecurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses or (y) non-recurring or one-time expenses or costs incurred in respect of severance, relocation or restructuring obligations or in connection with any merger, acquisition, disposition or other strategic-related activity;

 

(2)            any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to Asset Sales, dispositions of securities or discontinued operations;

 

(3)            the portion of net income (or loss) of any Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has an ownership interest, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash during such period;

 

(4)            the net income (but not the net loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary is at the date of determination restricted, directly or indirectly, except to the extent that such net income is actually paid to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof by loans, advances, intercompany transfers, principal repayments or otherwise;

 

(5)            non-cash compensation charges, including any such charges arising from stock option, restricted stock grants or other equity-incentive programs;

 

6



 

(6)            any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment or conversion of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations;

 

(7)            unrealized gains and losses from Hedging Obligations or “embedded derivatives” that require the same accounting treatment as Hedging Obligations;

 

(8)            the effect of any non-cash items resulting from any amortization, write-up, write-down, write-off or impairment of any assets (including intangible assets, goodwill and deferred financing costs) or liabilities in connection with the Transactions or any future acquisition, merger, consolidation or similar transaction or any other non-cash impairment charges incurred subsequent to the Issue Date resulting from the application of SFAS Nos.  142 and 144 (excluding any such non-cash item to the extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenditures in any future period except to the extent such item is subsequently reversed) shall be excluded; and

 

(9)            the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles.

 

Consolidated Total Assets ” means the consolidated total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP, provided , however , that the Consolidated Total Assets measured as of any date prior to the Issue Date shall be determined giving pro forma effect to the Transactions.

 

Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee ” will be at the address of the Trustee at which at any time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date hereof is specified in Section 13.02 hereof or such other address which the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company, or the designated corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company).

 

Credit Agreement ” means that certain credit agreement, as amended, dated as of the Issue Date, by and among the Company, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders from time to time party thereto, providing for up to $235.0 million of revolving credit borrowings, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time.

 

Credit Facilities ” means, one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities, in each case, with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time.

 

Custodian ” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

 

Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

7



 

Definitive Note ” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 or Exhibit A2 hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

 

Depositary ” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

 

Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

 

Disqualified Stock ” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07 hereof.  The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Indenture will be the maximum amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends.

 

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is organized under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia.

 

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

 

Equity Offering ” means any issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies to the extent the proceeds thereof are contributed to the common equity capital of the Company, other than:

 

(1)            public offerings with respect to the Company’s or any direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8; and

 

(2)            an issuance to any Subsidiary of the Company.

 

Equity Sponsors ” means IPC Manager III, L.P., and its Affiliates.

 

Euroclear ” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.

 

8



 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Exchange Notes ” means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof.

 

Exchange Offer ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Excluded Contributions ” means net cash proceeds received by the Company from (i) contributions to its equity capital (other than Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock) or (ii) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Company) of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock) of the Company, in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an officer’s certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, that are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.07(a).

 

Existing Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement) in existence on the date of this Indenture, until such amounts are repaid.

 

Fair Market Value ” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company (unless otherwise provided in this Indenture).

 

First Priority Lien Obligations ” means:

 

(1)            Indebtedness (and related Obligations) secured by a Lien on the Collateral incurred pursuant to and permitted by clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt at that time outstanding;

 

(2)            Indebtedness (and related Obligations) incurred under clause (8) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”; and

 

(3)            Indebtedness (and related Obligations) incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof in an aggregate principal amount outstanding under this clause (3), together with any first-priority liens in respect of amounts incurred under clause (19) of the definition of “Permitted Liens,” at any time not to exceed $50.0 million.

 

First Priority Lien Representative ” means the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement and any replacement or successors thereof.

 

First Priority Liens ” means all Liens that secure the First Priority Lien Obligations.

 

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period.  In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, Guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage

 

9



 

Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period.

 

In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:

 

(1)            acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and including any related financing transactions and including increases in ownership of Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date will be given pro forma effect as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period;

 

(2)            the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded;

 

(3)            the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date;

 

(4)            any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period;

 

(5)            any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period; and

 

(6)            if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term as at the Calculation Date in excess of 12 months).

 

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given (including, without limitation, the Transactions), the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company and shall comply with the requirements of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC, except that such pro forma calculations may include operating expense reductions for such period resulting from the transaction which is being given pro forma effect that (A) have been realized or (B) for which the steps necessary for realization have been taken (or are taken concurrently with such transaction) or (C) for which the steps necessary for realization are reasonably expected to be taken with the twelve month period following such transaction or (D) that have been added to pro forma EBITDA to calculate pro forma Adjusted EBITDA as set forth in the Company’s Offering Memorandum, dated July 24, 2012, relating to the offering of the Initial Notes, in footnote 4 under “Summary—Summary Financial and Other Data” (without duplication of amounts otherwise included in

 

10



 

the calculation of Consolidated Cash Flow) and, in each case, including, but not limited to, (a) reduction in personnel expenses, (b) reduction of costs related to administrative functions, (c) reduction of costs related to leased or owned properties, (d) reductions from the consolidation of operations and streamlining of corporate overhead and (e) adjustments to give pro forma effect of those certain acquisitions described in the Offering Memorandum, dated July 24, 2012, relating to the offering of the Initial Notes); provided that, in each case, such adjustments are set forth in an Officer’s Certificate signed by the Company’s chief financial officer and another Officer which states (i) the amount of such adjustment or adjustments, (ii) in the case of items (B) or (C) above, that such adjustment or adjustments are based on the reasonable good faith beliefs of the Officers executing such Officer’s Certificate at the time of such execution and (iii) that any related incurrence of Indebtedness is permitted pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(1)            the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations in respect of interest rates; plus

 

(2)            the consolidated interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus

 

(3)            any interest accruing on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus

 

(4)            the product of (a) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.

 

Floating Rate Notes ” means the Company’s Second Lien Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2015.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect on the Issue Date.

 

Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(B) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

 

Global Notes ” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary

 

11



 

or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 and Exhibit A2 hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Sections 2.01, 2.06(b)(3), 2.06(b)(4), 2.06(d)(2) or 2.06(f) hereof.

 

Government Securities ” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the payment for which the United States pledges its full faith and credit.

 

Guarantee ” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise).

 

Guarantors ” means each Subsidiary of the Company that executes a Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and their respective successors and assigns.

 

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under:

 

(1)            interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements;

 

(2)            other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest rate risk; and

 

(3)            other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices.

 

Holder ” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

 

Immaterial Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is designated as an “Immaterial Subsidiary” pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee and that, at the time of such designation, has total assets with a Fair Market Value of less than $1.0 million; provided that the Fair Market Value of the total assets of all Restricted Subsidiaries that are Immaterial Subsidiaries, does not in the aggregate at any time exceed $2.5 million.

 

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person (excluding accrued expenses and trade payables), whether or not contingent:

 

(1)            in respect of borrowed money;

 

(2)            evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

 

(3)            in respect of bankers’ acceptances;

 

(4)            representing Capital Lease Obligations;

 

12



 

(5)            representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services due more than six months after such property is acquired or such services are completed, except any such balance that represents an accrued expense or trade payable; or

 

(6)            representing any Hedging Obligations,

 

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.  In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person), but only to the extent that the aggregate amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the Fair Market Value of the asset, and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person.  In no event will obligations or liabilities in respect of any Capital Stock constitute Indebtedness hereunder.

 

Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

 

Initial Notes ” means the first $425,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the date hereof.

 

Intercreditor Agreement ” means that certain Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2007, as supplemented or amended (including, without limitation, as of the Issue Date), between the Collateral Agent, the First Priority Lien Representative and the other parties thereto, and acknowledged and consented to by the Company, as amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time in accordance with its terms.

 

Investment Grade Rating means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

 

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.  If the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investments in such Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof.  Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

 

Issue Date ” means August 7, 2012.

 

13



 

Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in The City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed.  If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.

 

Letter of Transmittal ” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer.

 

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease that is not a Capital Lease Obligation be deemed to constitute a Lien.

 

Management Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated UHS Professional Services Agreement, dated February 1, 2008, between the Company and the Equity Sponsors, as amended prior to the Issue Date.

 

Minority Interest ” means, with respect to any Person, interests in income of any of such Person’s Subsidiaries held by one or more Persons other than such Person or another Subsidiary of such Person, as reflected on such Person’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and its successors.

 

Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, (a) fees and expenses related to such Asset Sale (including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales and brokerage commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale), (b) taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, (c) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness constituting First Priority Lien Obligations, secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale, provided that such asset or assets did not constitute Collateral, (d) any reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the seller after such Asset Sale, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale and (e) cash escrows (until released from escrow to the seller).

 

Non-Recourse Debt ” means Indebtedness:

 

(1)            as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender;

 

(2)            no default with respect to which would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a

 

14



 

default on such Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and

 

(3)            as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a pledge of the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary).

 

Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

 

Notes ” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture.  The Initial Notes (including any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor) and the Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes.

 

Obligations ” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

 

Officer ” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person.

 

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by one Officer of the Company, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of Section 13.05 hereof.

 

Opinion of Counsel ” means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 13.05 hereof.  The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee.

 

Participant ” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

 

Permitted Business ” means any business conducted by the Company on the Issue Date and any businesses that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, are reasonably related, ancillary or complimentary thereto, or reasonable extensions thereof, including, without limitation, the rental, leasing, sale or servicing of medical equipment.

 

Permitted Investments ” means:

 

(1)            any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(2)            any Investment in cash or Cash Equivalents;

 

(3)            any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

 

(a)            such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

 

15



 

(b)            such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(4)            any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Sections 3.09 and 4.10 hereof;

 

(5)            any acquisition of assets or Capital Stock solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

 

(6)            any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (a) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer; or (b) litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates;

 

(7)            Investments represented by Hedging Obligations;

 

(8)            loans or advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1.0 million at any one time outstanding;

 

(9)            repurchases of the Notes;

 

(10)          Investments in existence on the Issue Date;

 

(11)          Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, endorsements for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business, utility or workers compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into as a result of the operations of the business in the ordinary course of business;

 

(12)          Investments of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or at the time such Person merges or consolidates with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in either case, in compliance with this Indenture; provided that such Investments were not made by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or such merger or consolidation; and

 

(13)          other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (13) that are at the time outstanding (without giving effect to any dividend or distribution pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(13)) not to exceed $50.0 million.

 

Permitted Liens ” means:

 

(1)            First Priority Liens;

 

(2)            Liens in favor of the Company or the Guarantors;

 

(3)            Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such

 

16



 

Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Company or the Subsidiary;

 

(4)            Liens on property (including Capital Stock) existing at the time of acquisition of the property by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to, such acquisition and not incurred in contemplation of, such acquisition;

 

(5)            Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(6)            Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by Section 4.09(b)(4) or (14) hereof covering only the assets acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness;

 

(7)            Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than First Priority Liens, Second Priority Liens and Third Priority Liens);

 

(8)            Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent more than 30 days or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor;

 

(9)            Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlord’s, suppliers’ and mechanics’ Liens, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(10)          survey exceptions, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property that were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the operation of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

 

(11)          Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the Notes (or the Subsidiary Guarantees) or payment obligations to the Trustee;

 

(12)          Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; provided , however , that the new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to, such property or proceeds or distributions thereof);

 

(13)          judgment liens not giving rise to an Event of Default;

 

(14)          Liens and rights of setoff in favor of a bank imposed by law and incurred in the ordinary course of business on deposit accounts maintained with such bank and cash and Cash Equivalents in such accounts;

 

(15)          Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account

 

17



 

of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

(16)          Second Priority Liens on an equal and ratable basis with the Liens securing the Obligations under the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees; provided that the representative for or holders of the Second Priority Lien Obligations have become bound by the terms of the Security Documents;

 

(17)          Third Priority Liens;

 

(18)          Liens on assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor to secure Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary that is permitted under (x) Section 4.09(a) or (y) Section 4.09(b)(16); and

 

(19)          other Liens not otherwise permitted under this definition securing Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $50.0 million; provided that availability under this clause (19) for the incurrence of first-priority Liens will be reduced by the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by Liens incurred under clause (3) of the definition of “First Priority Lien Obligations”.

 

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that:

 

(1)            the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all expenses and premiums incurred in connection therewith);

 

(2)            such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date not earlier than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;

 

(3)            if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and

 

(4)            such Indebtedness is incurred either by the Company or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

 

18



 

PIK Toggle Notes ” means the Company’s Second Lien Senior Secured PIK Toggle Notes due 2015.

 

Preferred Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person that has preferential rights to any other Capital Stock of such Person with respect to dividends or redemptions upon liquidation.

 

Principals ” means the Equity Sponsors, co-investors, general partners, managing members or persons or entities performing similar function or any of their respective Affiliates.

 

Private Placement Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(A)(i) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

 

QIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

 

Rating Agencies ” mean Moody’s and S&P or if either or both shall not make a rating on the notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company (as certified by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company) which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

 

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2012, between the Company and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements between the Company and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act.

 

Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Regulation S Global Note ” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as appropriate.

 

Regulation S Permanent Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A2 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period.

 

Regulation S Temporary Global Note ” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A2 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.

 

Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(C) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Regulation S Temporary Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

 

Related Party ” means:

 

19



 

(1)            any controlling stockholder, 80% (or more) owned Subsidiary, or immediate family member (in the case of an individual) of any Principal; or

 

(2)            any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling interest of which consist of any one or more Principals and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (1).

 

Responsible Officer ,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the corporate trust administration of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

Restricted Definitive Note ” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

 

Restricted Global Note ” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

 

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

Restricted Period ” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

 

Restricted Subsidiary ” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or successor thereto.

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.

 

Second Priority Lien Obligations ” means the Indebtedness incurred under the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees, the Floating Rate Notes, any PIK Toggle Notes that remain outstanding following the offer and any other Indebtedness incurred by the Company or a Guarantor which is designated by the Company as “Second Priority Lien Obligations” for purposes of the Security Documents; provided that such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

 

Second Priority Liens ” means all Liens that secure the Second Priority Lien Obligations.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

20



 

Security Agreement ” means (a) that certain Security Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2007, as amended, including, without limitation, as of the Issue Date, among the Company, each Guarantor party thereto from time to time, and the Collateral Agent and (b) all other security agreements, mortgages, pledges, collateral assignments or other instruments evidencing or creating any security interests in favor of the Collateral Agent, for its benefit and the benefit of the Trustee and the holders of the Notes and holders of other Second Priority Lien Obligations, in all or any portion of the Collateral, in each case, as amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time in accordance with their respective terms.

 

Security Documents ” means, collectively, (a) the Security Agreement and (b) the Intercreditor Agreement, in each case, as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time, in accordance with terms thereof.

 

SFAS ” means Statement of Financial Accounting Standards.

 

Shelf Registration Statement ” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

 

Special Interest ” means all Special Interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the Issue Date, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(1)            any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; and

 

(2)            any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which

 

(a)            more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise; and

 

(b)            such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

 

21



 

Subsidiary Guarantee ” means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company’s Obligations under this Indenture and on the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture.

 

Subsidiary Guarantor ” means each Subsidiary of the Company that executes a Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and their respective successors and assigns.

 

Third Priority Liens ” means all Liens on the Collateral that secure Indebtedness on a third priority basis, provided that the Notes will be secured by Second Priority Liens to the extent any Indebtedness is secured by Third Priority Liens.

 

TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified thereunder, except as set forth in Section 9.03 hereof.

 

Transactions ” means the issuance of the Notes and the execution and borrowings under the Credit Agreement and the other transactions described in the Company’s Offering Memorandum, dated July 24, 2012, relating to the offering of the Initial Notes under “Summary—Recent Developments” (including, without limitation, the tender offer and consent solicitation for the PIK Toggle Notes).

 

Treasury Rate ” means, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of the United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market date)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to August 15, 2015; provided , however , that if the period from such redemption date to August 15, 2015 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

 

Trustee ” means the party named as such in the preamble to this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

 

Unrestricted Definitive Note ” means a Definitive Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

Unrestricted Global Note ” means a Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to resolutions of such Board of Directors, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:

 

(1)            has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

 

(2)            except as permitted by Section 4.11 hereof, is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company;

 

22



 

(3)            is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

 

(4)            has not Guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolutions of such Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07 hereof.  If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09 hereof, the Company will be in Default of such covenant.  The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.

 

U.S. Person ” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

 

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

 

(1)            the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

 

(2)            the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

 

Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

23



 

Section 1.02          Other Definitions .

 

Term

 

Defined in
Section

 

 

 

Affiliate Transaction

 

4.11

Asset Sale Offer

 

3.09

Authentication Order

 

2.02

Change of Control Offer

 

4.15

Change of Control Payment

 

4.15

Change of Control Payment Date

 

4.15

Covenant Defeasance

 

8.03

Covenant Suspension Event

 

4.13

DTC

 

2.03

Event of Default

 

6.01

Excess Proceeds

 

4.10

incur

 

4.09

Legal Defeasance

 

8.02

Offer Amount

 

3.09

Offer Period

 

3.09

Paying Agent

 

2.03

Payment Default

 

6.01

Permitted Debt

 

4.09

Purchase Date

 

3.09

Registrar

 

2.03

Restricted Payments

 

4.07

Reversion Date

 

4.13

Successor Company

 

5.01

Suspended Covenants

 

4.13

Suspension Date

 

4.13

Suspension Period

 

4.13

 

Section 1.03          Incorporation by Reference of TIA .

 

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

 

The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

 

indenture securities ” means the Notes;

 

indenture security Holder ” means a Holder of a Note;

 

indenture to be qualified ” means this Indenture;

 

indenture trustee ” or “ institutional trustee ” means the Trustee; and

 

obligor ” on the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees means the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees, respectively.  All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them.

 

24



 

Section 1.04          Rules of Construction .

 

Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(1)            a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(2)            an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

(3)            or ” is not exclusive;

 

(4)            words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

 

(5)            will ” shall be interpreted to express a command;

 

(6)            provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

 

(7)            references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;

 

(8)            unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article,” “Section” or “clause” refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture; and

 

(9)            the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision.

 

ARTICLE 2
THE NOTES

 

Section 2.01          Form and Dating .

 

(a)            General .  The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 or Exhibit A2 hereto.  The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage.  Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication.  The Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.

 

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.  However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

(b)            Global Notes .  Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibits A1 or A2 attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto).  Notes issued in definitive form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto).

 

25



 

Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions.  Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Paying Agent, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

 

(c)            Temporary Global Notes .  Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S will be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which will be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, at its corporate trust office, as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.

 

Following the termination of the Restricted Period, the Trustee will remove the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend from the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, following which temporary beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall automatically become beneficial interests in Regulation S Permanent Global Notes pursuant to the Applicable Procedures.  The aggregate principal amount of each Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the respective Regulation S Permanent Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.

 

(d)            Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable .  The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream will be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

 

Section 2.02          Execution and Authentication .

 

At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid.

 

A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.  The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

 

The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by two Officers (an “ Authentication Order ”), authenticate Notes for original issue.  In addition, at any time, from time to time, the Trustee shall upon receipt of an Authentication Order authenticate and deliver Additional Notes in one or more series for original issue in aggregate principal amounts specified by the Company.

 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes.  An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so.  Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent.  An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company.

 

26



 

Section 2.03          Registrar and Paying Agent .

 

The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“ Registrar ”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“ Paying Agent ”).  The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange.  The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents.  The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent.  The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder.  The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture.  If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such.  The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

 

The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.  Neither the Trustee nor any agent thereof shall have any responsibility or liability for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.

 

The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

 

Section 2.04          Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust .

 

The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium or Special Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment.  While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.  Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money.  If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent.  Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

 

Section 2.05          Holder Lists .

 

The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a).  If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a).

 

Section 2.06          Transfer and Exchange .

 

(a)            Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes .  A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.  All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if:

 

27



 

(1)            the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary;

 

(2)            the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; provided that in no event shall the Regulation S Temporary Global Note be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act; or

 

(3)            requested by a holder, and there has occurred and is continuing a Default or an Event of Default.

 

Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (1), (2) or (3) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee.  Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof.  Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Sections 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note.  A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); provided, however, that beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof.

 

(b)            Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes .  The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures.  Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act.  Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

 

(1)            Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note .  Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser).  Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note.  No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1).

 

(2)            All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes .  In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either:

 

(A)           both:

 

28



 

(i)             a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

 

(ii)            instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase; or

 

(B)           both:

 

(i)             a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

 

(ii)            written instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903 under the Securities Act.  Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(2) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes.  Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.

 

(3)            Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note .  A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following:

 

(A)           if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or

 

(B)           if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

 

(4)            Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note .  A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global

 

29



 

Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and:

 

(A)           such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

 

(B)           such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(C)           such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

 

(D)           the Registrar receives the following:

 

(i)             if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

 

(ii)            if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above.

 

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

 

(c)            Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes .

 

(1)            Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes.  If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery

 

30



 

thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

 

(A)           if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

 

(B)           if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(C)           if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

 

(D)           if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

 

(E)            if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

 

(F)            if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

 

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant.  The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

 

(2)            Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes.  Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(1)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.

 

(3)            Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.  A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:

 

31



 

(A)           such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

 

(B)           such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(C)           such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

 

(D)           the Registrar receives the following:

 

(i)             if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

 

(ii)            if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

(4)            Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.  If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(4) will be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant.  The Trustee will deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(4) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

(d)            Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests .

 

(1)            Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes.  If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

 

32



 

(A)           if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

 

(B)           if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(C)           if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

 

(D)           if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

 

(E)            if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

 

(F)            if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

 

the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the appropriate 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the appropriate Regulation S Global Note.

 

(2)            Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes.  A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

 

(A)           such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

 

(B)           such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(C)           such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

 

(D)           the Registrar receives the following:

 

(i)             if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

 

33



 

(ii)            if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

 

(3)            Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes.  A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time.  Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

 

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (2)(B), (2)(D) or (3) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

 

(e)            Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes .  Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes.  Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing.  In addition, the requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).

 

(1)            Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes.  Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

 

(A)           if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(B)           if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or

 

(C)           if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate

 

34



 

in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

 

(2)            Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.  Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

 

(A)           such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

 

(B)           any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(C)           any such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

 

(D)           the Registrar receives the following:

 

(i)             if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

 

(ii)            if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

(3)            Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.  A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.  Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

 

(f)             Exchange Offer .  Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate:

 

35



 

(A)           one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; and

 

(B)           Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer.

 

Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount.  Any Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture.

 

(g)            Legends .  The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

 

(A)           Private Placement Legend .

 

(i)             Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.  THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS, IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES, ONE YEAR OR, IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES, 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE) (THE “ RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE ”) ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE

 

36



 

UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (i) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) PRIOR TO THE END OF THE 40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND (ii) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER N THE FORM APPEARING ON THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE.  THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF A HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.”

 

(ii)            Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(4), (c)(3), (c)(4), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2), (e)(3) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

(B)           Global Note Legend .  Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.  UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.  UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO.  OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO.  OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY

 

37



 

TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

 

(C)           Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend .

 

“THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).  NEITHER THE HOLDER NOR THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF INTEREST HEREON.”

 

(h)            Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes .  At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof.  At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

 

(i)             General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges .

 

(1)            To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.

 

(2)            No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.05 hereof).

 

(3)            The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

 

(4)            All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

(5)            Neither the Registrar nor the Company will be required:

 

38



 

(A)           to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing;

 

(B)           to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or

 

(C)           to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.

 

(6)            Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

(7)            The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

 

(8)            All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

 

Each Holder of a Note agrees to indemnify the Company, the Guarantor, the Registrar and the Trustee against any liability that may result from the transfer, exchange or assignment of such Holder’s Note in violation of any provision of this Indenture and/or applicable United States federal or state securities law, except to the extent such liability results from the willful misconduct or gross negligence of any such Person.

 

Neither the Trustee nor the Registrar shall have any obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depository Participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

Section 2.07          Replacement Notes .

 

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence in writing to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met.  If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced and subsequently presented or claimed for payment.  The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note including reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel and of the Trustee and its counsel.

 

39



 

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

 

Section 2.08          Outstanding Notes .

 

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding.  Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Sections 3.07(b) hereof.

 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser.

 

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

 

If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest.

 

Section 2.09          Treasury Notes .

 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned will be so disregarded.

 

Section 2.10          Temporary Notes .

 

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary Notes.  Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.  Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

 

Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

 

Section 2.11          Cancellation .

 

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation.  The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment.  The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will dispose of canceled Notes in accordance

 

40



 

with its customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act).  Certification of the cancellation of all canceled Notes will be delivered to the Company.  The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

Section 2.12          Defaulted Interest .

 

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.  The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment.  The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date, provided that no such special record date may be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest.  At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) will mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

 

Section 2.13          CUSIP Numbers .

 

The Company in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.  The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP numbers.

 

Section 2.14          Issuance of Additional Notes .

 

The Issuer shall be entitled, subject to their compliance with Sections 4.09 and 4.12 hereof, to issue Additional Notes under this Indenture which shall have identical terms as the Initial Notes issued on the date hereof, other than with respect to the date of issuance, issue price and rights under a related registration rights agreement, if any. The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof and any Additional Notes and all Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including directions, waivers, amendments, consents, redemptions and offers to purchase.

 

With respect to any Additional Notes, the Issuer shall set forth in a Board Resolution and an Officer’s Certificate, a copy of each of which shall be delivered to the Trustee, the following information:

 

(i)             the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture;

 

(ii)            the issue price, the issue date and the CUSIP and/or ISIN number of such Additional Notes, provided, however, that no Additional Notes may be issued at price that would cause such Additional Notes to have original issue discount within the meaning of Section 1273 of the Code, other than a de minimis original issue discount within the meaning of Section 1273 of the Code; and

 

41



 

(iii)           whether such Additional Notes shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2.06 relating to Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes.

 

ARTICLE 3
REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

 

Section 3.01          Notices to Trustee .

 

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth:

 

(1)            the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;

 

(2)            the redemption date;

 

(3)            the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and

 

(4)            the redemption price.

 

Any optional redemption referenced in such Officer’s Certificate may be cancelled by the Company at any time prior to a notice of redemption being mailed to any Holder and, thereafter, shall be null and void.

 

Section 3.02          Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased .

 

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time or purchased in an offer to purchase, the Trustee will select such Notes for redemption or purchase as follows:

 

(1)            if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed; or

 

(2)            if the Notes are not listed on any national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate.

 

No Notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part (in each case in aggregate principal amount).  In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or purchase date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.

 

The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased.  Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof (in each case in aggregate principal amount); except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or purchased.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

 

42



 

Section 3.03          Notice of Redemption .

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, or send electronically in “pdf” format a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be sent more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Article 8 or Article 11 of this Indenture.  Failure to give notice of redemption, or any defect therein, to any Holder of any Note selected for redemption shall not impair or affect the validity of the redemption of any other Note.

 

The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state:

 

(1)            the redemption date;

 

(2)            the redemption price;

 

(3)            if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued (unless such unredeemed portion is equal to or less than $2,000 in principal amount) or transferred by book-entry upon cancellation of the original Note;

 

(4)            the name and address of the Paying Agent;

 

(5)            that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

 

(6)            that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest and Special Interest, if any, on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

 

(7)            the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

 

(8)            the CUSIP number, if any, and that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

 

The Company may provide in the notice that payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.

 

At the Company’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

 

43



 

Section 3.04          Effect of Notice of Redemption .

 

Once notice of redemption is mailed or sent electronically in “pdf” format in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price.  The notice, if sent in a manner herein provide, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice.  In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note.  Other than as expressly permitted herein, notices of redemption may not be conditional.  On and after the redemption date, interest and Special Interest, if any, ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.

 

Section 3.05          Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price .

 

One Business Day prior to the redemption or purchase date, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date.  The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly, and in any event within two Business Days after the redemption or purchase date, return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

 

If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest and Special Interest, if any, will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase whether or not such Notes are presented for payment.  If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date.  If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the redemption or purchase date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

 

Section 3.06          Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part .

 

Upon surrender of a Definitive Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Definitive Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Definitive Note surrendered; provided that each new Definitive Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

Section 3.07          Optional Redemption .

 

(a)            On and after August 15, 2015, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice (except as set forth in Sections 3.02 and 3.03), at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, thereon, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during

 

44



 

the twelve-month period beginning on August 15 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders of such Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date:

 

Year

 

Percentage

 

2015

 

105.719

%

2016

 

103.813

%

2017

 

101.906

%

2018 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

(b)            Prior to August 15, 2015, the Company may, at its option, on any one or more occasions, redeem up to 40% of the sum of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes (and the original principal amount of any Additional Notes) issued under this Indenture at a redemption price equal to 107.625% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, thereon to the redemption date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company to the extent such net cash proceeds are contributed to the Company, provided that:

 

(1)            at least 60% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture and the aggregate principal amount of any Additional Notes issued under this Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; and

 

(2)            each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.

 

(c)            At any time prior to August 15, 2015, the Company may also redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice (except as set forth under Sections 3.02 and 3.03 herein), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to, the redemption date, subject to the rights of the Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.  The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.

 

(d)            Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

 

(e)            Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

 

Section 3.08          Mandatory Redemption .

 

The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

45



 

Section 3.09          Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds .

 

In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company is required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), it will follow the procedures specified below.

 

The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets.  The Asset Sale Offer will remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days following its commencement and not more than 30 Business Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “ Offer Period ”).  No later than three Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “ Purchase Date ”), the Company will apply all Excess Proceeds (the “ Offer Amount ”) to the purchase of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer.  Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made in accordance with Section 4.01 hereof.

 

If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.

 

Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company will send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders.  The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.  The notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, will state:

 

(1)            that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer will remain open;

 

(2)            the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

 

(3)            that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will remain outstanding and will continue to accrue interest;

 

(4)            that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;

 

(5)            Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased only in integral multiples of $1,000 above $2,000 (in aggregate principal amount);

 

(6)            that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

 

(7)            that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer

 

46



 

Period, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

 

(8)            that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee will select the Notes and the Company shall select other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 above $2,000 (in aggregate principal amount) will be purchased); and

 

(9)            that Holders whose Definitive Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Definitive Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased (to the extent such unpurchased portion of the Definitive Notes is equal to a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) portion of the Definitive Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer).

 

On or before the Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09.  The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order from the Company will authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Definitive Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Definitive Note surrendered; provided that each such new Definitive Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.  Any Definitive Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof.  The Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date.

 

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

 

ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS

 

Section 4.01          Payment of Notes .

 

The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes.  Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Special Interest, if any, will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 11:00 a.m.  Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.  Such Paying Agent shall return to the Company promptly, and in any event no later than two Business Days following the date of payment,

 

47



 

any money that exceeds such amount of principal, premium, if any, and interest paid on the Notes.  If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.  The Company will pay all Special Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Special Interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

 

Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

Section 4.02          Maintenance of Office or Agency .

 

The Company will maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served.  The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency.  If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

 

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations.  The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

 

Section 4.03          Reports .

 

(a)            Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Holders of Notes or cause the Trustee to furnish to the Holders of Notes (or file electronically with the SEC through the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (or any successor system)), within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations:

 

(1)            all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such reports; and

 

(2)            all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports.

 

All such reports will be prepared in all material respects in accordance with all of the rules and regulations applicable to such reports.  Each annual report on Form 10-K will include a report on the Company’s consolidated financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants.  In addition, the Company will file a copy of each of the reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above

 

48



 

with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations applicable to such reports (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing) and will post the reports on its website within those time periods.  The Company will at all times comply with TIA Section 314(a).

 

In the event that any direct or indirect parent company of the Company is or becomes a Guarantor of the Notes, the Company may satisfy its obligations under this Section 4.03 with respect to financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided , however , that the same is accompanied by the condensed consolidating financial information required pursuant to Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act (or any successor provision).

 

(b)            If, at any time, the Company is no longer subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for any reason, the Company will nevertheless continue filing the reports specified in Section 4.03(a) hereof with the SEC within the time periods specified above unless the SEC will not accept such a filing.  The Company agrees that it will not take any action for the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept any such filings.  If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will not accept the Company’s filings for any reason, the Company will post the reports referred to in the second paragraph of Section 4.03(a) hereof on its website within the time periods that would apply if the Company were required to file those reports with the SEC.

 

(c)            For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, if at any time the Company is not required to file the reports required by Section 4.03(a) and (b) hereof with the SEC, it will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

 

(d)            Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee hereunder is for informational purposes only, and the Trustee’s receipt thereof does not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable therefrom, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on an Officer’s Certificate).  Further, the Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to determine whether or not any such information, documents or reports provided for hereunder have been filed with the SEC through the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (or any successor system).

 

Section 4.04          Compliance Certificate .

 

(a)            The Company and any Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 105 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officer’s Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

(b)            So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee, within five (5) Business Days of any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default,

 

49



 

an Officer’s Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

Section 4.05          [Reserved.]

 

Section 4.06          Stay, Extension and Usury Laws .

 

The Company and any Guarantors covenant (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and any Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

 

Section 4.07          Restricted Payments .

 

(a)            The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

 

(1)            declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than (A) dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and (B) dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(2)            purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company held by a Person other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(3)            make any principal payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or to any Subsidiary Guarantee (excluding any intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), except payments, purchases, redemptions, defeasances or other acquisitions or retirements for value in anticipation of satisfying a scheduled maturity, sinking fund or amortization or other installment obligation or mandatory redemption, in each case due within one year of the date of the Stated Maturity thereof; or

 

(4)            make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”),

 

unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

 

(1)            no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

 

50



 

(2)            the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof; and

 

(3)            such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since July 1, 2007 (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (10), (11), (12), (13), (14) and (15) of Section 4.07(b) hereof), is less than the sum, without duplication of:

 

(A)           50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter commencing July 1, 2007 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit), plus

 

(B)           100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the Fair Market Value of property and marketable securities received by the Company since July 1, 2007 as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock or Excluded Contributions) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company); but excluding cash proceeds received from the sale of Equity Interests of the Company (and, to the extent actually contributed to the Company, Equity Interests of the Company’s direct or indirect parent corporations) to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company, any direct or indirect parent of the Company and the Subsidiaries of the Company to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (5) of Section 4.07(b) hereof, plus

 

(C)           to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after July 1, 2007 is sold, the return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any), plus

 

(D)           to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company designated as such after July 1, 2007 is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after July 1, 2007, the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation or (ii) such Fair Market Value as of the date on which such Subsidiary was originally designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after July 1, 2007, plus

 

(E)            100% of any dividends received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor after July 1, 2007 from an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company, to the extent that such dividends were not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income of the Company for such period.

 

(b)            So long as, in the case of clauses (9), (13) and (14) below, no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the provisions of Section 4.07(a) will not prohibit:

 

51



 

(1)            the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend, if at the date of declaration the dividend payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

 

(2)            the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to the Company; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment shall be excluded from clause (3)(B) of Section 4.07(a) hereof;

 

(3)            the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Subsidiary Guarantee with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;

 

(4)            the payment of any dividend (or, in the case of any partnership or limited liability company, any similar distribution) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis taking into account the relative preferences, if any, of the various classes of equity interests in such Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(5)            a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations of the Company held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations (or their permitted transferees, assigns, estates or heirs) pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan, agreement or arrangement, provided, however, that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (5) does not exceed in any calendar year $2.5 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to the two immediately succeeding calendar years); and provided , further , that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (a) the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company during the calendar year for any issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the Company’s common equity capital, Equity Interests of any of its direct or indirect parent corporations, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations that occurs after the Issue Date plus (b) the cash proceeds of “key man” life insurance policies received by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date (provided that the Company may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (a) and (b) above in any calendar year) less (c) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (5);

 

(6)            the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of those stock options;

 

(7)            the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or to holders of any class of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, in each

 

52



 

case, issued on or after the Issue Date in accordance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described in Section 4.09 hereof;

 

(8)            payments made to purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Subsidiary Guarantee, in each case, pursuant to provisions requiring the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to offer to purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value such Capital Stock or subordinated Indebtedness upon the occurrence of a “change of control” or with the proceeds of “asset sales” as defined in the charter provisions, agreements or instruments governing such Capital Stock or subordinated Indebtedness; provided , however , that a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, has been made and the Company has purchased all Notes validly tendered in connection with that Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer;

 

(9)            the payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock following the first public offering of the Company’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent corporations after the Issue Date, of up to 6.0% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the common equity capital of the Company after the Issue Date in any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to the Company’s common stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8;

 

(10)          cash dividends or other distributions on the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock used to, or the making of loans the proceeds of which will be used to, fund the payment of fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions or the offering of the Notes;

 

(11)          the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, a direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company in amounts required for such Person to pay, without duplication:

 

(A)           franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate existence;

 

(B)           income taxes to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from the Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount of income taxes that the Company and the Subsidiaries would be required to pay for such fiscal year were the Company and the Subsidiaries to pay such taxes as stand-alone taxpayers or a stand-alone group;

 

(C)           customary salary, bonus, severance, indemnification obligations and other benefits payable to officers and employees of such direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company to the extent such salaries, bonuses, severance, indemnification obligations and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

(D)           fees and expenses related to unsuccessful equity offerings by the Company’s direct parent company;

 

53



 

(12)          cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of the Company or any parent of the Company; provided , however , that any such cash payment shall be bona fide and in good faith and shall not be for the purpose of evading the limitation of this Section 4.07 (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company);

 

(13)          the dividend or distribution of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company by, any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(14)          other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $75.0 million since the Issue Date;

 

(15)          Restricted Payments related to and made in connection with the Transactions (other than Restricted Payments permitted under clause (10) above); and

 

(16)          Restricted Payments in an amount equal to Excluded Contributions.

 

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment.  The Fair Market Value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this Section 4.07 will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose resolution with respect thereto shall be delivered to the Trustee.  The Board of Directors’ determination must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing if the Fair Market Value exceeds $30.0 million.

 

Section 4.08          Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries .

 

(a)            The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

(1)            pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Subsidiary Guarantor;

 

(2)            make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Subsidiary Guarantor; or

 

(3)            transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

(b)            The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

(1)            agreements as in effect or entered into on the Issue Date and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals,

 

54



 

increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the Issue Date;

 

(2)            this Indenture, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees;

 

(3)            applicable law, rule, regulation or order;

 

(4)            any instrument or agreement of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent entered into in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired;

 

(5)            customary non-assignment provisions in contracts and licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(6)            purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations and other leases that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a);

 

(7)            any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary or an asset that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary or transfers of such asset pending the sale or other disposition;

 

(8)            any replacement of an agreement or instrument; provided that the restrictions contained therein are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the existing agreements;

 

(9)            Liens permitted to be incurred under the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

 

(10)          provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, partnership agreements, limited liability company operating agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into with the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements; and

 

(11)          restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.

 

Section 4.09          Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock .

 

(a)            The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “ incur ”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided , however , that the Company may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock, and the Subsidiary Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock and any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor may incur Indebtedness or issue Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock, if

 

55



 

the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Disqualified Stock or the Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided , further , that any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor may not incur Indebtedness or issue shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock in excess of an amount, together with any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness thereof pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(5), equal to $50.0 million.

 

(b)            The provisions of Section 4.09(a) will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “ Permitted Debt ”):

 

(1)            the incurrence by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of Indebtedness and letters of credit under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (1) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed the greater of (A) the sum of (x) $235.0 million and (y) $50.0 million or (B) the amount of the Borrowing Base on the date of such incurrence;

 

(2)            the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of the Existing Indebtedness;

 

(3)            the incurrence by the Company of Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees to be issued on the Issue Date and the Exchange Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees to be issued pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(4)            the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, construction, installation or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate principal amount, together with any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, not to exceed at any time outstanding the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 5.0% of Consolidated Total Assets of the Company;

 

(5)            the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under Section 4.09(a) or clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (12), (13) or (14) of this Section 4.09(b);

 

(6)            the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that:

 

(A)           if the Company or any Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is not the Company or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations then due

 

56



 

with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Subsidiary Guarantee, in the case of a Guarantor; and

 

(B)          (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6);

 

(7)            the issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of Preferred Stock; provided , however , that:

 

(A)           any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Preferred Stock being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and

 

(B)           any sale or transfer of any such Preferred Stock to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

 

will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such Preferred Stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (7);

 

(8)            the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations in the ordinary course of business;

 

(9)            the guarantee (A) by the Company or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to the Notes, then the guarantee shall be subordinated to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed and (B) by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor;

 

(10)          the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, bankers’ acceptances, performance, completion and surety bonds or guarantees, and similar types of obligations in the ordinary course of business;

 

(11)          the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such Indebtedness is covered within five Business Days;

 

(12)          the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness consisting of guarantees, earn-outs, indemnities or obligations in respect of purchase price adjustments in connection with the acquisition or disposition of assets, including, without limitation, shares of Capital Stock;

 

(13)          (A) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Person incurred and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Person was acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary

 

57



 

of the Company or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, (B) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued to finance an acquisition; provided , that, in the case of subclauses (A) and (B), after giving effect to such acquisition or merger and the incurrence of Indebtedness either (i) the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) or (ii) such Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be equal to or greater than immediately prior to such acquisition;

 

(14)          the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of (A) Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations incurred and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Person was acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and (B) Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations in respect of assets replacing those financed by Indebtedness incurred in reliance on subclause (A); provided that such Indebtedness is not incurred in connection with or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, such acquisition or merger;

 

(15)          the incurrence by the Company of Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount which will not exceed 100% of the net cash proceeds received by the Company from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of its Capital Stock (other than Preferred Stock, Disqualified Stock or an Excluded Contribution) or otherwise contributed to the equity (other than through the issuance of Preferred Stock, Disqualified Stock or an Excluded Contribution) of the Company, in each case, subsequent to the Issue Date; provided , however , that (A) any such net cash proceeds that are so received or contributed shall not increase the amount available for making Restricted Payments to the extent the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries incur Indebtedness in reliance thereon, (B) any net cash proceeds that are so received or contributed shall be excluded for purposes of incurring Indebtedness pursuant to this clause to the extent the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries makes a Restricted Payment and (C) such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (15) is incurred within 180 days after the date of such issuance or cash contribution;

 

(16)          the incurrence by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness or issuance thereby of shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $25.0 million at any one time outstanding; and

 

(17)          the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 5.0% of Consolidated Total Assets of the Company.

 

The Company will not incur, and will not permit any Guarantor to incur, any Indebtedness (including Permitted Debt) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the applicable Subsidiary Guarantee on substantially identical terms; provided, however, that no Indebtedness shall be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor, as applicable, solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured on a first, second or third priority Lien basis or by virtue of

 

58



 

the fact that the holders of any secured Indebtedness have entered into intercreditor agreements giving one or more of such holders priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness or portion thereof meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (17) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a), the Company will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness or portion thereof on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness or portion thereof, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09.  Indebtedness under Credit Facilities outstanding on the Issue Date will initially be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exemption provided by clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt.

 

The accrual of interest, the accrual of dividends, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount or other value, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09; provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof is included in Fixed Charges of the Company as accrued.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values.

 

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:

 

(1)            the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;

 

(2)            the principal amount of the Indebtedness (including any payment-in-kind Indebtedness), in the case of any other Indebtedness; and

 

(3)            in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of:

 

(A)           the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination, and

 

(B)           the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person that is secured by such assets.

 

Section 4.10          Asset Sales .

 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

 

(1)            the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

 

(2)            at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.  For purposes of this provision, each of the following shall be deemed to be cash:

 

59



 

(A)           any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s most recent consolidated balance sheet, of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability;

 

(B)           any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are, within 180 days of the Asset Sale, converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents, to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received in that conversion;

 

(C)           any stock or assets of the kind referred to in clauses (2) or (4) of the next paragraph of this Section 4.10; and

 

(D)           any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed 5% of Consolidated Total Assets of the Company as of the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter prior to the date on which such Designated Non-cash Consideration is received (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this Section 4.10(2)(D) and for no other purpose.

 

Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Proceeds at its option:

 

(1)            to retire Indebtedness constituting First Priority Lien Obligations (whether or not the assets that were subject to such Asset Sale constitute Collateral) and, if the Indebtedness retired is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

 

(2)            to the extent such Net Proceeds are not from an Asset Sale of any Collateral, to retire Indebtedness secured by the assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale and, if the Indebtedness retired is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

 

(3)            to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital Stock of, another Permitted Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital Stock, the Permitted Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(4)            to make a capital expenditure; or

 

(5)            to acquire other assets that are not classified as current assets under GAAP and that are used or useful in a Permitted Business.

 

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.

 

60



 

Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the second paragraph of this Section 4.10 will constitute “Excess Proceeds,” provided that ,  if during such 365-day period the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company enters into a definitive written agreement committing it to apply such Net Proceeds in accordance with the requirements of clause (2), (3) or (4) of such paragraph, such 365-day period shall be extended with respect to the amount of Net Proceeds so committed until 180 days after the date of such commitment (or, if earlier, until termination of such agreement).

 

When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, within five days thereof, the Company will make an offer to purchase (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets in accordance with Section 3.09 hereof to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds.  The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash.  If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture.  If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and the Company shall select such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis.  Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

 

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer.  To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of Section 3.09 or this Section 4.10, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09 or this Section 4.10 by virtue of such compliance.

 

Section 4.11          Transactions with Affiliates .

 

(a)            The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each an “ Affiliate Transaction ”), unless:

 

(1)            the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

 

(2)            the Company delivers to the Trustee:

 

(A)           with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) of this Section 4.11(a) and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by (x) a majority of the disinterested members of

 

61



 

the Board of Directors or (y) in the event there are no disinterested members of the Board of Directors, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors; and

 

(B)           with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $30.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing; provided, however, that the aforementioned opinion will not be required in the case of any issuance of Disqualified Stock that is subject to this Section 4.11(a).

 

(b)            The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of Section 4.11(a):

 

(1)            compensation arrangements, any employment agreement, employee benefit plan, officer and director indemnification agreement or any similar arrangement entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(2)            transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(3)            transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company) that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person;

 

(4)            so long as they comply with clause (1) of Section 4.11(a), transactions with customers, clients, lessors, landlords, suppliers, contractors, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services that are Affiliates, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture;

 

(5)            payment of reasonable directors’ fees to Persons who are not otherwise Affiliates of the Company;

 

(6)            any issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock);

 

(7)            Restricted Payments that do not violate Section 4.07 hereof and Permitted Investments;

 

(8)            loans or advances to employees in the ordinary course of business not to exceed $1.5 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;

 

(9)            the agreements described in the “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” section of the Company’s Offering Memorandum, dated July 24, 2012, relating to the offering of the Initial Notes, as in effect on the Issue Date (other than the payment of management fees as described under clause (12) of this Section 4.11(b)), or any amendment thereto (so long as the amended agreement is not more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect than such agreement immediately prior to such amendment) or any transaction contemplated thereby;

 

(10)          the Transactions and the payment of all transaction, underwriting, commitment and other fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions;

 

62



 

(11)          investments by the Equity Sponsor in securities of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and any other transactions involving the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Equity Sponsor or any of its Affiliates, on the other hand, which transactions, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors, are on commercially reasonable terms; and

 

(12)          the payment of management fees to the Equity Sponsors pursuant to the Management Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date as described in the “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Management Agreements” section of the Company’s Offering Memorandum, dated July 24, 2012, relating to the offering of the Initial Notes.

 

Section 4.12          Liens .

 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens.

 

Section 4.13          Suspension of Covenants .

 

(a)            If on any date following the Issue Date (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “ Covenant Suspension Event ”), the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to Section 4.07, Section 4.08, Section 4.09, Section 4.10, Section 4.11 and clause (iv) of Section 5.01(a) (collectively, the “ Suspended Covenants ”).

 

(b)            Upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event (the date of such occurrence, the “ Suspension Date ”), the amount of Excess Proceeds from Net Proceeds shall be set at zero.

 

(c)            In the event that the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time pursuant to Section 4.13(a), and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraws its Investment Grade Rating or downgrades the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating or a Default or an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants with respect to future events under this Indenture.  The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to as the “ Suspension Period .”

 

(d)            Notwithstanding that the Suspended Covenants may be reinstated, no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind shall be deemed to exist under this Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants, and none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for any actions taken or events occurring during the Suspension Period, or any actions taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation arising prior to the Reversion Date, as a result of a failure to comply with the Suspended Covenants during the Suspension Period (or upon termination of the Suspension Period or after that time based solely on events that occurred during the Suspension Period).

 

(e)            On the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness incurred during the Suspension Period shall be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(2).  Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.07 shall

 

63



 

be made as though Section 4.07 had been in effect prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period.  No Subsidiaries shall be designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries during any Suspension Period.  During the Suspension Period, any reference in the definitions of “Permitted Liens” or “First Priority Lien Obligations” to Section 4.09 or any provision thereof shall be construed as if such covenant were in effect during the Suspension Period.

 

(f)             The Company shall provide written notice to the Trustee of the occurrence of any Covenant Suspension Event or Reversion Date.  The Trustee shall have no obligation to (1) independently determine or verify if such events have occurred or (2) notify the Holders of the Notes of the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event or a Reversion Date.

 

Section 4.14          [Reserved.]

 

Section 4.15          Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.

 

(a)            Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company will make an offer (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000 (in aggregate principal amount)) of each Holder’s Notes in cash at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes to be repurchased, to the date of repurchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date (the “ Change of Control Payment ”).  No later than 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will send or cause to be sent a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and stating:

 

(1)            that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.15 and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment;

 

(2)            the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 10 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is sent (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”);

 

(3)            that any Note not tendered will remain outstanding and will continue to accrue interest;

 

(4)            that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest and Special Interest, if any, after the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(5)            that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(6)            that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased; and

 

64



 

(7)                                  that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $2,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.

 

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control.  To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.15, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.15 by virtue of such compliance.

 

(b)                                  On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

 

(1)                                  accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 

(2)                                  deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

 

(3)                                  deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company.

 

The Paying Agent will promptly send or cause to be sent (but in any case not later than five days after the Change of Control Payment Date) to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.15, the Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.15 and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption in respect of all Notes then outstanding, has been given pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, (i) if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer or (ii) at the Company’s option, after the public announcement of the Change of Control.

 

Section 4.16                             Guarantees.

 

If (a) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates a Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary (or a Domestic Subsidiary that is a non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary if it Guarantees capital markets Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor), other than an Immaterial Subsidiary, on or after the Issue Date or (b) any such Immaterial Subsidiary ceases to meet the definition of Immaterial Subsidiary, then that newly acquired or created

 

65



 

Domestic Subsidiary or non-Immaterial Subsidiary, as applicable, must become a Guarantor and execute a supplemental indenture, grant a Second Priority Lien to the Trustee on behalf of the holders of the Notes on all of its property and assets constituting Collateral, become a party to the Security Documents and deliver an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee.

 

A Subsidiary Guarantor may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving Person), another Person unless:

 

(1)                                  immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

 

(2)                                  either:

 

(a)                                  the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Subsidiary Guarantor) is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and assumes all the obligations of that Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Security Documents pursuant to a supplemental indenture reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; or

 

(b)                                  such sale or other disposition or consolidation or merger complies with Section 4.10 hereof.

 

Neither the merger or consolidation of a Subsidiary Guarantor with and into the Company (with the Company being the surviving entity) or another Subsidiary Guarantor nor the sale of all or substantially all of a Subsidiary Guarantor’s assets to the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor need comply with the prior paragraph.

 

The Subsidiary Guarantee of a Subsidiary Guarantor will automatically and unconditionally be released upon written notice to the Trustee; provided, however, that failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the validity of such notice:

 

(1)                                  in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Subsidiary Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition does not violate Sections 3.09 or 4.10 of this Indenture;

 

(2)                                  in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or a majority of the Capital Stock of that Subsidiary Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition does not violate Sections 3.09 or 4.10 of this Indenture;

 

(3)                                  if the Company designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

 

(4)                                  upon legal defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of the Notes as provided in Section 8.02 and Article 11 of this Indenture; or

 

66



 

(5)                                  all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under all Credit Facilities terminate and such Subsidiary Guarantor does not guarantee any other capital markets Indebtedness of the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor.

 

Section 4.17                             Payments for Consent .

 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of a series of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or such series of Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of such series of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

 

Section 4.18                             Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries .

 

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default.  If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07 hereof or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company.  That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.  The Board of Directors of the Company may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would not cause a Default.

 

Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07 hereof.  If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date by Section 4.09 hereof, the Company will be in default of such covenant.  The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted by Section 4.09 hereof, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.

 

ARTICLE 5
SUCCESSORS

 

Section 5.01                             Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets .

 

The Company may not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer,

 

67



 

convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person; unless:

 

(1)                                  either:

 

(A)                                the Company is the surviving corporation; or

 

(B)                                the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia (the Company or such Person, including the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”), provided that at any time the Successor Company is a limited liability company or partnership, there shall be a co-issuer of the Notes that is a corporation that satisfies the requirements of this Section 5.01;

 

(2)                                  the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to a supplemental indenture and other necessary agreements;

 

(3)                                  immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;

 

(4)                                  after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, (a) the Successor Company will, on the date of such transaction be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof or (b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company would be equal to or greater than such ratio for the Company immediately prior to such transaction; and

 

(5)                                  each Guarantor, unless such Guarantor is the Person with which the Company has entered into a transaction under this Section 5.01, will have by amendment to its Subsidiary Guarantee confirmed that its Subsidiary Guarantee will apply to the obligations of the Company or the surviving Person in accordance with the Notes and this Indenture.

 

In addition, the Company may not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.

 

This Section 5.01 will not apply to (a) a merger of the Company with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction; or (b) any merger, consolidation, sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Section 5.02                             Successor Corporation Substituted .

 

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such

 

68



 

consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of the Company’s assets in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof.

 

ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.01                             Events of Default .

 

Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

 

(1)                                  the Company defaults for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or Special Interest with respect to, the Notes;

 

(2)                                  the Company defaults in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;

 

(3)                                  the Company or any Guarantor fails to comply with the provisions of Section 5.01 hereof;

 

(4)                                  the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries fails to observe or perform any other covenant or agreement in this Indenture or the Notes for 60 days after written notice to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class;

 

(5)                                  a default occurs under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, if that default:

 

(A)                                is caused by a failure to pay any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (a “Payment Default”); or

 

(B)                                results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated final maturity, and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $30.0 million or more;

 

(6)                                  a final judgment or final judgments for the payment of money are entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, which judgment or judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; provided that the aggregate amount of all such undischarged judgments is in excess of $30.0 million in excess of amounts that are covered by insurance;

 

69



 

(7)                                  the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:

 

(A)                                commences a voluntary case,

 

(B)                                consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

 

(C)                                consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

 

(D)                                makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

 

(E)                                 generally is not paying its debts as they become due;

 

(8)                                  a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

(A)                                is for relief against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

 

(B)                                appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

 

(C)                                orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days;

 

(9)                                  except as permitted by this Indenture, any Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee; or

 

(10)                           unless all of the Collateral has been released from the Second Priority Liens in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents, default by the Company or any Guarantor in the performance of the Security Documents which adversely affects the enforceability, validity, perfection or priority of the Second Priority Liens on a portion of the Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes having a Fair Market Value in excess of $30.0 million, the repudiation or disaffirmation by the Company or any Guarantor of its material obligations under the Security Documents or the determination in a judicial proceeding that the Security Documents are unenforceable or invalid against the Company or any Guarantor party thereto for any reason with respect to a material portion of the Collateral (which default, repudiation, disaffirmation or determination is not rescinded, stayed, or

 

70



 

waived by the Persons having such authority pursuant to the Security Documents or otherwise cured within 30 days after the Company receives written notice thereof specifying such occurrence from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes and demanding that such default be remedied).

 

The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a written statement regarding compliance with this Indenture, and upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, the Company is required to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

 

Section 6.02                             Acceleration .

 

In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (7) or (8) of Section 6.01 hereof, with respect to the Company, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice.  If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all such Notes to be due and payable immediately; provided , however , that the Company shall have 30 days to cure an Event of Default described in clause (10) of Section 6.01 hereof after it receives a written notice as set forth in clause (10) of Section 6.01 hereof.

 

Upon any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately.

 

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all of the Holders, rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal, interest or premium or Special Interest, if any, that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived.

 

Section 6.03                             Other Remedies .

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.  A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default.  All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

Section 6.04                             Waiver of Past Defaults .

 

Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, or interest on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase); provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration.  Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every

 

71



 

purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 6.05                             Control by Majority .

 

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it.  However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability.

 

Section 6.06                             Limitation on Suits .

 

Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

 

(1)                                  the Holder of a Note gives to the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

(2)                                  Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

(3)                                  such Holder or Holders offer the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

 

(4)                                  the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity, if requested; and

 

(5)                                  during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request.

 

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not any such use is unduly prejudicial to such Holders).

 

Section 6.07                             Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment .

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

Section 6.08                             Collection Suit by Trustee .

 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further

 

72



 

amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent and their respective agents and counsel.

 

Section 6.09                             Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .

 

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof.  To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

Section 6.10                             Priorities .

 

Subject to the terms of the Security Documents, if the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

 

First :to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection, including by the Collateral Agent;

 

Second :to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium and Special Interest, if any and interest, respectively; and

 

Third :to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.

 

Section 6.11                             Undertaking for Costs .

 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any

 

73



 

party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant.  This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

 

ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.01                             Duties of Trustee .

 

(a)                                  If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

 

(b)                                  Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

(1)                                  the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

(2)                                  in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture.  However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee will examine such certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

 

(c)                                   The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(1)                                  this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

 

(2)                                  the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

(3)                                  the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

 

(d)                                  Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 7.01.

 

(e)                                   No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability.  The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holder of Notes, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

 

74



 

(f)                                    The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company and except to the extent required by law or by any other provision of this Indenture.  Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

Section 7.02                             Rights of Trustee .

 

(a)                                  The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person or Persons.  The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

 

(b)                                  Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both.  The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.  The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

(c)                                   The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care by it hereunder.

 

(d)                                  The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it reasonably believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or gross negligence.

 

(e)                                   Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

 

(f)                                    The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

(g)                                   Any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or a Company Order and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution.

 

(h)                                  The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Securities and this Indenture.

 

(i)                                      The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

 

(j)                                     The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.

 

75



 

(k)                                  In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

(l)                                      The Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Section 7.03                             Individual Rights of Trustee .

 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.  However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the TIA) or resign.  Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties.  The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

 

Section 7.04                             Trustee’s Disclaimer .

 

The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

 

Section 7.05                             Notice of Defaults .

 

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee will send to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs.  Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium or Special Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as it in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

 

Section 7.06                             Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes .

 

(a)                                  Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee will send to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA Section 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted).  The Trustee also will comply with TIA Section 313(b)(2).  The Trustee will also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA Section 313(c).

 

(b)                                  A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes will be sent by the Trustee to the Company and filed by the Trustee with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA Section 313(d).  The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange and upon any delisting thereof.

 

76



 

Section 7.07                             Compensation and Indemnity .

 

(a)                                  The Company will pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties will agree in writing from time to time.  The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust.  The Company will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable and customary disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services.  Such expenses will include the reasonable and customary compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

 

(b)                                  The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will indemnify the Trustee and its agents and hold them harmless against any and all losses, damages, claims, liabilities or expenses including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee) incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Second Lien Security Agreement, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, damage, claim, liability or expense may be attributable to its gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The Trustee will notify the Company in writing promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity.  Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder.  The Company or such Guarantor will defend the claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense.  The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel.  Neither the Company nor any Guarantor need (x) pay for any settlement made without its written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, or (y) reimburse any expense or indemnify against any of the foregoing loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct or gross negligence.

 

(c)                                   The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the removal or resignation of the Trustee.

 

(d)                                  To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee (or the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Trustee), except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes.  Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

(e)                                   When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) or (8) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

(f)                                    The Trustee will comply with the provisions of TIA Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

 

Section 7.08                             Replacement of Trustee .

 

(a)                                  A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08.

 

77



 

(b)                                  The Trustee may, upon 30 days’ written notice to the Company, resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company.  The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing.  The Company may remove the Trustee if:

 

(1)                                  the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

 

(2)                                  the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

(3)                                  a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

(4)                                  the Trustee becomes incapable of acting as Trustee hereunder or with respect to the Notes.

 

(c)                                   If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly appoint a successor Trustee.  Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

 

(d)                                  If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition, at the expense of the Company, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(e)                                   If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(f)                                    A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company.  Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture.  The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders.  The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof.  Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

Section 7.09                             Successor Trustee by Merger, etc .

 

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee; provided, however, that such Person shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under Article 7 hereof.

 

Section 7.10                             Eligibility; Disqualification .

 

There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or

 

78



 

state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

 

This Indenture will always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA Section 310(a)(1), (2) and (5).  The Trustee is subject to TIA Section 310(b).

 

Section 7.11                             Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company .

 

The Trustee is subject to TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b).  A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.  The Trustee hereby waives any right to set off any claim that it may have against the Company in any capacity (other than as Trustee) against any of the assets of the Company held by the Trustee in its capacity as Trustee.

 

ARTICLE 8
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

Section 8.01                             Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .

 

The Company may, at its option, and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

 

Section 8.02                             Legal Defeasance and Discharge .

 

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Subsidiary Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Legal Defeasance ”).  For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Subsidiary Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all of their other obligations under such Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

 

(1)                                  the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium and Special Interest, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;

 

(2)                                  the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

 

(3)                                  the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and

 

(4)                                  the Legal Defeasance provisions of this Article 8.

 

79



 

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

 

Section 8.03                             Covenant Defeasance .

 

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and any Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17 and 4.18 hereof and clause (4) of Section 5.01 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes).  For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees, the Company and any Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees will be unaffected thereby.  In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3) through 6.01(8) hereof will not constitute Events of Default.

 

Section 8.04                             Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance .

 

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Sections 8.02 or 8.03 hereof:

 

(1)                                  the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm, or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

 

(2)                                  in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that:

 

(A)                                the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or

 

(B)                                since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law,

 

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the

 

80



 

same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(3)                                  in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(4)                                  no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;

 

(5)                                  such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

 

(6)                                  the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company or others; and

 

(7)                                  the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

 

Section 8.05                             Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions .

 

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the written request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written

 

81



 

certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

Section 8.06                             Repayment to Company .

 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium or Special Interest, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or Special Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its written request or (if then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, shall at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company upon its written request.

 

Section 8.07                             Reinstatement .

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Sections 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Sections 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Sections 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium or Special Interest, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

Section 9.01                             Without Consent of Holders of Notes .

 

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Security Documents without the consent of any Holder of a Note:

 

(1)                                  to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

 

(2)                                  to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s assets, as applicable;

 

(3)                                  to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder of the Note in a materially adverse manner;

 

82



 

(4)                                  to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

 

(5)                                  to conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes, the Security Documents or the Subsidiary Guarantees to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” section of the Company’s Offering Memorandum, dated July 24, 2012, relating to the offering of the Initial Notes, to the extent that such provision in that “Description of the Notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees, the Security Documents or the Notes and as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate;

 

(6)                                  to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant any other Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of itself, the Trustee, the Holders (and the holders or lenders of First Priority Lien Obligations or other Second Priority Lien Obligations), as security for the payment and performance of all or any portion of the First Priority Lien Obligations or the Obligations under the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees and any other Second Priority Lien Obligations, in any property or assets;

 

(7)                                  to provide for the release of Collateral from the Second Priority Lien and the Security Documents when permitted or required by any of the Security Documents or this Indenture;

 

(8)                                  to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and a Guarantee with respect to the Notes; or

 

(9)                                  to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture by a successor Trustee.

 

In addition, without the consent of any Holder of the Notes, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent will be authorized to amend any Security Document (i) to add additional secured parties holding, and to secure any, other Second Priority Lien Obligations or First Priority Lien Obligations permitted by this Indenture with the same Lien priorities and rights as provided in the Intercreditor Agreement, (ii) to enter into intercreditor arrangements with the holders of any such Indebtedness described in clause (i) so long as the terms of such intercreditor arrangements are not less favorable to the Holders of Notes than the intercreditor provisions contained in the Security Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement and (iii) to add parties (including collateral agents, administrative and other agents, trustees and lenders) to the Security Documents in respect of the incurrence of Indebtedness secured by Permitted Liens described in clause (16) of the definition thereof.

 

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 

Section 9.02                             With Consent of Holders of Notes.

 

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including, without limitation, Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof), the Subsidiary Guarantees, the Notes and the Security Documents with the consent of the Holders of at least a

 

83



 

majority in principal amount of the Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium or Special Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Security Documents, the Subsidiary Guarantees or such Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including any Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes).  Section 2.08 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02.

 

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture.

 

It will not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company will mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver.  Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.  Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes, or the Subsidiary Guarantees.  However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

 

(1)                                  reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 

(2)                                  reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter or waive any of the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes except as provided above with respect to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof;

 

(3)                                  reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

 

(4)                                  waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or premium or Special Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

 

(5)                                  make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

 

84



 

(6)                                  make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium or Special Interest, if any, on the Notes;

 

(7)                                  waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by Sections 3.09, 4.10 or 4.15 hereof);

 

(8)                                  release any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary from any of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

 

(9)                                  make any change in the provisions of this Indenture or any Security Document dealing with the application of proceeds of the Collateral that would adversely affect the Holders of Notes; or

 

(10)                           make any change in the foregoing amendment and waiver provisions.

 

In addition, without the consent of at least 66-2/3% in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not have the effect of releasing all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Second Priority Liens (except as otherwise in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Security Documents).

 

Section 9.03                             Compliance with TIA .

 

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

 

Section 9.04                             Revocation and Effect of Consents .

 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note.  However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective.  An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

 

Section 9.05                             Notation on or Exchange of Notes .

 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated.  The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Section 9.06                             Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc .

 

The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities

 

85



 

of the Trustee.  In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 13.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such supplemental indenture is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel will be required for the Trustee to execute any amendment or supplement adding a new Guarantor under this Indenture provided that such amendment or supplement adding a new Guarantor is in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto.

 

ARTICLE 10
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

 

Section 10.01                      Guarantee .

 

(a)                                  Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that:

 

(1)                                  the principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

 

(2)                                  in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.

 

Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately.  Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

 

(b)                                  The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.  Subject to Section 6.06 hereof, each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Subsidiary Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

 

(c)                                   If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Subsidiary Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect.

 

86



 

(d)                                  Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.  Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Subsidiary Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Subsidiary Guarantee.  The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Subsidiary Guarantee.

 

Section 10.02                      Limitation on Guarantor Liability .

 

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Subsidiary Guarantee.  To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

 

Section 10.03                      Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantee .

 

To evidence its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee substantially in the form attached as Exhibit D hereto will be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture will be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its Officers.

 

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Subsidiary Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Subsidiary Guarantee is endorsed, the Subsidiary Guarantee will be valid nevertheless.

 

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

 

In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries creates or acquires any Domestic Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture, the Company will cause such Domestic Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of this Article 10, to the extent applicable.

 

87



 

Section 10.04                      Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms .

 

Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof, no Guarantor may sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless:

 

(1)                                  immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

 

(2)                                  either:

 

(a)                                  subject to Section 10.05 hereof, the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger unconditionally assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under this Indenture and the Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms set forth herein or therein; or

 

(b)                                  the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation, Section 4.10 hereof.

 

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit E, executed and delivered to the Trustee, of the Subsidiary Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor.  Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Subsidiary Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee.  All the Subsidiary Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Subsidiary Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Subsidiary Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

 

Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clauses 2(a) and (b) above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes will prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or will prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor.

 

Section 10.05                      Releases .

 

(a)                                  In the event of any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of any Guarantor, in each case to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transactions) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, then such Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor) will be automatically and unconditionally released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee; provided that such sale or disposition does not violate the applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section

 

88



 

4.10 hereof.  Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof.  Upon the Company’s written request, the Trustee will execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee.

 

(b)                                  Upon designation of any Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, such Guarantor will be automatically and unconditionally released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee.

 

(c)                                   Upon Legal Defeasance in accordance with Article 8 hereof or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in accordance with Article 11 hereof, each Guarantor will be automatically and unconditionally released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee.

 

Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee as provided in this Section 10.05 will remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 10.

 

ARTICLE 11
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

Section 11.01                      Satisfaction and Discharge .

 

This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when:

 

(1)                                  either:

 

(a)                                  all such Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from the trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(b)                                  all such Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and Special Interest, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

 

(2)                                  no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;

 

(3)                                  the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and

 

89



 

(4)                                  the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

 

In addition, upon the Company’s request and upon delivery by the Company of an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied, the Trustee shall execute any discharge documentation.

 

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Sections 11.02 and 8.06 will survive.  In addition, nothing in this Section 11.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

Section 11.02                      Application of Trust Money .

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE 12
SECURITY DOCUMENTS AND SECURITY

 

Section 12.01                      Rights of the Collateral Agent .

 

(a)                                  The Trustee is acting as Collateral Agent under the Security Documents and shall initially act as Collateral Agent for the benefit of the holders of all Second Priority Lien Obligations, including the Notes and, as Collateral Agent, shall be entitled to the protections, immunities and indemnities afforded the Trustee under Article 7.

 

(b)                                  The Collateral Agent is authorized and empowered to appoint one or more co-Collateral Agents or sub-agents as it deems necessary or appropriate and shall have no liability for the performance of such co-Collateral Agent or sub-agent so long as it was selected with due care.

 

(c)                                   Neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, attorneys or agents shall be responsible for the existence, genuineness, value or protection of any Collateral (except for the safe custody of any Collateral in their possession and the accounting

 

90



 

for moneys actually received by them hereunder), for the legality, enforceability, effectiveness or sufficiency of the Security Documents, for the creation, perfection, priority, sufficiency or protection of any Second Priority Lien, or for any failure to demand, collect, foreclose or realize upon or otherwise enforce any of the Second Priority Liens or Security Documents or for any delay in doing so.  The Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any Collateral in their possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which they accord their own property.

 

(d)                                  Subject to the terms of the Security Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall be subject to such directions as may be given it by the Trustee from time to time as required or permitted by this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement.  Except as directed by the Trustee and as required or permitted by this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or the other Security Documents, the Collateral Agent shall not be obligated:

 

(1)                                  to act upon directions purported to be delivered to it by any other Person;

 

(2)                                  to foreclose upon or otherwise enforce any Second Priority Lien; or

 

(3)                                  to take any other action whatsoever with regard to any or all of the Second Priority Liens, Security Documents or Collateral.

 

(e)                                   The Collateral Agent shall be accountable only for amounts that it actually receives as a result of the enforcement of the Second Priority Liens or Security Documents.

 

(f)                                    In acting as Collateral Agent or co-Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent and each co-Collateral Agent may rely upon and enforce each and all of the rights, powers, immunities, indemnities and benefits of the Trustee under Article 7.

 

(g)                                   Each successor Trustee shall become the successor Collateral Agent as and when the successor Trustee becomes the Trustee.

 

Section 12.02                      Security Documents .

 

(a)                                  In order to secure the due and punctual payment of the Notes, the Company has entered or will enter into the Security Documents to create the Second Priority Liens on the Collateral in accordance with the terms thereof.  In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement shall control.

 

(b)                                  Each Holder of a Note, by accepting such Note, (i) agrees to all of the terms and provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and the other Security Documents (including, without limitation, the provisions providing for foreclosure and release of Collateral and the automatic amendment or waiver of the Security Documents pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement) and (ii) appoints the Collateral Agent as its collateral agent and authorizes the Trustee and the Collateral Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement and the other Security Documents, to bind the Holders on the terms set forth in the Security Documents, to perform and observe its obligations under the Security Documents and, unless violative of the provisions hereof and thereof, to execute any and all documents, amendments, waivers, consents, releases or other instruments required (or authorized) to be executed by it pursuant to the terms thereof.

 

(c)                                   Each Holder of a Note, by accepting such Note, acknowledges and agrees that, so long as the First Priority Lien Obligations are outstanding, the holders of the First Priority Liens may

 

91



 

change, waive, modify or vary the Security Documents; provided that any such change, waiver, modification or variance materially adversely affecting the rights of the Holders of the Notes (and not the holders of the First Priority Liens or any other secured creditors in a like or similar manner) will require the consent of the Trustee (acting at the direction of Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding); provided further, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the holders of the First Priority Liens may (i) direct the First Priority Lien Representative to take actions with respect to the Collateral (including the release of the Collateral and the manner of realization) without the consent of the Holders of the Notes and (ii) agree to modify the Security Documents, without the consent of the Holders of the Notes, to secure additional extensions of credit and add additional secured creditors so long as such modifications do not expressly violate the provisions of the Credit Agreement or this Indenture.

 

Section 12.03                      Application of Proceeds of Collateral.

 

Upon any realization upon the Collateral, the proceeds thereof shall be applied, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, in accordance with the Security Documents and Section 6.10 hereof.

 

Section 12.04                      Possession, Use and Release of Collateral.

 

(a)                                  Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the other Security Documents, the Company shall have the right to remain in possession and retain exclusive control of the Collateral (other than any cash, securities, obligations and cash equivalents constituting part of the Collateral to the extent deposited with the Collateral Agent, or any agent of the Collateral Agent, in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents and other than as set forth in the Security Documents), to freely operate the Collateral and to collect, invest and dispose of any income therefrom.

 

(b)                                  In the event of the release of Second Priority Liens on any property constituting Collateral pursuant to Section 12.04(e)(3), the Collateral Agent will, at the Company’s expense, promptly execute and deliver to the Company such documents as the Company shall reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the Second Priority Liens; provided that the Company shall have delivered to the Collateral Agent, at least five Business Days prior to the date of the proposed release, a written request for release describing the item of Collateral and the terms of the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition in reasonable detail, including, without limitation, the price thereof and any expenses in connection therewith, together with a form of release for execution by the Collateral Agent and an Officer’s Certificate of the Company to the effect that the relevant transaction is in compliance with this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and the other Security Documents, and as to such other matters as the Trustee may reasonably request.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, all purchasers and grantees of any property or rights purporting to be released from the Second Priority Liens shall be entitled to rely upon any release executed by the Trustee hereunder as sufficient for the purpose of this Indenture and as constituting a good and valid release of the property therein described from the Second Priority Liens.

 

(c)                                   Each Holder of a Note, by accepting such Note, acknowledges and agrees that, so long as any First Priority Lien Obligations are outstanding, the holders of the First Priority Lien Obligations will control at all times all remedies and other actions related to the Collateral and the Second Priority Liens will not entitle the Collateral Agent, the Trustee or the Holders of any Notes to take any action whatsoever with respect to the Collateral.  As a result, so long as any First Priority Lien Obligations are outstanding, neither the Collateral Agent nor the Trustee nor the Holders of the Notes will be able to force a sale of the Collateral or otherwise exercise remedies normally available to secured creditors without the concurrence of the holders of the First Priority Lien Obligations.

 

92



 

(d)                                  Each Holder of a Note, by accepting such Note, acknowledges and agrees that, at such time as (i) the First Priority Lien Obligations have been satisfied in full in cash in accordance with the terms thereof and all commitments and letters of credit thereunder have been terminated or (ii) the holders of the First Priority Lien Obligations have released their First Priority Liens on all or any portion of the Collateral, the Second Priority Liens will also be automatically released to the same extent; provided, however, that (x) in the case of clause (i) of this sentence, in the event that an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing as of the date on which the First Priority Lien Obligations are repaid in full and terminated as described in clause (i), the Second Priority Liens on the Collateral will not be released, except to the extent the Collateral or any portion thereof was disposed of in order to repay the First Priority Lien Obligations secured by the Collateral and, thereafter, subject to the provisions of the Security Agreement, the Trustee (acting at the direction of the Holders of a majority in outstanding principal amount of Notes) will have the right to direct the Collateral Agent to foreclose upon the Collateral (but, in such event, the Second Priority Liens will be released when such Event of Default and all other Events of Default under this Indenture shall cease to exist), and (y) in the case of clause (ii) of this sentence, if the First Priority Lien Obligations (or any portion thereof) are thereafter secured by assets that would constitute Collateral, the Notes will then be secured by the Second Priority Liens on such Collateral, to the same extent provided pursuant to the Security Documents.  If the Company subsequently Incurs obligations under the Credit Agreement or other First Priority Lien Obligations which are secured by assets of the Company or any Guarantors of the type constituting Collateral, then the Second Priority Lien Obligations will be secured at such time by a Second Priority Lien on the collateral securing such First Priority Lien Obligations to the same extent provided by the Security Documents.

 

(e)                                   Each Holder of a Note, by accepting such Note, acknowledges and agrees that the Second Priority Liens will be released automatically and without the need for any further action by any Person (so long as such release is in compliance with the TIA):

 

(1)                                  as to all of the Collateral, upon payment in full of the principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest (including Special Interest) and premium, if any, on the Notes;

 

(2)                                  as to all of the Collateral, upon defeasance or discharge of the Notes in accordance with the provisions described under Article 8 or Section 11.01 hereof;

 

(3)                                  as to any property or assets constituting Collateral that is sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than to the Company or any Guarantor) in a transaction not prohibited by this Indenture, at the time of such sale, transfer or disposition; or

 

(4)                                  as to any property constituting Collateral that is owned by a Guarantor that has been released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with Sections 4.16 and 10.05 hereof, concurrently with the release of such Guarantee.

 

(f)                                    Each Holder of a Note, by accepting such Note, acknowledges that, notwithstanding the provisions set forth in this Section 12.04, the Company and any Guarantor may, without any release or consent by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, perform a number of activities in the ordinary course in respect of the Collateral to the extent not restricted or prohibited by the Security Documents and this Indenture, including, without limitation, (i) selling or otherwise disposing of, in any transaction or series of related transactions, any property subject to the Second Priority Liens which has become worn out, defective or obsolete or not used or useful in the business; (ii) abandoning, terminating, canceling, releasing or making alterations in or substitutions of any leases or contracts subject to the Second Priority Liens; (iii) surrendering or modifying any franchise, license or permit subject to the Second Priority Liens

 

93



 

which it may own or under which it may be operating; (iv) altering, repairing, replacing, changing the location or position of and adding to its structures, machinery, systems, equipment, fixtures and appurtenances; (v) granting a license of any intellectual property; (vi) selling, transferring or otherwise disposing of inventory in the ordinary course of business; (vii) selling, collecting, liquidating, factoring or otherwise disposing of accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business; (viii) making cash payments (including for the repayment of Indebtedness) from cash that is at any time part of the Collateral in the ordinary course of business that are not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture; and (ix) abandoning any property which is no longer used or useful in the Company’s business.  The release of any Collateral from the Liens pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and the Security Documents shall not be deemed to impair the security under this Indenture in contravention of the provisions hereof if and to the extent that the Collateral is released pursuant to the terms of this Section 12.04.

 

Section 12.05                      Opinion of Counsel.

 

So long as the Security Documents have not been terminated in accordance with the terms thereof, the Company shall deliver to the Collateral Agent, if and for so long as such delivery is required by Section 314(b) of the TIA, at least annually, within 90 days after September 30 of each year (commencing with September 30, 2012), an Opinion of Counsel either stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken with respect to the recording, filing, re-recording and refiling of this Indenture as is necessary to maintain the Second Priority Liens, and reciting the details of such action, or referring to prior Opinions of Counsel when such details were given, or stating that in the opinion of such counsel, no such action is necessary to maintain such Second Priority Liens.

 

Section 12.06                      Further Assurances.

 

The Company and each Guarantor shall (a) furnish to the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders) from time to time, at the Company’s or such Guarantor’s sole cost and expense, statements and schedules further identifying and describing the Collateral and such other reports in connection with the Collateral as is necessary or appropriate, all in such detail as is necessary or appropriate; (b) subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, at any time and from time to time, and at the sole expense of the Company or such Guarantor, promptly execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register, as applicable, any and all such further acts, deeds, conveyances, security agreements, mortgages, assignments, estoppel certificates, financing statements and continuations thereof (including, without limitation, any financing or continuation statements under the Uniform Commercial Code (or other similar laws) in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the Second Priority Liens), termination statements, notices of assignment, transfers, certificates, assurances and other instruments as may be required from time to time in order to (i) subject to the Second Priority Liens any of the property or assets constituting Collateral and (ii) perfect and maintain the validity, effectiveness, perfection and priority of any of the Second Priority Liens to the extent required hereunder or by the Security Documents; (c) subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and without limitation of the foregoing subsection (b), with respect to any fee interest in real property constituting Collateral acquired after the Issue Date by the Company or any Guarantor, promptly (i) execute and deliver a mortgage in favor of the Collateral Agent, creating a security interest for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, covering such real property, and (ii) deliver to the Collateral Agent title and extended coverage insurance covering such real property in an amount at least equal to the purchase price of such real property, with local fixture filings being made in respect of fixtures associated with such real property as well as a current “ALTA” survey thereof, together with a surveyor’s certificate; and (d) promptly deliver to the Collateral Agent such Opinions of Counsel, if any, as is necessary or appropriate with respect to this Section 12.06 (including opinions as to validity, enforceability and perfection of security interests).

 

94



 

Section 12.07                      Certain TIA Requirements.

 

(a)                                  To the extent applicable, and in addition to any other requirements under this Indenture, the Company will cause § 313(b) of the TIA (relating to reports) and § 314(d) of the TIA (relating to the release of property or securities from the Second Priority Liens or relating to the substitution for such Liens of any property or securities to be subjected to the Secured Priority Liens) to be complied with and will furnish to the Trustee, prior to each proposed release of Collateral pursuant to this Indenture and the Security Documents, all documents required by § 314(d) of the TIA and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the accompanying documents constitute all documents required by § 314(d) of the TIA.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 12.07, the Company will not be required to comply with all or any portion of § 314(d) of the TIA if the Board of Directors of the Company determines, in good faith based on advice of counsel, that, under the terms of § 314(d) of the TIA and/or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the SEC or its staff, including publicly available “no action” letters or exemptive orders, all or any portion of § 314(d) of the TIA is inapplicable to all or any part of the Collateral or the release, deposit or substitution thereof.

 

Section 12.08                      Suits to Protect the Collateral.

 

Subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents, the Collateral Agent shall have the authority to institute and to maintain such suits and proceedings, at the expense of the Company, as the Collateral Agent may deem reasonably expedient to prevent any impairment of the Collateral by any acts which may be unlawful or in violation of any of the Security Documents or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Collateral Agent may deem reasonably expedient to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders of the Notes in the Collateral (including suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the Second Priority Liens or be prejudicial to the interests of the Holders of the Notes).

 

Section 12.09                      Purchaser Protected.

 

In no event shall any purchaser in good faith or other transferee of any property purported to be released hereunder be bound to ascertain the authority of the Collateral Agent to execute the release or to inquire as to the satisfaction of any conditions required by the provisions hereof for the exercise of such authority or to see to the application of any consideration given by such purchaser or other transferee; nor shall any purchaser or other transferee of any property or rights permitted to be sold by this Article Twelve, be under obligation to ascertain or inquire into the authority of the Company or any Guarantor, as applicable, to make any such sale or other transfer.

 

Section 12.10                      Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee.

 

In case the Collateral shall be in the possession of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this Article 12 upon the Company or any Guarantor, as applicable, with respect to the release, sale or other disposition of such property may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument signed by such receiver or trustee shall be deemed the equivalent of any similar instrument of the Company or any Guarantor, as applicable, or of any officer or officers thereof required by the provisions of this Article 12.

 

95



 

Section 12.11                      Release of Second Priority Liens.

 

In the event that the Company delivers an Officer’s Certificate certifying that (a) its obligations under this Indenture have been defeased or discharged by complying with the provisions of Article Eight or Section 11.01 or (b) a Guarantor shall have been released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee the Second Priority Liens on all property and assets (including any Capital Stock) constituting Collateral (in the case of clause (a)) or the property and assets (including any Capital Stock) constituting Collateral owned by such Guarantor (in the case of clause (b)) shall be released, and the Collateral Agent shall (i) at the Company’s expense, promptly execute and deliver such releases, termination statements and other instruments (in recordable form, where appropriate) as the Company or any Guarantor, as applicable, may reasonably request to evidence the termination of such Second Priority Liens and (ii) not be deemed to hold such Second Priority Liens for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of Notes.

 

ARTICLE 13
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 13.01                      TIA Controls.

 

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA Section 318(c), the imposed duties will control.

 

Section 13.02                      Notices.

 

Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), fax or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

 

If to the Company and/or any Guarantor:

 

Universal Hospital Services, Inc.
6625 West 78th Street, Suite 300
Minneapolis, MN 55439
Fax No.: (952) 893-3237
Attention: General Counsel

 

With a copy to:

 

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP
767 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10153
Fax No.: (212) 310-8007
Attention: Todd R. Chandler, Esq.

 

If to the Trustee:

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
MAC N9311-110
625 Marquette Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55479

 

96



 

Fax No.: 612-667-9825
Attention: Universal Hospital Services, Inc. Account Manager

 

The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when received, if sent electronically in “pdf” format; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

 

Any notice or communication to a Holder will be sent by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, electronically in “pdf” format, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar.  Any notice or communication will also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA Section 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA.  Failure to send a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

 

If a notice or communication is sent in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

If the Company sends a notice or communication to Holders, it will send a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

 

Section 13.03                      Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.

 

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes.  The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c).

 

Section 13.04                      Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

 

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

(1)                                  an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

 

(2)                                  to the extent required under TIA Section 314, an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

 

Section 13.05                      Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA Section 314(a)(4)) must comply with the provisions of TIA Section 314(e) and must include:

 

97



 

(1)                                  a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(2)                                  a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(3)                                  a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

 

(4)                                  a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

 

Section 13.06                      Rules by Trustee and Agents.

 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders.  The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

 

Section 13.07                      No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.

 

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees and the Security Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.  The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

 

Section 13.08                      Governing Law.

 

THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

 

Section 13.09                      No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person.  Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

Section 13.10                      Successors.

 

All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors.  All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05.

 

98



 

Section 13.11                      Severability.

 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 13.12                      Counterpart Originals.

 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture.  Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.  The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages thereto by facsimile or “pdf” transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes.  Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or “pdf” shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

 

Section 13.13                      Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

Section 13.14                      U.S.A. Patriot Act .

 

The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee.  The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may reasonably request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S. A. Patriot Act.

 

Section 13.15                      Force Majeure .

 

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

Section 13.16                      Waiver of Jury Trial .

 

EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

[Signatures on following page]

 

99



 

Dated as of August 7, 2012

 

 

UNIVERSAL HOSPITAL SERVICES, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rex T. Clevenger

 

 

Name: Rex T. Clevenger

 

 

Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UHS SURGICAL SERVICES, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Susan L. Wolf

 

 

Name: Susan L. Wolf

 

 

Title: Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Lynn M. Steiner

 

 

Name: Lynn. M. Steiner

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 



 

EXHIBIT A1

 

[Face of Rule 144A Global Note]

 

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

CUSIP/CINS 91359P AH3

 

RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE

 

7.625% Second Lien Senior Secured Notes due 2020

 

No.

$

 

UNIVERSAL HOSPITAL SERVICES, INC.

 

promises to pay to Cede & Co.  or registered assigns, the principal sum of                                             UNITED STATES DOLLARS on August 15, 2020.

 

Interest Payment Dates: February 15 and August 15, commencing February 15, 2013.

 

Record Dates: February 1 and August 1.

 

Dated: August 7, 2012

 

 

 

UNIVERSAL HOSPITAL SERVICES, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

 

 

 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK,

 

 

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

 

 

as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

A1-1



 

[Back of Rule 144A Global Note]

 

7.625% Second Lien Senior Secured Notes due 2020

 

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of 7.625% Second Lien Senior Secured Notes due 2020 (the “ Notes ,” except with respect to Sections (11) and (12) below, wherein “Notes” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Indenture referred to below).  Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated.

 

(1)                                  Interest .  Universal Hospital Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 7.625% per annum from August 7, 2012 until maturity and shall pay the Special Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below.

 

The Company will pay interest and Special Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day unless that Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar month, in which case the interest payment date will be the immediately preceding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”).  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be February 15, 2013.  The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Special Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

(2)                                  Method of Payment .  The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Special Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the February 1 or August 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest.  The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Special Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Special Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent.  Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

 

(3)                                  Paying Agent and Registrar .  Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar.  The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder.  The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

 

A1-2



 

(4)                                  Indenture .  The Notes were issued under an Indenture dated as of August 7, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”) between Universal Hospital Services, Inc. and the Trustee.  The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ TIA ”) (15 U.S. Code Sections 77aaa-77bbbb).  The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms.  To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.  The Notes are senior secured obligations of the Company.

 

(5)                                  Optional Redemption .

 

(a)                                  On and after August 15, 2015, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice (except as set forth in Sections 3.02 and 3.03 of the Indenture), at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, thereon, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on August 15 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders of such Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date:

 

Year

 

Percentage

 

2015

 

105.719

%

2016

 

103.813

%

2017

 

101.906

%

2018 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

(b)                                  Prior to August 15, 2015 the Company may, at its option, on any one or more occasions, redeem up to 40% of the sum of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price equal to 107.625% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the redemption date, subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company to the extent such net cash proceeds are contributed to the Company, provided that:

 

(i)                                      at least 60% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

 

(ii)                                   the redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of such Equity Offering.

 

(c)                                   At any time prior to August 15, 2015, the Company may also redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice (except as set forth under Sections 3.02 and 3.03 of the Indenture), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to, the redemption date, subject to the rights of the Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.  The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.

 

A1-3



 

(d)                                  Except pursuant to clause (b) or (c) of this Section 5, the Notes are not redeemable at the Company’s option prior to August 15, 2015.

 

(6)                                  Mandatory Redemption .The Company will not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

(7)                                  Repurchase at the Option of Holder .

 

(a)                                  If there is a Change of Control, the Company will be required to make an offer (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000) of each Holder’s Notes in cash at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased, to the date of repurchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date (the “ Change of Control Payment ”).  No later than 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will send or cause to be sent a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

 

(b)                                  If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates any Asset Sales, within five days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, the Company will commence an offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest thereon, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.  To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary) may use such deficiency for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture.  If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and the Company shall select such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis.  Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes.  Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

 

(8)                                  Notice of Redemption .  Subject to Section 3.03 of the Indenture, notice of redemption will be sent at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be sent more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction or discharge of the Indenture.  Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed.  On and after the redemption date, interest and Special Interest, if any, will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

 

(9)                                  Denominations, Transfer, Exchange .  The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.  The transfer of

 

A1-4



 

Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture.  The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.  The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.  Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

 

(10)                           Persons Deemed Owners .  The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.  Only registered Holders will have rights under the Indenture.

 

(11)                           Amendment, Supplement and Waiver .  Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees, the Notes or the Security Documents may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes).  Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees, the Notes or the Security Documents may be amended or supplemented to (i) cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, (ii) provide for the assumption of the Company’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of the Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s assets, as applicable, (iii) make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder in a materially adverse manner, (iv) comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, (v) conform the text of the Indenture, the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Security Documents to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” section of the Company’s Offering Memorandum, dated July 24, 2012, relating to the offering of the Initial Notes, to the extent that such provision in that “Description of the Notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees, the Notes or the Security Documents as evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate, (vi)  to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant any other Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of itself, the Trustee, the Holders (and the holders or lenders of First Priority Lien Obligations or other Second Priority Lien Obligations), as security for the payment and performance of all or any portion of the First Priority Lien Obligations or the Obligations under the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees and any other Second Priority Lien Obligations, in any property or assets , (vii) provide for additional or supplemental Security Documents or provide for additional Collateral; (viii) provide for the release of Collateral from the Second Priority Lien and the Security Documents when permitted or required by any of the Security Documents or the Indenture; (ix) allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture to the Indenture and a Guarantee with respect to the Notes or (x) evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Indenture by a successor Trustee.

 

(12)                           Defaults and Remedies .  Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or Special Interest with respect to, the Notes; (ii) default in payment when due of principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon redemption (including in connection with an offer to purchase) or otherwise, (iii) failure by the Company or any Guarantor to comply with Section 5.01 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after written notice to the Company by the Trustee

 

A1-5



 

or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to observe or perform any other covenant, representation, warranty or other agreement in the Indenture or the Notes; (v) default under certain other agreements relating to Indebtedness of the Company at its stated final maturity or which default results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity; (vi) certain final judgments for the payment of money that remain undischarged for a period of 60 days; (vii) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; (viii) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor or any Person acting on its behalf shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under such Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee; and (ix) unless all of the Collateral has been released from the Second Priority Liens in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents, default by the Company or any Guarantor in the performance of the Security Documents which adversely affects the enforceability, validity, perfection or priority of the Second Priority Liens on a portion of the Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes having a Fair Market Value in excess of $30.0 million, the repudiation or disaffirmation by the Company or any Guarantor of its material obligations under the Security Documents or the determination in a judicial proceeding that the Security Documents are unenforceable or invalid against the Company or any Guarantor party thereto for any reason with respect to a material portion of the Collateral (which default, repudiation, disaffirmation or determination is not rescinded, stayed, or waived by the Persons having such authority pursuant to the Security Documents or otherwise cured within 30 days after the Company receives written notice thereof specifying such occurrence from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes and demanding that such default be remedied).

 

If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately (other than an Event of Default relating to the Security Documents, which may permit a 30-day cure period).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice.  Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture.  Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.  The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest or Special Interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.  The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or Special Interest on, or the principal of, the Notes.  The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a written statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

 

(13)                           Collateral .  The obligations of the Company under the Notes and any Guarantors under their respective Subsidiary Guarantees are secured by a second priority security interest on all property and assets of the Company and the Guarantors constituting Collateral.

 

(14)                           Trustee Dealings with Company .  The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

 

A1-6



 

(15)                           No Recourse Against Others .  A director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any of the Guarantors, as such, will not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or such Guarantor under the Notes, the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees and the Security Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

 

(16)                           Authentication .  This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

 

(17)                           Abbreviations .  Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

(18)                           Additional Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes .  In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of August 7, 2012, between the Company and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have the rights set forth in one or more registration rights agreements, if any, between the Company and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of any Additional Notes (collectively, the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”).

 

(19)                           CUSIP Numbers .  Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement and/or the Security Documents.  Requests may be made to:

 

Universal Hospital Services, Inc.
6625 West 78th Street, Suite 300
Minneapolis, MN 55439
Attention:  General Counsel

 

A1-7



 

Assignment Form

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:

 

 

(Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec.  or tax I.D.  no.)

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

and irrevocably appoint                                                                                 to transfer this Note on the books of the Company.  The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

Your Signature:

 

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

 

 

Signature Guarantee*:

 

 

 

 


*                              Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A1-8



 

Option Of Holder To Elect Purchase

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

 

o   Section 4.10                                    o   Section 4.15

 

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

 

 

 

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

Your Signature:

 

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

 

 

Signature Guarantee*:

 

 

 

 


*                              Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A1-9



 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

 

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of
Exchange

 

Amount of
decrease in
Principal
Amount of this
Global Note

 

Amount of
 increase in
Principal
Amount of this
Global Note

 

Principal
Amount of this
Global Note
following such
decrease (or
increase)

 

Signature of
Authorized
Officer of
Trustee or
Custodian

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


*                             This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

A1-10



 

EXHIBIT A2

 

[Face of Regulation S Temporary Global Note]

 

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

[Insert the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

CUSIP/CINS U91489 AG6

 

REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE

 

7.625% Second Lien Senior Secured Notes due 2020

 

No.

$

 

UNIVERSAL HOSPITAL SERVICES, INC.

 

promises to pay to Cede & Co.  or registered assigns, the principal sum of                                                                                  UNITED STATES DOLLARS on August 15, 2020.

 

Interest Payment Dates:  February 15 and August 15, commencing on February 15, 2013.

 

Record Dates:  February 1 and August 1.

 

Dated: August 7, 2012

 

 

 

 

UNIVERSAL HOSPITAL SERVICES, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK,

 

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

 

as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

A2-1



 

[Back of Regulation S Temporary Global Note]

 

7.625% Second Lien Senior Secured Notes due 2020

 

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of 7.625% Second Lien Senior Secured Notes due 2020 (the “ Notes ,” except with respect to Sections (11) and (12) below, wherein “Notes” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Indenture referred to below).  Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated.

 

(1)                                  Interest .  Universal Hospital Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 7.625% per annum from August 7, 2012 until maturity and shall pay the Special Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below.

 

The Company will pay interest and Special Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day unless that Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar month, in which case the interest payment date will be the immediately preceding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”).  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be February 15, 2013.  The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Special Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

Until this Regulation S Temporary Global Note is exchanged for one or more Regulation S Permanent Global Notes, the Holder hereof shall not be entitled to receive payments of interest hereon; until so exchanged in full, this Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall in all other respects be entitled to the same benefits as other Notes under the Indenture.

 

(2)                                  Method of Payment .  The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Special Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the February 1 or August 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest.  The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Special Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Special Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent.  Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

 

A2-2



 

(3)                                  Paying Agent and Registrar .  Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar.  The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder.  The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

 

(4)                                  Indenture .  The Notes were issued under an Indenture dated as of August 7, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”) between Universal Hospital Services, Inc. and the Trustee.  The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ TIA ”) (15 U.S. Code Sections 77aaa-77bbbb).  The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms.  To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.  The Notes are senior secured obligations of the Company.

 

(5)                                  Optional Redemption .

 

(a)                                  On and after August 15, 2015, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice (except as set forth in Sections 3.02 and 3.03 of the Indenture), at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, thereon, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on August 15 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders of such Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date:

 

Year

 

Percentage

 

2015

 

105.719

%

2016

 

103.813

%

2017

 

101.906

%

2018 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

(b)                                  Prior to August 15, 2015 the Company may, at its option, on any one or more occasions, redeem up to 40% of the sum of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price equal to 107.625% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the redemption date, subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company to the extent such net cash proceeds are contributed to the Company, provided that:

 

(i)                                      at least 60% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

 

(ii)                                   the redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of such Equity Offering.

 

(c)                                   At any time prior to August 15, 2015, the Company may also redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice (except as set forth under Sections 3.02 and 3.03 of the Indenture), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any,

 

A2-3



 

to, the redemption date, subject to the rights of the Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.  The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.

 

(d)                                  Except pursuant to clause (b) or (c) of this Section 5, the Notes are not redeemable at the Company’s option prior to August 15, 2015.

 

(6)                               Mandatory Redemption .The Company will not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

(7)                                  Repurchase At the Option of Holder .

 

(a)                                  If there is a Change of Control, the Company will be required to make an offer (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000) of each Holder’s Notes in cash at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased, to the date of repurchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date (the “ Change of Control Payment ”).  No later than 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will send or cause to be sent a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

 

(b)                                  If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates any Asset Sales, within five days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, the Company will commence an offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest thereon, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.  To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary) may use such deficiency for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture.  If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and the Company shall select such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis.  Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes.  Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

 

(8)                                  Notice of Redemption .  Subject to Section 3.03 of the Indenture, notice of redemption will be sent at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be sent more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction or discharge of the Indenture.  Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be

 

A2-4



 

redeemed.  On and after the redemption date, interest and Special Interest, if any, will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

 

(9)                                  Denominations, Transfer, Exchange .  The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.  The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture.  The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.  The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.  Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

 

This Regulation S Temporary Global Note is exchangeable in whole or in part for one or more Global Notes only (i) on or after the termination of the 40-day restricted period (as defined in Regulation S) and (ii) upon presentation of certificates (accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel, if applicable) required by Article 2 of the Indenture.  Upon exchange of this Regulation S Temporary Global Note for one or more Global Notes, the Trustee shall cancel this Regulation S Temporary Global Note.

 

(10)                           Persons Deemed Owners .  The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.  Only registered Holders will have rights under the Indenture.

 

(11)                           Amendment, Supplement and Waiver .  Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees, the Notes or the Security Documents may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes).  Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees, the Notes or the Security Documents may be amended or supplemented to (i) cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, (ii) provide for the assumption of the Company’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of the Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s assets, as applicable, (iii) make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder in a materially adverse manner, (iv) comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, (v) conform the text of the Indenture, the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Security Documents to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” section of the Company’s Offering Memorandum, dated July 24, 2012, relating to the offering of the Initial Notes, to the extent that such provision in that “Description of the Notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees, the Notes or the Security Documents as evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate, (vi) to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant any other Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of itself, the Trustee, the Holders (and the holders or lenders of First Priority Lien Obligations or other Second Priority Lien Obligations), as security for the payment and performance of all or any portion of the First Priority Lien Obligations or the Obligations under the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees and any other Second Priority Lien Obligations, in any property or assets , (vii) provide for additional or supplemental Security Documents or provide for additional Collateral; (viii) provide for the release of Collateral from the Second Priority Lien and the Security

 

A2-5



 

Documents when permitted or required by any of the Security Documents or the Indenture; (ix) allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture to the Indenture and a Guarantee with respect to the Notes or (x) evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Indenture by a successor Trustee.

 

(12)                           Defaults and Remedies .  Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or Special Interest with respect to, the Notes; (ii) default in payment when due of principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon redemption (including in connection with an offer to purchase) or otherwise, (iii) failure by the Company or any Guarantor to comply with Section 5.01 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after written notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to observe or perform any other covenant, representation, warranty or other agreement in the Indenture or the Notes; (v) default under certain other agreements relating to Indebtedness of the Company at its stated final maturity or which default results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity; (vi) certain final judgments for the payment of money that remain undischarged for a period of 60 days; (vii) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; (viii) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor or any Person acting on its behalf shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under such Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee; and (ix) unless all of the Collateral has been released from the Second Priority Liens in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents, default by the Company or any Guarantor in the performance of the Security Documents which adversely affects the enforceability, validity, perfection or priority of the Second Priority Liens on a portion of the Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes having a Fair Market Value in excess of $30.0 million, the repudiation or disaffirmation by the Company or any Guarantor of its material obligations under the Security Documents or the determination in a judicial proceeding that the Security Documents are unenforceable or invalid against the Company or any Guarantor party thereto for any reason with respect to a material portion of the Collateral (which default, repudiation, disaffirmation or determination is not rescinded, stayed, or waived by the Persons having such authority pursuant to the Security Documents or otherwise cured within 30 days after the Company receives written notice thereof specifying such occurrence from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes and demanding that such default be remedied).

 

If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately (other than an Event of Default relating to the Security Documents, which may permit a 30-day cure period).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice.  Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture.  Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.  The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest or Special Interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.  The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or Special Interest on, or the principal of, the Notes.  The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a written statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the

 

A2-6



 

Company is required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

 

(13)                           Collateral .  The obligations of the Company under the Notes and any Guarantors under their respective Subsidiary Guarantees are secured by a second priority security interest on all property and assets of the Company and the Guarantors constituting Collateral.

 

(14)                           Trustee Dealings With Company .  The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

 

(15)                           No Recourse Against Others .  A director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any of the Guarantors, as such, will not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or such Guarantor under the Notes, the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees and the Security Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

 

(16)                           Authentication .  This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

 

(17)                           Abbreviations .  Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

(18)                           Additional Rights of Holders .  In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of this Regulation S Temporary Global Note will have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of August 7, 2012, between the Company and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders thereof will have the rights set forth in one or more registration rights agreements, if any, between the Company and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of any Additional Notes (collectively, the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”).

 

(19)                           CUSIP Numbers .  Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement and/or the Security Documents.  Requests may be made to:

 

Universal Hospital Services, Inc.
6625 West 78th Street, Suite 300
Minneapolis, MN 55439
Attention: General Counsel

 

A2-7



 

Assignment Form

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:

 

 

(Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc.  sec.  or tax I.D.  no.)

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

and irrevocably appoint                                                                                  to transfer this Note on the books of the Company.  The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Your Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax Identification No.:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature Guarantee*:

 

 

 

 

 


*                              Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A2-8



 

Option of Holder to Elect Purchase

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

 

o   Section 4.10            o   Section 4.15

 

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Your Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax Identification No.:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature Guarantee*:

 

 

 

 

 


*                              Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A2-9



 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF REGULATION S
TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE

 

The following exchanges of a part of this Regulation S Temporary Global Note for an interest in another Global Note, or exchanges in part of another Restricted Global Note for an interest in this Regulation S Temporary Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

 

Amount of
decrease in
Principal
Amount of this
Global Note

 

Amount of
increase in
Principal
Amount of this
Global Note

 

Principal
Amount of this
Global Note
following such
decrease (or
increase)

 

Signature of
Authorized
Officer of
Trustee or
Custodian

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A2-10



 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

Universal Hospital Services, Inc.
6625 West 78th Street, Suite 300
Minneapolis, MN 55439

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
DAPS Reorg

MAC N9303-121

608-2nd Avenue South

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479

Telephone No.: (877) 872-4605

Facsimile No.: (866) 969-1290

Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com

 

Re:                              7.625% Second Lien Senior Secured Notes due 2020

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of August 7, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”), between Universal Hospital Services, Inc., as issuer (the “ Company ”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

, (the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $                         in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Transfer ”), to                                                              (the “ Transferee ”), as further specified in Annex A hereto.  In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

 

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

 

1.             o Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A.  The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

2.             o Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, the Regulation S Permanent Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S.  The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the

 

B-1



 

Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser).  Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, the Regulation S Permanent Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

3.             o Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S.  The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

 

(a)           o such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

 

or

 

(b)           o such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof;

 

or

 

(c)           o such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

 

4.             o Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.

 

(a)           o Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144.  (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

(b)           o Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S.  (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky

 

B-2



 

securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

(c)           o Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption.  (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

B-3



 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1.                                       The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

 

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

 

(a)                                  o a beneficial interest in the:

 

(i)                                      o 144A Global Note (CUSIP          ), or

 

(ii)                                   o Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP          ); or

 

(b)                                  o a Restricted Definitive Note.

 

2.                                       After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

 

[CHECK ONE]

 

(a)                                  o a beneficial interest in the:

 

(i)                                      o 144A Global Note (CUSIP          ), or

 

(ii)                                   o Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP                    ), or

 

[(iii)                            o Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP                      ); or]

 

(b)                                  o a Restricted Definitive Note; or

 

(c)                                   o an Unrestricted Definitive Note,

 

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

B-4



 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

 

Universal Hospital Services, Inc.
6625 West 78th Street, Suite 300
Minneapolis, MN 55439

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
DAPS Reorg

MAC N9303-121

608-2nd Avenue South

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479

Telephone No.: (877) 872-4605

Facsimile No.: (866) 969-1290

Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com

 

Re:                              7.625% Second Lien Senior Secured Notes due 2020

 

(CUSIP [ 144A Global Note— 91359P AH3] [ Regulation S Global Note—  U91489 AG6])

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of August 7, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”), between Universal Hospital Services, Inc., as issuer (the “ Company ”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

, (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $                                                                                                                                                         
in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”).  In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

 

1.             Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note

 

(a)           o Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note.  In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

(b)           o Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note.  In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the

 

C-1



 

Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

(c)           o Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note.  In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

(d)           o Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note.  In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

2.             Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes

 

(a)           o Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note.  In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer.  Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

(b)           o Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.  In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] 144A Global Note, Regulation S Global Note, with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.  Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

C-2



 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

C-3



 

EXHIBIT D

 

[FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE]

 

For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of August 7, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”) between Universal Hospital Services, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest on, the Notes, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.  The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to this Subsidiary Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Subsidiary Guarantee.

 

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

The validity and enforceability of this Notation of Guarantee shall not be affected by the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Note.

 

THIS NOTATION OF GUARANTEE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.  Each Guarantor hereby agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Notation of Guarantee and its Subsidiary Guarantee.

 

The Subsidiary Guarantees are subject to release upon the terms set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture.

 

 

 

 

[Name of Guarantor(s)]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

D-1



 

EXHIBIT E

 

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]

 

Supplemental Indenture (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of           , 20  , among                       (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), a subsidiary of Universal Hospital Services, Inc. (or its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the Company, the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of August 7, 2012, providing for the issuance of 7.625% Second Lien Senior Secured Notes due 2020 (the “ Notes ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “ Subsidiary Guarantee ”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

 

1.             Capitalized Terms .  Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

2.             Agreement to Guarantee .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Subsidiary Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 10 thereof.

 

3.             No Recourse Against Others .  A director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any of the Guarantors, as such, will not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or such Guarantor under the Notes, the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees and the Security Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.  Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

 

4.             NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN .  THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

 

E-1



 

6.             Counterparts .  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

7.             Effect of Headings .  The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

8.             The Trustee .  The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company.

 

E-2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

 

Dated:                , 20

 

 

[Guaranteeing Subsidiary]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UNIVERSAL HOSPITAL SERVICES, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Existing Guarantors]

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 


Exhibit 4.2

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 


 

Registration Rights Agreement

 

Dated As of August 7, 2012

among

 

Universal Hospital Services, Inc.,

 

UHS Surgical Services, Inc.,
as Guarantor,

 

and

 

Barclays Capital Inc.,

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated,

RBC Capital Markets, LLC,
PNC Capital Markets LLC

and

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

as Initial Purchasers

 


 



 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This Registration Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into this 7th day of August, 2012, among Universal Hospital Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), UHS Surgical Services, Inc. (the “ Guarantor ”), and Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, PNC Capital Markets LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (collectively, the “ Initial Purchasers ”).

 

This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated July 24, 2012, among the Issuer, the Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), which provides for the sale by the Issuer to the Initial Purchasers of an aggregate of $425,000,000 principal amount of the Issuer’s 7.625% Second Lien Senior Secured Notes due 2020 and the guarantee related thereto (together, the “ Securities ”).  In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Issuer and the Guarantor have agreed to provide to the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees the registration rights set forth in this Agreement.  The execution of this Agreement is a condition to the closing under the Purchase Agreement.

 

In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Definitions .

 

As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings:

 

1933 Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

 

1934 Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Closing Date ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Purchase Agreement.

 

Depositary ” shall mean The Depository Trust Company, or any other depositary appointed by the Issuer, provided , however , that such depositary must have an address in the Borough of Manhattan, in the City of New York.

 

Effectiveness Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 hereof.

 

Event Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5 hereof.

 

Exchange Offer ” shall mean the exchange offer by the Issuer of Exchange Securities for Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof.

 



 

Exchange Offer Registration ” shall mean a registration under the 1933 Act effected pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof.

 

Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” shall mean an exchange offer registration statement on Form S-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form), and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all documents incorporated by reference therein.

 

Exchange Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 hereof.

 

Exchange Securities ” shall mean the 7.625% Second Lien Senior Secured Notes due 2020 issued by the Issuer under the Indenture containing terms identical to the Securities in all material respects (except for references to certain interest rate provisions, restrictions on transfers and restrictive legends) and the guarantees related thereto, to be offered to Holders of Securities in exchange for Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

 

FINRA ” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Registration Expenses”.

 

Guarantor ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Holder ” shall mean an Initial Purchaser, for so long as it owns any Transfer Restricted Securities, and each of its successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become registered owners of Transfer Restricted Securities under the Indenture and each Participating Broker-Dealer that holds Exchange Securities for so long as such Participating Broker-Dealer is required to deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the 1933 Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

 

Indenture ” shall mean the Indenture relating to the Securities, dated as of August 7, 2012, between the Issuer, the Guarantor and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

Initial Purchaser ” or “ Initial Purchasers ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Issuer ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Majority Holders ” shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities; provided that whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Transfer Restricted Securities is required hereunder, Transfer Restricted Securities held by the Issuer and other obligors on the Securities or any Affiliate (as defined in the Indenture) of the Issuer shall be disregarded

 

2



 

in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage amount.

 

Participating Broker-Dealer ” shall mean any of Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, PNC Capital Markets LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and any other broker-dealer which makes a market in the Securities and exchanges Transfer Restricted Securities in the Exchange Offer for Exchange Securities.

 

Person ” shall mean an individual, partnership (general or limited), corporation, limited liability company, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

Private Exchange ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 hereof.

 

Private Exchange Securities ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 hereof.

 

Prospectus ” shall mean the prospectus included in a Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including any such prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other amendments and supplements to a prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and in each case including all material incorporated by reference therein.

 

Purchase Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Registration Default ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5 hereof.

 

Registration Expenses ” shall mean any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance by the Issuer and the Guarantor with this Agreement, including without limitation: (i) all SEC, stock exchange or Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”) registration and filing fees, including, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” (and its counsel) that is required to be retained by any holder of Transfer Restricted Securities in accordance with the rules and regulations of the FINRA, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with federal securities, state securities or blue sky laws and compliance with the rules of the FINRA (including reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel for any underwriters or Holders in connection with blue sky qualification of any of the Exchange Securities or Transfer Restricted Securities and any filings with the FINRA), (iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements and other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing, if any, of any of the Transfer

 

3



 

Restricted Securities on any securities exchange or exchanges, (v) all rating agency fees, (vi) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Issuer and the Guarantor and of the independent public accountants of the Issuer and the Guarantor, including the expenses of any special audits or “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance, (vii) the fees and expenses of the Trustee, and any escrow agent or custodian, (viii) the reasonable fees and expenses of the Initial Purchasers in connection with the Exchange Offer, including the reasonable fees and expenses of not more than one counsel to the Initial Purchasers in connection therewith, (ix) the reasonable fees and disbursements of Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP, special counsel representing the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; and (x) any fees and disbursements of the underwriters customarily required to be paid by issuers or sellers of securities and the fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Issuer and the Guarantor in connection with any Registration Statement, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities by a Holder.

 

Registration Statement ” shall mean any registration statement of the Issuer which covers any of the Exchange Securities or Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, and all amendments and supplements to any such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

 

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency or government body performing the functions currently performed by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Shelf Registration ” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof.

 

Shelf Registration Statement ” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Issuer pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.2 hereof which covers all of the Transfer Restricted Securities or all of the Private Exchange Securities on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the 1933 Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

 

Special Interest ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5 hereof.

 

TIA ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 hereof.

 

Transfer Restricted Securities ” shall mean the Securities and, if issued, the Private Exchange Securities; provided , however , that the Securities and, if issued, the Private

 

4



 

Exchange Securities, shall cease to be Transfer Restricted Securities when (i) a Registration Statement with respect to such Securities shall have been declared effective under the 1933 Act and such Securities shall have been disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) such Securities shall have ceased to be outstanding, (iii) the Exchange Offer is consummated (except in the case of Securities purchased from the Issuer and continued to be held by the Initial Purchasers) or (iv) two years shall have elapsed since the date of this Agreement.

 

Trustee ” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture.

 

Underwriter ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

 

2.                                       Registration Under the 1933 Act .

 

2.1                                Exchange Offer .  The Issuer and the Guarantor shall, for the benefit of the Holders, at the Issuer’s cost, (A) prepare and use all commercially reasonable efforts to file, as soon as practicable but not later than 120 days following the Closing Date, with the SEC an Exchange Offer Registration Statement on an appropriate form under the 1933 Act with respect to a proposed Exchange Offer and the issuance and delivery to the Holders, in exchange for the Transfer Restricted Securities (other than Private Exchange Securities), of a like principal amount of Exchange Securities, (B) use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective under the 1933 Act within 210 days of the Closing Date (or within 270 days of the Closing Date in the event the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is reviewed by the SEC), (C) use all commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective until the closing of the Exchange Offer and (D) use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer to be consummated not later than 30 business days (or longer, if required by the federal securities laws) following the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement was declared effective by the SEC.  The Exchange Securities will be issued under the Indenture.  Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Issuer and the Guarantor shall promptly commence the Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Exchange Offer to enable each Holder eligible and electing to exchange Transfer Restricted Securities for Exchange Securities (assuming that such Holder (a) is not an affiliate of the Issuer within the meaning of Rule 405 under the 1933 Act, (b) is not a broker-dealer tendering Transfer Restricted Securities acquired directly from the Issuer for its own account, (c) acquired the Exchange Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business and (d) has no arrangements or understandings with any Person to participate in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing the Exchange Securities) to transfer such Exchange Securities from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the 1933 Act and under state securities or blue sky laws.

 

In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Issuer and the Guarantor shall:

 

(a)                                  mail as promptly as practicable to each Holder a copy of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;

 

5



 

(b)                                  keep the Exchange Offer open for acceptance for a period of not less than 20 business days after the date notice thereof is mailed to the Holders (or longer if required by applicable law) (such period referred to herein as the “ Exchange Period ”);

 

(c)                                   utilize the services of the Depositary for the Exchange Offer;

 

(d)                                  permit Holders to withdraw tendered Transfer Restricted Securities at any time prior to 5:00 p.m. (Eastern Time), on the last business day of the Exchange Period, by sending to the institution specified in the notice, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities delivered for exchange, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing such Holder’s election to have such Securities exchanged;

 

(e)                                   notify each Holder that any Transfer Restricted Securities not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest, but will not retain any rights under this Agreement (except in the case of the Initial Purchasers and Participating Broker-Dealers as provided herein); and

 

(f)                                    otherwise comply in all respects with all applicable laws relating to the Exchange Offer.

 

If, prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer, the Initial Purchasers hold any Securities acquired by them and having the status of an unsold allotment in the initial distribution, the Issuer upon the request of any Initial Purchaser shall, simultaneously with the delivery of the Exchange Securities in the Exchange Offer, issue and deliver to such Initial Purchaser in exchange (the “ Private Exchange ”) for the Securities held by such Initial Purchaser, a like principal amount of debt securities of the Issuer on a senior basis, that are identical (except that such securities shall bear appropriate transfer restrictions) to the Exchange Securities (the “ Private Exchange Securities ”).

 

The Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Securities shall be issued under (i) the Indenture or (ii) an indenture identical in all material respects to the Indenture and which, in either case, has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ TIA ”), or is exempt from such qualification and shall provide that the Exchange Securities shall not be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture but that the Private Exchange Securities shall be subject to such transfer restrictions.  The Indenture or such indenture shall provide that the Exchange Securities, the Private Exchange Securities and the Securities shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class and that none of the Exchange Securities, the Private Exchange Securities or the Securities will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter.  The Private Exchange Securities shall be of the same series as and the Issuer and the Guarantor shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to have the Private Exchange Securities bear the same CUSIP number as the Exchange Securities.  The Issuer and the Guarantor shall not have any liability under this Agreement solely as a result of such Private Exchange Securities not bearing the same CUSIP number as the Exchange Securities.

 

6



 

As soon as practicable after the close of the Exchange Offer and/or the Private Exchange, as the case may be, the Issuer and the Guarantor shall:

 

(i)                                      accept for exchange all Transfer Restricted Securities duly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement;

 

(ii)                                   accept for exchange all Securities properly tendered pursuant to the Private Exchange;

 

(iii)                                deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Transfer Restricted Securities so accepted for exchange; and

 

(iv)                               cause the Trustee promptly to authenticate and deliver Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities so accepted for exchange in a principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange.

 

Interest on each Exchange Security and Private Exchange Security will accrue from the last date on which interest was paid on the Transfer Restricted Securities surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been paid on the Transfer Restricted Securities, from the date of original issuance.  The Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange shall not be subject to any conditions, other than (i) that the Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange, or the making of any exchange by a Holder, does not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC, (ii) the due tendering of Transfer Restricted Securities in accordance with the Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange, (iii) that each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities exchanged in the Exchange Offer shall have represented that all Exchange Securities to be received by it shall be acquired in the ordinary course of its business and that at the time of the consummation of the Exchange Offer it shall have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the 1933 Act) of the Exchange Securities and shall have made such other representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable SEC rules, regulations or interpretations to render the use of Form S-4 or other appropriate form under the 1933 Act available and (iv) that no action or proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened in any court or by or before any governmental agency with respect to the Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange which, in the Issuer’s judgment, would reasonably be expected to impair the ability of the Issuer and the Guarantor to proceed with the Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange.  The Issuer shall inform the Initial Purchasers of the names and addresses of the Holders to whom the Exchange Offer is made, and the Initial Purchasers shall have the right to contact such Holders and otherwise facilitate the tender of Transfer Restricted Securities in the Exchange Offer.

 

2.2                                Shelf Registration .  (i) If, because (A) the Issuer is not required to file the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or (B) of any changes in law, SEC rules or regulations or applicable interpretations thereof by the staff of the SEC, the Issuer is not permitted to effect the Exchange Offer as contemplated by Section 2.1 hereof, (ii) if for any other reason the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not declared effective within 210 days of the Closing Date (or

 

7



 

within 270 days of the Closing Date in the event the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is reviewed by the SEC) or the Exchange Offer is not consummated within 30 business days (or longer, if required by the federal securities laws) after the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement was declared effective by the SEC or (iii) if a Holder notifies the Issuer and the Guarantor prior to the 20th day following the consummation of the Exchange Offer that it (A) is not permitted to participate in the Exchange Offer, (B) may not resell the Exchange Securities acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for resales or (C) is a broker-dealer and owns notes acquired directly from the Issuer or an affiliate of the Issuer, then in case of each of clauses (i) through (iii) the Issuer and the Guarantor shall, at the Issuer’s cost:

 

(a)                                  Use all commercially reasonable efforts to file, as promptly as practicable but no later than 45 days after any of the circumstances in clauses (i) through (iii) above being satisfied, with the SEC a Shelf Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities by the Holders from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by the Majority Holders participating in the Shelf Registration and set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement, and thereafter shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be declared effective, as promptly as practicable but no later than 90 days after such date described above, such Shelf Registration Statement.

 

(b)                                  Use all commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective in order to permit the Prospectus forming part thereof to be usable by Holders for a period of two years from the date the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC (subject to Section 3(e)), or for such shorter period that will terminate when all Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement or cease to be outstanding or otherwise to be Transfer Restricted Securities (the “ Effectiveness Period ”); provided, however, that the Effectiveness Period in respect of the Shelf Registration Statement shall be extended to the extent required to permit dealers to comply with the applicable prospectus delivery requirements of Rule 174 under the 1933 Act and as otherwise provided herein.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, use all commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that (i) any Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any Prospectus forming part thereof and any supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the 1933 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, (ii) any Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any Prospectus forming part of any Shelf Registration Statement, and any supplement to such Prospectus (as amended or supplemented from time to time), does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in

 

8



 

order to make the statements, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

The Issuer and the Guarantor agree, if necessary, to supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement, as required by Section 3(b) below, and to furnish to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities copies of any such supplement or amendment promptly after its being used or filed with the SEC.

 

2.3                                Expenses .  The Issuer shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with the registration pursuant to Sections 2.1 or 2.2 hereof.  Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.

 

2.4                                Effectiveness .

 

(a)                                  The Issuer and the Guarantor will be deemed not to have used their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, to become, or to remain, effective during the requisite period if the Issuer and the Guarantor voluntarily take any action that would, or omit to take any action which omission would, result in any such Registration Statement not being declared effective or in the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities covered thereby not being able to exchange or offer and sell such Transfer Restricted Securities during that period as and to the extent contemplated hereby, unless such action is required by applicable law.

 

(b)                                  An Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof or a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC; provided , however , that if, after it has been declared effective, the offering of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or a Shelf Registration Statement is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any other governmental agency or court, such Registration Statement will be deemed not to have become effective during the period of such interference, until the offering of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement may legally resume.

 

2.5                                Interest .  The Indenture executed in connection with the Securities will provide that in the event that either (a) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not filed with the SEC on or prior to the 120th calendar day following the Closing Date, (b) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has not been declared effective on or prior to the 210th calendar day following the Closing Date (or prior to the 270th day of the Closing Date in the event the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is reviewed by the SEC), (c) the Exchange Offer is not consummated on or prior to the 30th business day (or later, if required by federal securities laws) following the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement was required to have been declared effective by the SEC or (d) a Shelf Registration Statement is not filed on or prior to the 45th calendar day, or declared effective on or prior to the 90th calendar day, following any of the circumstances in clauses (i) through (iv) of Section 2.2 hereof being satisfied (each such event referred to in clauses (a) through (d) above, a “ Registration Default ”), the interest rate

 

9



 

borne by the Securities shall be increased (“ Special Interest ”) by one-quarter of one percent per annum upon the occurrence of each Registration Default, which rate will increase by one quarter of one percent each 90-day period that such Special Interest continues to accrue under any such circumstance, provided that the maximum aggregate increase in the interest rate will in no event exceed one percent (1%) per annum and provided further that Special Interest shall in no event be paid for more than one Registration Default at any given time.  Following the cure of all Registration Defaults the accrual of Special Interest will cease and the interest rate will revert to the original rate.

 

If, at any time, the Board of Directors (as defined in the Indenture) of the Issuer determines reasonably and in good faith that the filing of any Shelf Registration Statement or the continuing effectiveness thereof would require disclosure of non-public material information that, in the reasonable judgment of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, would be detrimental to the Issuer or its Affiliates (as defined in the Indenture) if so disclosed or would otherwise materially adversely affect a financing, acquisition, disposition, merger or other material transaction or such action is required by applicable law, then the Issuer may delay or suspend the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement for a reasonable time period, but not in excess of 50 consecutive days or 75 days in the aggregate during any consecutive twelve month period.  If the aggregate number of days in any consecutive twelve month period for which the Shelf Registration shall not be usable pursuant to such determination of the Board of Directors of the Issuer exceeds 50 consecutive days or 75 days in the aggregate, then the interest rate borne by the Securities will be increased by 0.25% per annum of the principal amount of the Securities for the first 90-day period (or portion thereof) beginning on the 51st or 76th such date, as applicable, that such Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be usable, which rate shall be increased by an additional 0.25% per annum of the principal amount of the Securities at the beginning of each subsequent 90-day period, provided that the maximum aggregate increase in the interest rate will in no event exceed one percent (1%) per annum.  Any amounts payable under this paragraph shall also be deemed “Special Interest” for purposes of this Agreement.  Upon the Shelf Registration Statement once again becoming usable, the interest rate borne by the Securities will be reduced to the original interest rate if the Issuer and the Guarantor are otherwise in compliance with this Agreement at such time.  Special Interest shall be computed based on the actual number of days elapsed in each 90-day period in which the Shelf Registration Statement is unusable.

 

The Issuer shall notify the Trustee within three business days after each and every date on which an event occurs in respect of which Special Interest is required to be paid (an “ Event Date ”).  Special Interest shall be paid by depositing with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities, on or before the applicable semiannual interest payment date, immediately available funds in sums sufficient to pay the Special Interest then due.  The Special Interest due shall be payable on each interest payment date to the record Holder of Securities entitled to receive the interest payment to be paid on such date as set forth in the Indenture.  Each obligation to pay Special Interest shall be deemed to accrue from and including the day following the applicable Event Date.

 

10



 

3.                                       Registration Procedures .

 

In connection with the obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantor with respect to Registration Statements pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.2 hereof, the Issuer and the Guarantor shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to:

 

(a)                                  prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement, within the relevant time period specified in Section 2 hereof, on the appropriate form under the 1933 Act, which form (i) shall be selected by the Issuer, (ii) shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities by the selling Holders thereof, (iii) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include or incorporate by reference all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith or incorporated by reference therein, and (iv) shall comply in all respects with the requirements of Regulation S-T under the 1933 Act, and use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective in accordance with Section 2 hereof;

 

(b)                                  prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary under applicable law to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period; and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (or any similar provision then in force) under the 1933 Act and comply with the provisions of the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to them with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by each Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the selling Holders thereof (including sales by any Participating Broker-Dealer);

 

(c)                                   in the case of a Shelf Registration, (i) notify each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, at least five business days prior to filing, that a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities is being filed; (ii) furnish to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities and to each underwriter of an underwritten offering of Transfer Restricted Securities, if any, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto and such other documents as such Holder or underwriter may reasonably request, including financial statements and schedules and, if the Holder so requests, all exhibits in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Transfer Restricted Securities; and (iii) hereby consent to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities in connection with the offering and sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto;

 

(d)                                  use all commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Transfer Restricted Securities under all applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by a Registration Statement and each underwriter of an underwritten offering of Transfer Restricted Securities

 

11



 

shall reasonably request by the time the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC, and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each such Holder and underwriter to consummate the disposition in each such jurisdiction of such Transfer Restricted Securities owned by such Holder; provided , however , that the Issuer and any Guarantor shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 3(d), or (ii) take any action which would subject it to general service of process or taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;

 

(e)                                   notify promptly each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities under a Shelf Registration or any Participating Broker-Dealer who has notified the Issuer that it is utilizing the Exchange Offer Registration Statement as provided in paragraph (f) below and, if requested by such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, confirm such advice in writing promptly (i) when a Registration Statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendments and supplements thereto become effective, (ii) of any request by the SEC or any state securities authority for post-effective amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement and Prospectus or for additional information after the Registration Statement has become effective, (iii) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iv) in the case of a Shelf Registration, if, between the effective date of a Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities covered thereby, the representations and warranties of the Issuer and the Guarantor contained in any underwriting agreement, securities sales agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to the offering cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (v) of the happening of any event or the discovery of any facts during the period a Shelf Registration Statement is effective which makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus untrue in any material respect or which requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement or Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading, (vi) of the receipt by the Issuer of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities or the Exchange Securities, as the case may be, for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose and (vii) of any determination by the Issuer that a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement would be appropriate.  The time periods set forth in Sections 2.1(b) and 2.2(b) regarding effectiveness shall be extended by a number of days equal to the number of days on the period from and including the date of delivery of such notice;

 

(f)                                    in the case of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (i) include in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement a section entitled “Plan of Distribution” which section shall be reasonably acceptable to the Participating Broker-Dealers, and which shall contain a summary statement of the positions taken or policies made by the staff of the SEC with respect to the potential “underwriter” status of any broker-dealer that holds Transfer Restricted Securities acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that will be the beneficial owner (as defined in

 

12



 

Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act) of Exchange Securities to be received by such broker-dealer in the Exchange Offer, whether such positions or policies have been publicly disseminated by the staff of the SEC or such positions or policies, in the reasonable judgment of Barclays Capital Inc. on behalf of the Participating Broker-Dealers and its counsel, represent the prevailing views of the staff of the SEC, including a statement that any such broker-dealer who receives Exchange Securities for Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be deemed a statutory underwriter and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the 1933 Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities, (ii) furnish to each Participating Broker-Dealer who has delivered to the Issuer the notice referred to in Section 3(e) hereof, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, as such Participating Broker-Dealer may reasonably request, (iii) hereby consent to the use of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto, by any Person subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the SEC, including all Participating Broker-Dealers, in connection with the sale or transfer of the Exchange Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, and (iv) include in the transmittal letter or similar documentation to be executed by an exchange offeree in order to participate in the Exchange Offer (x) the following provision:

 

“If the exchange offeree is a broker-dealer holding Transfer Restricted Securities acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the 1933 Act in connection with any resale of Exchange Securities received in respect of such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer;” and

 

(y) a statement to the effect that by a broker-dealer making the acknowledgment described in clause (x) and by delivering a Prospectus in connection with the exchange of Transfer Restricted Securities, the broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an underwriter within the meaning of the 1933 Act;

 

(g)                                   in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish counsel for the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities copies of any comment letters received from the SEC or any other request by the SEC or any state securities authority for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement and Prospectus or for additional information;

 

(h)                                  make all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement at the earliest possible moment;

 

(i)                                      in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, and each underwriter, if any, without charge, at least one copy of each Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules (without documents incorporated therein by reference and all

 

13



 

exhibits thereto, unless requested) to the extent such documents are not otherwise filed with the SEC and available through the Electronic Data Gathering and Retrieval System;

 

(j)                                     in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate with the selling Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Transfer Restricted Securities to be in such denominations (consistent with the provisions of the Indenture) and registered in such names as the selling Holders or the underwriters, if any, may reasonably request at least three business days prior to the closing of any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities;

 

(k)                                  in the case of a Shelf Registration, upon the occurrence of any event or the discovery of any facts, each as contemplated by Sections 3(e)(v) and 3(e)(vi) hereof, as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, use all commercially reasonable efforts to prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Transfer Restricted Securities or Participating Broker-Dealers, such Prospectus will not contain at the time of such delivery any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or will remain so qualified.  At such time as such public disclosure is otherwise made or the Issuer determines that such disclosure is not necessary, in each case to correct any misstatement of a material fact or to include any omitted material fact, the Issuer agrees promptly to notify each Holder of such determination and to furnish each Holder such number of copies of the Prospectus as amended or supplemented, as such Holder may reasonably request;

 

(l)                                      in the case of a Shelf Registration, a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendment to a Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a Prospectus or any document which is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or a Prospectus after initial filing of a Registration Statement, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers on behalf of such Holders; and make representatives of the Issuer as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities, or the Initial Purchasers on behalf of such Holders, available for discussion of such document;

 

(m)                              provide the Trustee with printed certificates for the Exchange Securities, Private Exchange Securities or the Transfer Restricted Securities, as the case may be, in a form eligible for deposit with the Depositary, if so required by the Trustee or Depositary;

 

(n)                                  (i) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the TIA in connection with the registration of the Exchange Securities or Transfer Restricted Securities, as the case may be, (ii) cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for the Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA and (iii) execute, and use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes, and all

 

14



 

other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;

 

(o)                                  in the case of a Shelf Registration, enter into agreements (including underwriting agreements) and take all other customary and appropriate actions in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities and in such connection whether or not an underwriting agreement is entered into and whether or not the registration is an underwritten registration:

 

(i)                                      make such representations and warranties to the Holders of such Transfer Restricted Securities and the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in similar underwritten offerings as may be reasonably requested by them;

 

(ii)                                   obtain opinions of counsel to the Issuer and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriters, if any, and the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities being sold) addressed to each selling Holder and the underwriters, if any, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in sales of securities or underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Holders and underwriters;

 

(iii)                                obtain “cold comfort” letters and updates thereof from the Issuer’s and the Guarantor’s independent certified public accountants (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any Guarantor or subsidiary of the Issuer or of any business acquired by the Issuer for which financial statements are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement) addressed to the underwriters, if any, and use all commercially reasonable efforts to have such letter addressed to the selling Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities (to the extent consistent with Statement on Auditing Standards No. 72 of the American Institute of Certified Public Accounts), such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters to underwriters in connection with similar underwritten offerings;

 

(iv)                               enter into a securities sales agreement with the Holders and an agent of the Holders providing for, among other things, the appointment of such agent for the selling Holders for the purpose of soliciting purchases of Transfer Restricted Securities, which agreement shall be in form, substance and scope customary for similar offerings;

 

(v)                                  if an underwriting agreement is entered into, cause the same to set forth indemnification provisions and procedures substantially equivalent to the indemnification provisions and procedures set forth in Section 4 hereof with respect to the underwriters and all other parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section or, at the request of any underwriters, in the form customarily provided to such underwriters in similar types of transactions; and

 

15



 

(vi)                               deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested and as are customarily delivered in similar offerings to the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities being sold and the managing underwriters, if any.

 

The above shall be done at (i) the effectiveness of such Registration Statement (and each post-effective amendment thereto) and (ii) each closing under any underwriting or similar agreement as and to the extent required thereunder;

 

(p)                                  in the case of a Shelf Registration or if a Prospectus is required to be delivered by any Participating Broker-Dealer in the case of an Exchange Offer, make available for inspection by representatives of the Holders of the Transfer Restricted Securities, any underwriters participating in any disposition pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, any Participating Broker-Dealer and any counsel or accountant retained by any of the foregoing, at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Issuer and the Guarantor reasonably requested by any such persons, and cause the respective officers, directors, employees, and any other agents of the Issuer or the Guarantor to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative, underwriter, special counsel or accountant in connection with a Registration Statement, and make such representatives of the Issuer and the Guarantor available for discussion of such documents as shall be reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers; provided , however , that if any such information is identified by the Issuer as being confidential or proprietary, each Person receiving such information shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of such information (and shall, if required by the Issuer, sign a customary confidentiality agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to such Person and the Issuer);

 

(q)                                  (i)  in the case of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement, a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, any Prospectus forming a part thereof, any amendment to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to such Prospectus, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers and to counsel to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities and make such changes in any such document prior to the filing thereof as the Initial Purchasers or counsel to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities may reasonably request and, except as otherwise required by applicable law, not file any such document in a form to which the Initial Purchasers on behalf of the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities and counsel to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy of or to which the Initial Purchasers on behalf of the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities or counsel to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities shall reasonably object, and make the representatives of the Issuer and the Guarantor available for discussion of such documents as shall be reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers; and

 

(ii)                in the case of a Shelf Registration, a reasonable time prior to filing any Shelf Registration Statement, any Prospectus forming a part thereof, any amendment to

 

16



 

such Shelf Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to such Prospectus, provide copies of such document to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities, to the Initial Purchasers, to counsel for the Holders and to the underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten offering of Transfer Restricted Securities, if any, make such changes in any such document prior to the filing thereof as the Initial Purchasers, the counsel to the Holders or the underwriter or underwriters reasonably request and not file any such document in a form to which the Majority Holders, the Initial Purchasers on behalf of the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities, counsel for the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities or any underwriter shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy of or to which the Majority Holders, the Initial Purchasers of behalf of the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities, counsel to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities or any underwriter shall reasonably object, and make the representatives of the Issuer and the Guarantor available for discussion of such document as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Initial Purchasers on behalf of such Holders, counsel for the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities or any underwriter.

 

(r)                                     in the case of a Shelf Registration, use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause all Transfer Restricted Securities to be listed on any securities exchange on which similar debt securities issued by the Issuer are then listed if requested by the Majority Holders, or if requested by the underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten offering of Transfer Restricted Securities, if any;

 

(s)                                    in the case of a Shelf Registration, use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Transfer Restricted Securities to be rated by the appropriate rating agencies, if so requested by the Majority Holders, or if requested by the underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten offering of Transfer Restricted Securities, if any;

 

(t)                                     otherwise comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering at least 12 months which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

 

(u)                                  cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with the FINRA and, in the case of a Shelf Registration, in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter and its counsel (including any “qualified independent underwriter” that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of the FINRA); and

 

(v)                                  upon consummation of an Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange, obtain a customary opinion of counsel to the Issuer and the Guarantor addressed to the Trustee for the benefit of all Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities participating in the Exchange Offer or Private Exchange, and which includes an opinion that (i) the Issuer has duly authorized, executed and delivered the Exchange Securities and/or Private Exchange Securities, as applicable, and the related indenture, and (ii) each of the Exchange Securities and related indenture constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and the

 

17



 

Guarantor, enforceable against the Issuer and the Guarantor in accordance with its respective terms (with customary exceptions).

 

In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuer and the Guarantor may (as a condition to such Holder’s participation in the Shelf Registration) require each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities to furnish to the Issuer such information regarding the Holder and the proposed distribution by such Holder of such Transfer Restricted Securities as the Issuer may from time to time reasonably request in writing.  No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may include any of its Transfer Restricted Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement if such Holder fails to furnish such information in writing to the Issuer within 20 days after receipt of the request therefor.

 

In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Issuer of the happening of any event or the discovery of any facts, each of the kind described in Section 3(e)(v) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(k) hereof, and, if so directed by the Issuer, such Holder will deliver to the Issuer (at its expense) all copies in such Holder’s possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.

 

If any of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the underwriter or underwriters and manager or managers that will manage such offering will be selected by the Majority Holders of such Transfer Restricted Securities included in such offering and shall be acceptable to the Issuer.  No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

 

4.                                       Indemnification; Contribution .

 

(a)                                  The Issuer and the Guarantor agree, jointly and severally, to indemnify and hold harmless the Initial Purchasers, each Holder, each Participating Broker-Dealer, each Person who participates as an underwriter or initial purchaser (any such Person being an “ Underwriter ”) and their respective affiliates, directors and officers and each Person, if any, who controls any Holder or Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:

 

(i)                                      against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement, prospectus, free writing prospectus or any “issuer information” (as defined by Rule 433 of the 1933 Act) (or any amendment or

 

18



 

supplement thereto) pursuant to which Exchange Securities or Transfer Restricted Securities were registered under the 1933 Act, including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(ii)                                   against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 4(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Issuer; and

 

(iii)                                against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel chosen by any indemnified party), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under subparagraph (i) or (ii) above;

 

provided , however , that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Issuer by the Holder or Underwriter expressly for use in a Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto).

 

(b)                                  Each Holder severally, but not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Initial Purchasers, each Underwriter and the other selling Holders, and each of their respective affiliates, directors and officers, and each Person, if any, who controls the Issuer or the Guarantor, the Initial Purchasers, any Underwriter or any other selling Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in Section 4(a) hereof, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Shelf Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any Prospectus included therein (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with written information with respect to such Holder furnished to the Issuer by such Holder expressly for use in the Shelf Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or such Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto); provided, however, that no such Holder shall be liable for any claims hereunder in excess of the amount of net proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement.

 

19



 

(c)                                   Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action or proceeding commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure so to notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement.  An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of such action; provided , however , that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party.  In no event shall the indemnifying party or parties be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to one local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances.  No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 4 (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

(d)                                  If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 4(a)(ii) hereof effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement, unless such request is being disputed in good faith.

 

(e)                                   If the indemnification provided for in this Section 4 is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Issuer and the Guarantor on the one hand and the Holders and the Initial Purchasers on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

 

The relative fault of the Issuer and the Guarantor on the one hand and the Holders and the Initial Purchasers on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or

 

20



 

alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Holders or the Initial Purchasers and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

The Issuer, the Guarantor, the Holders and the Initial Purchasers agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Initial Purchasers were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 4.  The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 4 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4, no Initial Purchaser shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities sold by it were offered exceeds the amount of any damages which such Initial Purchaser has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

 

No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

For purposes of this Section 4, each Person, if any, who controls an Initial Purchaser or Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such Initial Purchaser or Holder, and each director of the Issuer and the Guarantor, and each Person, if any, who controls the Issuer or the Guarantor within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Issuer and the Guarantor.  The Initial Purchasers’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 4 are several in proportion to the principal amount of Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement and not joint.

 

5.                                       [Reserved] .

 

6.                                       Miscellaneous .

 

6.1                                Rule 144 and Rule 144A .  For so long as the Issuer is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15 of the 1934 Act, the Issuer covenants that it will file the reports required to be filed by it under the 1933 Act and Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder.  If the Issuer ceases to be so required to file such reports, the Issuer covenants that it will upon the request of any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (a) make publicly available such information as is necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144 under the 1933 Act, (b) deliver such information to a prospective purchaser

 

21



 

as is necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act and it will take such further action as any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may reasonably request, and (c) take such further action that is reasonable in the circumstances, in each case, to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell its Transfer Restricted Securities without registration under the 1933 Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (i) Rule 144 under the 1933 Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, (ii) Rule 144A under the 1933 Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or (iii) any similar rules or regulations hereafter adopted by the SEC.  Upon the request of any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Issuer will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

 

6.2                                No Inconsistent Agreements .  The Issuer and the Guarantor have not entered into and the Issuer and the Guarantor will not after the date of this Agreement enter into any agreement which is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.  The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not and will not for the term of this Agreement in any way conflict with the rights granted to the holders of the Issuer’s other issued and outstanding securities under any such agreements.

 

6.3                                Amendments and Waivers .  The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Issuer has obtained the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or departure.

 

6.4                                Notices .  All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand delivery, registered first-class mail, telex, telecopier, or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (a) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Issuer by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.4, which address initially is the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement with respect to the Initial Purchasers; and (b) if to the Issuer, initially at the Issuer’s address set forth in the Purchase Agreement, and thereafter at such other address of which notice is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.4.

 

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; two business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next business day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.

 

Copies of all such notices, demands, or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the person giving the same to the Trustee under the Indenture, at the address specified in such Indenture.

 

22



 

6.5                                Successor and Assigns .  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture.  If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Transfer Restricted Securities, in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Transfer Restricted Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Transfer Restricted Securities such person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement, including the restrictions on resale set forth in this Agreement and, if applicable, the Purchase Agreement, and such person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof.

 

6.6                                Third Party Beneficiaries .  The Initial Purchasers (even if the Initial Purchasers are not Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities) shall be third party beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder between the Issuer and the Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent they deem such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect their rights or the rights of Holders hereunder.  Each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall be a third party beneficiary to the agreements made hereunder between the Issuer and the Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights hereunder.

 

6.7                                Specific Enforcement .  Without limiting the remedies available to the Initial Purchasers and the Holders, the Issuer and the Guarantor acknowledge that any failure by the Issuer or the Guarantor to comply with their obligations under Sections 2.1 through 2.4 hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Initial Purchasers or the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it would not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the Initial Purchasers or any Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Issuer’s and the Guarantor’s obligations under Sections 2.1 through 2.4 hereof.

 

6.8                                Restriction on Resales .  Until the expiration of one year after the original issuance of the Securities, the Issuer will not, and will cause its “affiliates” (as such term is defined in Rule 144(a)(1) under the 1933 Act) not to, resell any Securities which are “restricted securities” (as such term is defined under Rule 144(a)(3) under the 1933 Act) that have been reacquired by the Issuer and shall immediately upon any purchase of any such Securities submit such Securities to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

6.9                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

23



 

6.10                         Headings .  The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

6.11                         GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS THEREOF .

 

6.12                         Severability .  In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

 

6.13                         Underwritten Offerings .  Notwithstanding anything contained herein, any underwritten offering of the Transfer Restricted Securities shall require the prior written consent of the Issuer, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

[Signature pages follow]

 

24



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

UNIVERSAL HOSPITAL SERVICES, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rex T. Clevenger

 

 

Name:  Rex T. Clevenger

 

 

Title:    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

UHS SURGICAL SERVICES, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Susan L. Wolf

 

 

Name:  Susan L. Wolf

 

 

Title:    Treasurer

 



 

Confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written:

 

 

 

By:

BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Skrobe

 

 

Name: John Skrobe

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

26



 

By:

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Douglas M. Ingram

 

 

Name: Douglas M. Ingram
Title: Managing Director

 

 



 

By:

RBC CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Nicholas Daifotis

 

 

Name: Nicholas Daifotis
Title: Managing Director

 

 

28



 

PNC CAPITAL MARKETS LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Andrew J. Alexander

 

 

Name: Andrew J. Alexander
Title: Managing Director

 

 

29



 

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Chris McCoy

 

 

Name: Chris McCoy
Title: Managing Director

 

 

30


Exhibit 4.3

 

UNIVERSAL HOSPITAL SERVICES, INC., A DELAWARE CORPORATION,

 

AS ISSUER

 

UHS SURGICAL SERVICES, INC.

 

AS GUARANTOR

 

AND

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

 

AS TRUSTEE

 


 

THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

DATED AS OF AUGUST 7, 2012

 

TO INDENTURE DATED AS OF MAY 31, 2007

 

8.50%/9.25% SECOND LIEN SENIOR SECURED PIK TOGGLE NOTES DUE 2015

 


 



 

THIS THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Third Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of August 7, 2012, is by and among Universal Hospital Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), UHS Surgical Services, Inc. (the “ Guarantor ”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

 

WHEREAS, UHS Merger Sub, Inc. (the “ Issuer ”) has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of May 31, 2007, providing for the issuance of Second Lien Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2015 (the “ Floating Rate Notes ”) and 8.50%/9.25% Second Lien Senior Secured PIK Toggle Notes due 2015 (the “ PIK Toggle Notes, ” and together with the Floating Rate Notes, the “ Notes ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee a supplemental indenture, dated as of May 31, 2007, pursuant to which it expressly assumed the Issuer’s Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes;

 

WHEREAS, $405,000,000 aggregate principal amount of PIK Toggle Notes are currently outstanding;

 

WHEREAS, Section 9.02 of the Indenture provides that, with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding PIK Toggle Notes, the Company, the Guarantor (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and the Trustee may enter into an indenture supplemental to the Indenture for the purpose of amending or supplementing the Indenture or the PIK Toggle Notes (subject to certain exceptions);

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires and has requested the Trustee to join with it in entering into this Third Supplemental Indenture for the purpose of amending the Indenture and the PIK Toggle Notes in certain respects as permitted by Section 9.02 of the Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has solicited consents to this Third Supplemental Indenture upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in its Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement dated July 24, 2012 and the related Consent and Letter of Transmittal (which together, including any amendments, modifications or supplements thereto, constitute the “ Tender Offer ”);

 

WHEREAS, (1) the Company has received the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding PIK Toggle Notes (excluding any PIK Toggle Notes owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates), all as certified by an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Third Supplemental Indenture and (2) the Company has delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Third Supplemental Indenture an Opinion of Counsel relating to this Third Supplemental Indenture as contemplated by Sections 9.06 and 13.04 of the Indenture and (3) the Company has satisfied all other conditions required under Article Seven and Article Nine of the Indenture to enable the Company and the Trustee to enter into this Third Supplemental Indenture.

 

2



 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises, each party hereby agrees, for the benefit of the others and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the PIK Toggle Notes, as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

AMENDMENTS TO INDENTURE AND PIK TOGGLE NOTES

 

Section 1.1   Article 4 of the Indenture is hereby amended, with respect to the PIK Toggle Notes, by deleting the headings and text of each of the following provisions of the Indenture and inserting in place of such headings and text in each case “[INTENTIONALLY DELETED]”:

 

Section 4.03 (Reports);

Section 4.04 (Compliance Certificate);

Section 4.06 (Stay, Extension and Usury Laws);

Section 4.07 (Restricted Payments);

Section 4.08 (Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries);

Section 4.09 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock);

Section 4.10 (Assets Sales);

Section 4.11 (Transactions with Affiliates);

Section 4.12 (Liens);

Section 4.15 (Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control); and

Section 4.16 (Guarantees).

 

Section 1.2   Section 5.01 of the Indenture is hereby amended, with respect to the PIK Toggle Notes,  by deleting the text of each of clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01 of the Indenture in its entirety and inserting in place of such text in each case “[INTENTIONALLY DELETED]”.

 

Section 1.3   Section 6.01 of the Indenture is hereby amended, with respect to the PIK Toggle Notes,  by deleting the text of each of clauses (4), (5) and (6) of Section 6.01 of the Indenture in its entirety and inserting in place of such text in each case “[INTENTIONALLY DELETED]”.

 

Section 1.4   The PIK Toggle Notes and the PIK Toggle Note Guarantees are hereby amended to delete all provisions inconsistent with the amendments to the Indenture effected by this Third Supplemental Indenture. For avoidance of doubt, it is understood that the amendments to the Indenture effected by this Third Supplemental Indenture are amending the Indenture as supplemented to date and as it applies to the PIK Toggle Notes and the PIK Toggle Note Guarantees only.  This Supplemental Indenture does not amend the Indenture with respect to the Floating Rate Notes.

 

3



 

ARTICLE II

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

Section 2.1   Capitalized Terms .  Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

Section 2.2  Indenture .  Except as amended hereby, the Indenture and the PIK Toggle Notes are in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms shall remain in full force and effect.  This Third Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of PIK Toggle Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered under the Indenture shall be bound hereby and all terms and conditions of both shall be read together as though they constitute a single instrument, except that in the case of conflict the provisions of this Third Supplemental Indenture shall control.

 

Section 2.3  New York Law to Govern .  THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

 

Section 2.4  Successors .  All agreements of the Company in this Third Supplemental Indenture and the PIK Toggle Notes shall bind its successors.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Third Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

Section 2.5  Counterparts .  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Third Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

Section 2.6  Severability .  In case any one or more of the provisions in this Third Supplemental Indenture or in the PIK Toggle Notes shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, it being intended that all of the provisions hereof shall be enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.

 

Section 2.7  Trustee Disclaimer .  The Trustee accepts the amendments of the Indenture effected by this Third Supplemental Indenture and agrees to execute the trust created by the Indenture as hereby amended, but on the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture, including the terms and provisions defining and limiting the liabilities and responsibilities of the Trustee, which terms and provisions shall in like manner define and limit its liabilities and responsibilities in the performance of the trust created by the Indenture as hereby amended, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or with respect to any of the recitals or statements contained herein, all of which recitals or statements are made solely by the Company, and the Trustee makes no representation with respect to any such matters.  Additionally, the Trustee makes no representations as to (i) the validity or sufficiency of this Third Supplemental Indenture or any of the terms or provisions hereof (ii) the proper authorization hereof by the Company by action or otherwise, (iii) the due execution hereof by the Company or (iv) the consequences of any amendment herein provided for, and the Trustee makes no representation with respect to any such matters.

 

4



 

Section 2.8  Effectiveness .  The provisions of this Third Supplemental Indenture shall be effective only upon execution and delivery of this instrument by the parties hereto.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the provisions of this Third Supplemental Indenture shall become operative only upon the acceptance for the purchase by the Company, pursuant to the Tender Offer, of at least a majority in outstanding principal amount of PIK Toggle Notes (excluding any PIK Toggle Notes owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates); provided that the amendments to the Indenture effected by this Third Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed to be revoked retroactive to the date hereof if such purchase shall not occur.  The Company shall notify the Trustee promptly after the occurrence of such acceptance for purchase or promptly after the Company shall determine that such purchase will not occur.

 

Section 2.9  Effect of Headings .  The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Third Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year written above.

 

 

UNIVERSAL HOSPITAL SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rex T. Clevenger

 

 

Name:  Rex T. Clevenger

 

 

Title:  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

UHS SURGICAL SERVICES, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Susan L. Wolf

 

 

Name:  Susan L. Wolf

 

 

Title:    Treasurer

 

6



 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lynn M. Steiner

 

 

Name: Lynn M. Steiner

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

7


Exhibit 10.1

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED SECOND LIEN TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This Amended and Restated Second Lien Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2012 (as the same may be further amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Second Lien Trademark Security Agreement ”), is made by the Persons listed on the signature pages hereof (collectively, the “ Grantors ”) in favor of WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“ Wells Fargo ”), as collateral agent (together with any successor collateral agent, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

WHEREAS, this Second Lien Trademark Security Agreement amends, in certain respects and restates in its entirety, the Second Lien Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2007, made by UHS Merger Sub, Inc., UHS Holdco, Inc. and Universal Hospital Services, Inc. (“ UHS ”) in favor of Wells Fargo, as collateral agent for the benefit of the secured parties referred to therein, and is executed and delivered pursuant to the Amended and Restated Second Lien Security Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2012 (as the same may be further amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”) made by UHS and the other Persons who from time to time becomes parties thereto, in favor of Wells Fargo, as collateral agent. Terms defined in the Security Agreement and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Security Agreement.

 

WHEREAS, under the terms of the Security Agreement, the Grantors have granted to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, among other property, certain Trademarks constituting Material Intellectual Property Collateral of the Grantors, and have agreed as a condition thereof to execute this Second Lien Trademark Security Agreement for recording with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and any other appropriate governmental authorities.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Grantor agrees as follows:

 

Section 1. Grant of Security . Each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties a continuing security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following (all of the following items or types of property being herein collectively referred to as the “ Trademark Collateral ”), whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising:

 

(i)                                      each Trademark constituting Material Intellectual Property Collateral owned by the Grantor (including, without limitation, each Trademark registration and application therefor, referred to in Schedule 1 hereto, and all of the goodwill of the business connected with the use of or symbolized by, each Trademark);

 

(ii)                                   all registrations and applications for registration for any of the foregoing, together with all renewals thereof;

 

(iii)                                all rights in the foregoing provided by international treaties or conventions, all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and all other rights of any kind whatsoever of such Grantor accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto; and

 

(iv)                               any and all proceeds of, collateral for, income, royalties and other payments now or hereafter due and payable with respect to any and all of the foregoing, including, without limitation, all Proceeds of and revenues from any and all claims for damages and injunctive relief for past, present and future infringement, dilution, misappropriation, violation, misuse or breach

 

 



 

with respect to any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect, or otherwise recover, all proceeds and damages relating thereto.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no security interest shall be granted in any United States intent-to-use applications to the extent that, and solely during the period in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark applications under federal law.

 

Section 2. Recordation . Each Grantor authorizes and requests that the Commissioner for Trademarks and any other applicable government officer record this Second Lien Trademark Security Agreement.

 

Section 3. Execution in Counterparts . This Second Lien Trademark Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

Section 4. Grants, Rights and Remedies . This Second Lien Trademark Security Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantors for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest herein with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. The security interest granted hereby has been granted to the Collateral Agent in connection with the Security Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof and does not modify its terms or conditions or create any additional rights or obligations for any party thereto or hereto. The Security Agreement (and all rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent thereunder) shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. In the event of a conflict between any provision of this Second Lien Trademark Security Agreement and any provision of the Security Agreement, the Security Agreement shall govern. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the liens and security interests granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Second Lien Trademark Security Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Collateral Agent hereunder are subject to the limitations and provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2007 (as amended by the First Amendment to the Intercreditor Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, and as the same may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Intercreditor Agreement ”) among Merrill Lynch Capital, a division of Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services Inc., as First Lien Collateral Agent, and Wells Fargo, as Junior Lien Collateral Agent, and certain other persons party or that may become party thereto from time to time, and consented to by UHS, Inc. and the Grantors identified therein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.

 

Section 5. Governing Law . This Second Lien Trademark Security Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this Second Lien Trademark Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

 

UNIVERSAL HOSPITAL SERVICES, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Susan L. Wolf

 

 

Name:  Susan L. Wolf

 

 

Title:    Treasurer

 

 

 

 

UHS SURGICAL SERVICES, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Susan L. Wolf

 

 

Name:  Susan L. Wolf

 

 

Title:    Treasurer

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Second Lien Trademark Security Agreement]

 



 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lynn M. Steiner

 

 

Name: Lynn M. Steiner

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Second Lien Trademark Security Agreement]

 



 

Schedule I to Trademark Security Agreement

 

Domain Names:

www.uhs.com, my.uhs.com, and myservice.uhs.com

 

HOUSE MARKS

 

COUNTRY

 

MARK

 

SERIAL
NO./
FILING
DATE

 

REG. NO./
ISSUE
DATE

 

CLASSIFICATION OF
GOODS/SERVICES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

UHS ®

 

73/271557
7/25/1980

 

1185243
1/5/1982

 

Class 042: Rental of medical equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

UHS ®

 

78/444,685
7/1/2004

 

2997683
9/20/2005

 

Class 035: Management of medical equipment for others

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

UNIVERSAL HOSPITAL SERVICES, INC. ®

 

73/271558
9/8/1980

 

1183312
12/22/1981

 

Class 042: Rental of medical equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

®

 

78/446788
7/7/2004

 

2997707
9/20/2005

 

Class 035: Management of medical equipment for others

 

Class 044: Rental of medical equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

®

 

78/446763
7/7/2004

 

2997705
9/20/2005

 

Class 035: Management of medical equipment for others

 

Class 044: Rental of medical equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

®

 

78/446774
7/7/2004

 

2997706
9/20/2005

 

Class 035: Management of medical equipment for others

 

Class 044: Rental of medical equipment

 

OTHER MARKS IN USE

 

COUNTRY

 

MARK

 

SERIAL
NO./
FILING
DATE

 

REG. NO./
ISSUE

DATE

 

CLASSIFICATION OF
GOODS/SERVICES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

 ®

 

78/453477
7/20/2004

 

3,419,801
04/29/08

 

Class 035: Information management services, namely, tracking, reporting, analyzing and delivering business information concerning medical equipment location, utilization, availability

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and patient use over computer networks, intranets and internets

 

Class 037: Repair and maintenance of medical equipment, namely, medical machines and related apparatus.

 

Class 044: Rental of medical equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

 ®

 

78/453470
7/20/2004

 

3,419,800
04/29/08

 

Class 035: Information management services, namely, tracking, reporting, analyzing and delivering business information concerning medical equipment location, utilization, availability and patient use over computer networks, intranets and internets

 

Class 037: Repair and maintenance of medical equipment, namely, medical machines and related apparatus.

 

Class 044: Rental of medical equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

 

85/080,411
7/8/2010

 

4150761
5/29/2012

 

Class 020: Hospital beds.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

ASSET360™

 

85/100,911
8/5/2010

 

3,940,707
4/5/2011

 

Class 035: Information management services, namely, tracking, reporting and analyzing business information concerning medical equipment location, utilization, availability and patient use over computer networks, intranets and internets.

 

Class 037: Repair and maintenance of medical equipment, namely, medical machines and related apparatus.

 

Class 044: Rental of medical equipment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

BIOMED360™

 

85/100,902
8/5/2010

 

3,923,164
2/22/2011

 

Class 035: On-site clinical engineering management services for hospitals and other healthcare facilities.

 

Class 037: Repair and maintenance

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of medical equipment for hospitals and other healthcare facilities, namely, medical machines and related apparatus.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

 

85/101,174
8/5/2010

 

3,940,726
4/5/2011

 

Class 035: Information management services, namely, tracking, reporting and analyzing business information concerning medical equipment location, utilization, availability and patient use over computer networks, intranets and internets; on-site clinical engineering management services for hospitals and other healthcare facilities.

 

Class 037: Repair and maintenance of medical equipment, namely, medical machines and related apparatus.

 

Class 044: Rental of medical equipment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

HARMONY

 

85/156,665
10/20/2010

 

4,158,513
6/12/2012

 

Class 020: medical apparatus, namely, medical-surgical hospital bed frames

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

MEDPRIME CAPITAL

 

85/157,688
10/21/2010

 

 

 

Class 044: Leasing of medical equipment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Great Britain

 

MEDPRIME CAPITAL

 

2,564,174
11/12/2010

 

2,564,174
2/11/2011

 

Class 044: Leasing of medical equipment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

European Union

 

ETC MEDICAL

 

9,584,707

 

009584707
7/21/11

 

Class 035: Information management services, namely, tracking, reporting, and analyzing business information concerning medical equipment location, utilization, availability and patient use over computer networks, intranets and internets.

 

Class 037: Repair and maintenance of medical equipment, namely, medical machines and related apparatus; management of medical equipment for others, namely, coordinating maintenance of medical equipment.

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class 039: Management of medical equipment for others, namely, coordinating delivery and pick-up of medical equipment.

 

Class 042: On-site clinical engineering management services for hospitals and other healthcare facilities; management of medical equipment for others, namely, tracking medical equipment location, utilization, availability.

 

Class 044: Rental of medical equipment; management of medical equipment for others, namely, tracking medical equipment patient use.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Great Britain

 

UHS UNIVERSAL HOSPITAL SERVICES OVAL LOGO

 

 

 

2606522
01/9/2012

 

Class 042: On-site clinical engineering management services for hospitals and other healthcare facilities; management of medical equipment for others, namely, tracking medical equipment location, utilization, availability.

 

Class 044: Rental of medical equipment; management of medical equipment for others, namely, tracking medical equipment patient use.

 

UNFILED MARKS

 

COUNTRY

 

MARK

 

SERIAL
NO./
FILING
DATE

 

REG.
NO./

ISSUE
DATE

 

CLASSIFICATION OF
GOODS/SERVICES

United States

 

BETTER EQUIPPED TO CARE™

 

Unfiled

 

 

 

 

 


Exhibit 10.2

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

SECOND LIEN SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

Dated August 7, 2012

 

From

 

The Grantors referred to herein

 

as Grantors

 

To

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

as Collateral Agent

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

SECTION 1.

Grant of Security

4

SECTION 2.

Security for Obligations

7

SECTION 3.

Second Priority Nature of Liens

8

SECTION 4.

Grantors Remain Liable

8

SECTION 5.

Delivery and Control of Security Collateral and Chattel Paper

9

SECTION 6.

Maintaining the Collateral Account; Pledged Deposit Accounts

9

SECTION 7.

Investing of Amounts in the Collateral Account

10

SECTION 8.

Release of Amounts

10

SECTION 9.

Representations and Warranties

10

SECTION 10.

Further Assurances

14

SECTION 11.

As to Equipment and Inventory

15

SECTION 12.

Insurance

15

SECTION 13.

Post-Closing Changes

15

SECTION 14.

As to Intellectual Property Collateral

16

SECTION 15.

Commercial Tort Claims

17

SECTION 16.

Transfers and Other Liens

18

SECTION 17.

Collateral Agent Appointed Attorney in Fact

18

SECTION 18.

Collateral Agent May Perform

18

SECTION 19.

The Collateral Agent’s Duties

18

SECTION 20.

As to Receivables and Security Collateral

19

SECTION 21.

Remedies

19

SECTION 22.

Indemnity and Expenses

21

SECTION 23.

Amendments; Waivers; Additional Grantors; Additional Secured Parties, Etc.

22

SECTION 24.

Notices, Etc.

24

SECTION 25.

Continuing Security Interest; Transfers under the Existing Indenture and any Additional Pari Passu Agreement

24

SECTION 26.

Release; Termination

25

SECTION 27.

Execution in Counterparts

26

SECTION 28.

Intercreditor Agreement

26

SECTION 29.

Governing Law

26

 

i



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

 

Page

Schedules

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule I

Investment Property

 

Schedule II

Pledged Deposit Accounts

 

Schedule III

[Intentionally Omitted]

 

Schedule IV

Intellectual Property

 

Schedule V

Commercial Tort Claims

 

Schedule VI

Location, Chief Executive Office, Type of Organization, Jurisdiction of Organization and Organizational Identification Number

 

Schedule VII

Changes in Name, Location, Etc.

 

Schedule VIII

Locations of Equipment and Inventory

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

[Intentionally Omitted]

 

Exhibit B

Form of Second Lien Copyright Security Agreement

 

Exhibit C

Form of Second Lien Patent Security Agreement

 

Exhibit D

Form of Second Lien Trademark Security Agreement

 

Exhibit E

Form of Second Lien Security Agreement Supplement

 

Exhibit F

Form of Additional Pari Passu Joinder Agreement

 

 

 

ii



 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
SECOND LIEN SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDED AND RESTATED SECOND LIEN SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of August 7, 2012 (as may be further amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”) is made by UNIVERSAL HOSPITAL SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ UHS ”) and the other Persons who from time to time become parties hereto as grantors (together with the Borrower, the “ Grantors ”), in favor of WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“ Wells Fargo ”), as collateral agent (together with any successor collateral agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (as defined below, the “ Collateral Agent ”).

 

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

 

A.                                     This Agreement amends, in certain respects and restates in its entirety, the SECOND LIEN SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of May 31, 2007 (the “ Existing Agreement ”), made by UHS MERGER SUB, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Merger Sub ”), UHS, the other grantors party thereto, and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“ Wells Fargo ”), as collateral agent for the benefit of the secured parties referred to therein.

 

B.                                     UHS is the issuer of (i) $405,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 8.50%/9.25% Second Lien Senior Secured PIK Toggle Notes due 2015 and (ii) $230,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Second Lien Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2015 (together, the “ Existing Notes ”), each issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of May 31, 2007 (“ Existing Indenture ”) and (iii) $425,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Second Lien Senior Secured Notes due 2020 (including any additional notes issued under the New Indenture referred to below, the “ New Notes ”) issued under the Indenture, dated as of August 7, 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, extended, refinanced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ New Indenture ”), among UHS and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (in such capacity and together with its successors and assigns, the “ New Trustee ”), which Existing Notes and New Notes are secured by the liens granted under the Existing Agreement.

 

C.                                     The Existing Indenture allows UHS to designate certain indebtedness of UHS or a Guarantor (as defined in the Existing Indenture) as “Second Priority Lien Obligations” (as defined in the Existing Indenture) for purposes of the Security Documents (as defined in the Existing Indenture), provided such indebtedness is permitted to be incurred pursuant to the terms of the Existing Indenture (such indebtedness, the “ Existing Indenture Additional Pari Passu Obligations ”).  UHS hereby designates the indebtedness of UHS and the Guarantors arising from time to time in respect of the New Indenture, the New Notes and any guaranty thereof to be “Second Priority Lien Obligations” for purposes of the Existing Indenture and “Existing Indenture Additional Pari Passu Obligations” for purposes of this Agreement.

 

D.                                     The New Indenture allows UHS to designate certain indebtedness and other obligations of UHS or a Guarantor (as defined in the New Indenture) as “Second Priority Lien Obligations” (as defined in the New Indenture) for purposes of the Security Documents (as

 

2



 

defined in the New Indenture), provided such indebtedness and other obligations are permitted to be incurred pursuant to the terms of the New Indenture (such designated indebtedness and other obligations, together with the Existing Indenture Additional Pari Passu Obligations, the “ Additional Pari Passu Obligations ”).

 

E.                                      The Existing Agreement was a Security Document as defined in the Existing Indenture and this Agreement is a Security Document as defined in each of the Existing Indenture and the New Indenture.

 

F.                                       The holders of Additional Pari Passu Obligations or any Person appointed to act as trustee, agent or representative for any holder of Additional Pari Passu Obligations (each an “ Additional Pari Passu Agent ”) pursuant to any agreement evidencing, securing, guaranteeing or governing such Additional Pari Passu Obligations (each an “ Additional Pari Passu Agreement ”) may become parties to this Agreement by execution and delivery of an Additional Pari Passu Joinder Agreement, as defined in, and delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to, Section 23(c) of this Agreement, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity.

 

G.                                     UHS and the other Grantors now or hereafter party hereto enter into this agreement with the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the holders of the Existing Notes, the Trustee under the Existing Indenture, the holders of any Additional Pari Passu Obligations (including holders of the New Notes) and any Additional Pari Passu Agent (including the Trustee under the New Indenture and Wells Fargo as Collateral Agent for the holders of the New Notes) (all such Persons, collectively, the “ Secured Parties ”).

 

H.                                    Each Grantor is the owner of the indebtedness (the “ Initial Pledged Debt ”) set forth opposite such Grantor’s name on and as otherwise described in Schedule I hereto and issued by the obligors named therein.

 

I.                                         Each Grantor is the owner of the deposit accounts (the “ Pledged Deposit Accounts ”) set forth opposite such Grantor’s name on Schedule II hereto.

 

J.                                         UHS will be the owner of an account to be opened with the Collateral Agent after Discharge of First Lien Obligations (the “ Collateral Account ”).

 

K.                                    The Grantors own the other Collateral described below.

 

L.                                      It is a requirement of the Existing Indenture, the New Indenture and any Additional Pari Passu Agreement(s), as applicable, that the Grantors shall have granted the security interest contemplated by this Agreement.  Each Grantor will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the transactions contemplated by the Indenture.

 

M.                                  Terms defined in the Existing Indenture and not otherwise defined in this Agreement are used in this Agreement as defined in the Existing Indenture.  Further, unless otherwise defined in this Agreement or in the Existing Indenture, terms defined in Article 8 or 9 of the UCC (as defined below) are used in this Agreement as such terms are defined in such Article 8 or 9.  “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of the security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial

 

3



 

Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.

 

N.                                     The Grantors have granted to the collateral agent under the First Lien Credit Agreement (the “ First Lien Collateral Agent ”), for the benefit of the holders of obligations under the First Lien Documents and certain other secured parties, a first priority security interest in the Collateral, it being understood that the relative rights and priorities of the grantees in respect of the Pledged Collateral are governed by the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, each Grantor hereby agrees with the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties as follows:

 

SECTION 1.                                         Grant of Security .  Each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in such Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following, in each case, as to each type of property described below, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, wherever located, and whether now or hereafter existing or arising (collectively, the “ Collateral ”):

 

(a)                                  all equipment in all of its forms, including, without limitation, all machinery, tools, motor vehicles, vessels, aircraft, furniture and fixtures, and all parts thereof and all accessions thereto, including, without limitation, computer programs and supporting information that constitute equipment within the meaning of the UCC (any and all such property being the “ Equipment ”);

 

(b)                                  all inventory in all of its forms, including, without limitation, (i) all raw materials, work in process, finished goods and materials used or consumed in the manufacture, production, preparation or shipping thereof, (ii) goods in which such Grantor has an interest in mass or a joint or other interest or right of any kind (including, without limitation, goods in which such Grantor has an interest or right as consignee) and (iii) goods that are returned to or repossessed or stopped in transit by such Grantor), and all accessions thereto and products thereof and documents therefor, including, without limitation, computer programs and supporting information that constitute inventory within the meaning of the UCC (any and all such property being the “ Inventory ”);

 

(c)                                   all accounts (including, without limitation, health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including, without limitation, tangible chattel paper and electronic chattel paper), instruments (including, without limitation, promissory notes), deposit accounts, letter-of-credit rights, general intangibles (including, without limitation, payment intangibles) and other obligations of any kind, whether or not arising out of or in connection with the sale or lease of goods or the rendering of services and whether or not earned by performance, and all rights now or hereafter existing in and to all supporting obligations and in and to all security agreements, mortgages, Liens, leases, letters of credit and other contracts securing or otherwise relating to the foregoing property (any and all of such accounts, chattel paper, instruments, deposit accounts, letter-of-credit rights, general intangibles and other obligations, to the extent not referred to in subsection (d), (e) or (f) below, being the “ Receivables, ” and any and all such supporting

 

4



 

obligations, security agreements, mortgages, Liens, leases, letters of credit and other contracts being the “ Related Contracts ”);

 

(d)                                  the following (collectively, the “ Security Collateral ”):

 

(i)                                      the Initial Pledged Debt and the instruments, if any, evidencing the Initial Pledged Debt, and all interest, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the Initial Pledged Debt;

 

(ii)                                   all additional indebtedness from time to time owed to such Grantor (such indebtedness, together with the Initial Pledged Debt, being the “ Pledged Debt ”) and the instruments, if any, evidencing such indebtedness, and all interest, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such indebtedness;

 

(e)                                   Contracts;

 

(f)                                    the following (collectively, the “ Account Collateral ”):

 

(i)                                      the Pledged Deposit Accounts, the Collateral Account and all funds from time to time credited thereto (including without limitation, all Cash Equivalents), and all certificates and instruments, if any, from time to time representing or evidencing the Pledged Deposit Accounts or the Collateral Account;

 

(ii)                                   all promissory notes, certificates of deposit, checks and other instruments from time to time delivered to or otherwise possessed by the Collateral Agent for or on behalf of such Grantor in substitution for or in addition to any or all of the then existing Account Collateral; and

 

(iii)                                all interest, dividends, distributions, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the then existing Account Collateral; and

 

(g)                                   the following (collectively, the “ Intellectual Property Collateral ”):

 

(i)                                      all patents, patent applications, utility models and statutory invention registrations, all inventions claimed or disclosed therein and all improvements thereto (“ Patents ”);

 

(ii)                                   all trademarks, service marks, domain names, trade dress, logos, designs, slogans, trade names, business names, corporate names and other source identifiers, whether registered or unregistered (provided that no security interest shall be granted in United States intent-to-use trademark applications to the extent that, and solely during the period in which, the

 

5



 

grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark applications under applicable federal law), together, in each case, with the goodwill symbolized thereby (“ Trademarks ”);

 

(iii)                                all copyrights, including, without limitation, copyrights in Computer Software (as hereinafter defined), internet web sites and the content thereof, whether registered or unregistered (“ Copyrights ”);

 

(iv)                               all computer software, programs and databases (including, without limitation, source code, object code and all related applications and data files), firmware and documentation and materials relating thereto, together with any and all maintenance rights, service rights, programming rights, hosting rights, test rights, improvement rights, renewal rights and indemnification rights and any substitutions, replacements, improvements, error corrections, updates and new versions of any of the foregoing (“ Computer Software ”);

 

(v)                                  all confidential and proprietary information, including, without limitation, know-how, trade secrets, manufacturing and production processes and techniques, inventions, research and development information, databases and data, including, without limitation, technical data, financial, marketing and business data, pricing and cost information, business and marketing plans and customer and supplier lists and information (collectively, “ Trade Secrets ”), and all other intellectual, industrial and intangible property of any type, including, without limitation, industrial designs and mask works;

 

(vi)                               all registrations and applications for registration for any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, those registrations and applications for registration set forth in Schedule IV hereto, together with all reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, extensions, renewals and reexaminations thereof;

 

(vii)                            all tangible embodiments of the foregoing, all rights in the foregoing provided by international treaties or conventions, all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and all other rights of any kind whatsoever of such Grantor accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto;

 

(viii)                         all agreements, permits, consents, orders and franchises relating to the license, development, use or disclosure of any of the foregoing to which such Grantor, now or hereafter, is a party or a beneficiary, (all of the foregoing collectively referred to as “ IP Agreements ”); and

 

(ix)                               any and all claims for damages and injunctive relief for past, present and future infringement, dilution, misappropriation, violation, misuse or

 

6



 

breach with respect to any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect, or otherwise recover, such damages;

 

(h)                                  the commercial tort claims described in Schedule V hereto (together with any commercial tort claims as to which the Grantors have complied with the requirements of Section 15 , the “ Commercial Tort Claims Collateral ”);

 

(i)                                      all books and records (including, without limitation, customer lists, credit files, printouts and other computer output materials and records) of such Grantor pertaining to any of the Collateral; and

 

(j)                                     all proceeds of, collateral for, income, royalties and other payments now or hereafter due and payable with respect to, and supporting obligations relating to, any and all of the Collateral (including, without limitation, proceeds, collateral and supporting obligations that constitute property of the types described in subsections (a) through (i) of this Section 1 ) and, to the extent not otherwise included, all (A) payments under insurance (whether or not the Collateral Agent is the loss payee thereof), or any indemnity, warranty or guaranty, payable by reason of loss or damage to or otherwise with respect to any of the foregoing Collateral, and (B) cash.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall not constitute a grant of security interest in (and the term “ Collateral ” shall be deemed not to include) (A) any lease, license, contract, property rights or agreement to which any Grantor is a party or any of its rights or interests thereunder, to the extent that and for so long as (but only for so long as), the grant of such security interest shall (1) constitute or result in the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability under applicable law of any right, title or interest of any Grantor therein or (2) constitute or result in a material breach or termination pursuant to the terms of, or a material default, under, any such lease, license, contract, property rights or agreement (other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions)); (B) any Equipment owned by any Grantor that is subject to a purchase money Lien or a capital lease permitted pursuant to the Indenture if the contract or other agreement in which such Lien is granted (or in the documentation providing for such capital lease) prohibits the creation of any other Lien on such Equipment, but only, in each case, to the extent and for so long as (but only for so long as), the Indebtedness secured by the applicable Lien or the applicable capital Lease has not been repaid in full or the applicable prohibition has not otherwise been removed or terminated; provided that any proceeds, substitutions or replacements of any property included in subclauses (A) and (B) above shall not be excluded (unless such proceeds, substitutions or replacements would itself constitute property excluded under subclause (A) or (B)); (C) any Equity Interests or investment property in any subsidiary or joint venture, (D) motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title and letter of credit rights, or (E) assets requiring perfection through control agreements (excluding deposit accounts (excluding payroll, trust, petty cash, zero balance and withholding accounts)).

 

SECTION 2.                                         Security for Obligations .  This Agreement secures, equally and ratably, in the case of each Grantor, the payment of all Obligations of such Grantor now or hereafter existing under (i) this Agreement, (ii) the Existing Notes, the Existing Indenture, the Security

 

7



 

Documents and the Subsidiary Guarantees (each as defined in the Existing Indenture) (collectively, the “ Existing Notes Obligations ”), (iii) the New Notes, the New Indenture, the Security Documents (as defined in the New Indenture) and the Subsidiary Guarantees (as defined in the New Indenture) (collectively, the “ New Notes Obligations ”), (iv) any Additional Pari Passu Agreement and (v) the Intercreditor Agreement (the documents described in clauses (i) to and including (v), collectively, the “ Second Lien Documents ”), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and whether for principal, reimbursement obligations, interest, fees, premiums, penalties, indemnifications, contract causes of action, costs, expenses or otherwise (all such Obligations being the “ Secured Obligations ”).  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement secures, as to each Grantor, the payment of all amounts that constitute part of the Secured Obligations and would be owed by such Grantor to any Secured Party under the Existing Indenture, the New Indenture and any Additional Pari Passu Agreement, but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving the Company or any Guarantor.  Except as otherwise provided in Section 23 below, all proceeds of Collateral received by the Collateral Agent shall, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, be distributed by the Collateral Agent, to the holders of the Secured Obligations (or their representative, including the Trustee under the Existing Indenture, the Trustee under the New Indenture and any Additional Pari Passu Agent), pro rata, on the basis of the outstanding amount of Secured Obligations owed to such holders, for application as provided in the Existing Indenture, the New Indenture or applicable Additional Pari Passu Agreement, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 3.                                         Second Priority Nature of Liens .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the lien and security interest granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement shall be, subject to the Allowed Liens, a second priority lien on and security interest in the Collateral and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Collateral Agent hereunder is subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and this Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, prior to the Discharge of the First Lien Obligations (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), the requirements of this Agreement to deliver Collateral to the Collateral Agent shall be deemed satisfied by delivery of such Collateral to the First Lien Collateral Agent.  The priority described above shall in all cases be subject to, in the case of the Existing Notes Obligations, Liens permitted to be senior by the Existing Indenture, in the case of the New Note Obligations, Liens permitted to be senior by the New Indenture and in the case of other applicable Additional Pari Passu Obligations, Liens permitted to be senior by the relevant Additional Pari Passu Agreement (all such permitted Liens, the “ Allowed Liens ”)

 

SECTION 4.                                         Grantors Remain Liable .  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (a) each Grantor shall remain liable under the contracts and agreements included in such Grantor’s Collateral to the extent set forth therein to perform all of its duties and obligations thereunder to the same extent as if this Agreement had not been executed, (b) the exercise by the Collateral Agent of any of the rights hereunder shall not release any Grantor from any of its duties or obligations under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral and (c) no Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral by reason of any Second Lien Document, nor shall any Secured Party be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of any Grantor thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any claim for payment assigned hereunder.

 

8



 

SECTION 5.                                         Delivery and Control of Security Collateral and Chattel Paper.

 

(a)                                  After the Discharge of First Lien Obligations, all instruments representing or evidencing Security Collateral in excess of $500,000 in principal amount individually shall be delivered to and held by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent pursuant hereto and shall be in suitable form for transfer by delivery, or shall be accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an “Event of Default” (which term as used in this Agreement shall mean an “Event of Default” as defined in the Existing Indenture, the New Indenture or any Additional Pari Passu Agreement) after the Discharge of First Lien Obligations, the Collateral Agent shall have the right, at any time, to (i) transfer to or to register in the name of the Collateral Agent or any of its nominees any or all of the Security Collateral and (ii) exchange instruments representing or evidencing Security Collateral for instruments of smaller or larger denominations; provided that the Collateral Agent provides written notice to the applicable Grantor.  If any Grantor has possession of any chattel paper representing monetary obligations in excess of $500,000, such chattel paper shall be marked with the following legend: “This writing and the obligations evidenced or secured thereby are subject to the security interest of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and certain Holders of Second Priority Lien Obligations”.  If any Grantor has possession of any electronic chattel paper representing monetary obligations in excess of $500,000, each Grantor shall take all steps necessary to grant the Collateral Agent control of all such electronic chattel paper in accordance with the UCC and all “transferable records” as defined in each of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act and the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act.

 

(b)                                  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Discharge of First Lien Obligations, the Collateral Agent shall have the right to transfer to or to register in the name of the Collateral Agent or any of its nominees any or all of the Security Collateral.

 

(c)                                   Upon the request of the Collateral Agent upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default after the Discharge of First Lien Obligations, each Grantor will notify each issuer of Security Collateral granted by it hereunder that such Security Collateral is subject to the security interest granted hereunder.

 

SECTION 6.                                         Maintaining the Collateral Account; Pledged Deposit Accounts .  After the Discharge of First Lien Obligations, so long as any Note, any New Note or any other Obligation of the Company or any Guarantor under any Second Lien Document shall remain unpaid (other than contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable and which by their terms survive termination of such Second Lien Document):

 

(a)                                  Each Grantor will maintain the Collateral Account and the Pledged Deposit Accounts only with the financial institution acting as Collateral Agent hereunder or with a bank (a “ Pledged Account Bank ”) that has agreed with such Grantor and the Collateral Agent to comply, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, and upon the receipt of notice of exclusive control, to comply with instructions originated by the Collateral Agent directing the disposition of funds in such deposit account without the further consent of

 

9



 

such Grantor, such agreement to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (a “ Deposit Account Control Agreement ”); provided , however , this Section 6(a) shall not apply to deposit accounts (i) to the extent the average daily balance, measurable over a trailing 30-day period, on deposit in each such deposit account does not exceed $50,000 at any time or (ii) operated solely as a payroll account, zero balance account or tax withholding account.  Each Grantor agrees that at no time shall the average daily balance, measurable over a trailing 30-day period, on deposit in all deposit accounts for which there is not in effect a Deposit Account Control Agreement exceed $250,000.

 

(b)                                  If an Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing, the Collateral Agent may, after the Discharge of First Lien Obligations, at any time and without notice to, or consent from, the Grantors, transfer, or direct the transfer of, funds from the Pledged Deposit Accounts or the Collateral Account to satisfy the Secured Obligations.

 

SECTION 7.                                         Investing of Amounts in the Collateral Account .  During periods when the Collateral Agent exercises sole control over the Collateral Account, the Collateral Agent shall, subject to the provisions of Sections 6 , 8 and 21 :  (a) from time to time, invest, or direct the applicable Pledged Account Bank to invest, amounts received with respect to the Collateral Account in such Cash Equivalents credited to the Collateral Account as the Grantors may select, (b) from time to time, invest interest paid on the Cash Equivalents referred to in subsection (a) above and reinvest other proceeds of any such Cash Equivalents that may mature or be sold, in each case in such Cash Equivalents credited in the same manner, (c) deposit interest and proceeds that are not invested or reinvested in Cash Equivalents as provided above in the Collateral Account and (d) have the right to exchange, or direct the applicable Pledged Account Bank to exchange, such Cash Equivalents for similar Cash Equivalents of smaller or larger determinations, or for other Cash Equivalents, credited to the Collateral Account.

 

SECTION 8.                                         Release of Amounts .  To the extent that (a) any proceeds were deposited in the Collateral Account or a Pledged Deposit Account during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Discharge of First Lien Obligations, and (b) there are remaining proceeds in such Collateral Account or Pledged Deposit Account upon the termination of such Event of Default, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent will pay and release, or direct the applicable Pledged Account Bank to pay and release, to the applicable Grantor or at its order or, at the request of such Grantor, to the Collateral Agent to be applied to the Secured Obligations of the Grantors under the Second Lien Documents, such amount, if any, as is then on deposit in such Collateral Account or Pledged Deposit Account, in each case to the extent permitted to be released under the terms of the Existing Indenture, the New Indenture and each Additional Pari Passu Agreement.

 

SECTION 9.                                         Representations and Warranties .  Each Grantor represents and warrants as follows:

 

(a)                                  Such Grantor’s exact legal name, as defined in Section 9-503(a) of the UCC, is correctly set forth in Schedule VI hereto.  Such Grantor’s location, chief executive office, type of organization, jurisdiction of organization and organizational identification number, if any, is set forth in Schedule VI hereto and is accurate in all material respects.  Within the five years preceding the date hereof, such Grantor has not changed its legal name, location (as defined in

 

10



 

the UCC), chief executive office, type of organization, jurisdiction of organization or organizational identification number, if any, from those set forth in Schedule VI hereto except as set forth in Schedule VII hereto.

 

(b)                                  Such Grantor is the legal and beneficial owner of, or with respect to Intellectual Property has the right to use, the Collateral for which a security interest is granted or purported to be granted by it under this Agreement free and clear of any Lien, claim, option or right of others, except for the security interest created under this Agreement or otherwise permitted under the Existing Indenture with respect to the Existing Notes Obligations, the New Indenture with respect to the New Notes Obligations and each other Additional Pari Passu Agreement with respect to the applicable Additional Pari Passu Obligations.  No effective financing statement or other instrument similar in effect covering all or any part of the Collateral or listing such Grantor as debtor is on file in any relevant recording office, except such as may have been filed in favor of the Collateral Agent relating to the Second Lien Documents or as otherwise permitted under the Existing Indenture with respect to the Existing Notes Obligations, the New Indenture with respect to the New Notes Obligations and each other Additional Pari Passu Agreement with respect to the applicable Additional Pari Passu Obligations.

 

(c)                                   All of the Equipment and Inventory (other than Equipment and Inventory that is (i) located at customer or supplier locations in the normal course of business or (ii) in transit or out for repair or further process) of such Grantor are located at the places specified therefor in Schedule VIII hereto or at another location as to which such Grantor has complied with the requirements of Section 11(a) (or will comply within the period set forth therein) or otherwise have an aggregate book value of no more than $250,000.

 

(d)                                  After the Discharge of First Lien Obligations, none of the Receivables or Agreement Collateral is evidenced by a promissory note or other instrument in excess of (i) $250,000 individually and (ii) $1,000,000 in the aggregate, that has not been delivered to the Collateral Agent.

 

(e)                                   If such Grantor is an issuer of Security Collateral, such Grantor confirms that it has received notice of the security interest granted hereunder.

 

(f)                                    The Pledged Debt pledged by such Grantor hereunder has been duly authorized, authenticated or issued and delivered, is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the issuers thereof, is not in default and, to the extent applicable, is evidenced by one or more promissory notes (which promissory notes, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, have been delivered to the Collateral Agent).

 

(g)                                   The Initial Pledged Debt constitutes all of the outstanding indebtedness in excess of (i) $100,000 individually and (ii) $500,000 in the aggregate, owed to such Grantor by the issuers thereof evidenced by a note or other instrument and is outstanding in the principal amount indicated on Schedule I hereto.

 

(h)                                  Such Grantor has no deposit accounts to the extent that the average daily balance, measurable over a 30-day trailing period, on deposit in each such deposit account does not exceed $50,000 other than the Collateral Account, or Pledged Deposit Accounts listed on

 

11



 

Schedule II hereto or operated solely as a payroll account, zero balance account or tax withholding account and additional Pledged Deposit Accounts as to which such Grantor has complied with the applicable requirements of Section 6 .

 

(i)                                      This Agreement creates in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a valid second priority security interest, except as otherwise provided for under the Note Documents with respect to the Existing Notes Obligations, the New Indenture and the Security Documents (as defined therein) with respect to the New Notes Obligations and any other Additional Pari Passu Agreement relating to the applicable Additional Pari Passu Obligations, in the Collateral granted by such Grantor, securing the payment of the Secured Obligations.  Each Grantor has agreed to file, and if it fails to file, has authorized the Collateral Agent to file financing and continuation statements on its behalf under the UCC and record Intellectual Property Security Agreements referred to in Section 14(d) with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and the U.S. Copyright Office necessary to perfect a second priority security interest, subject to Allowed Liens, in the respective Collateral, as applicable, subject to certain exceptions contained herein and in the Existing Indenture with respect to the Existing Notes Obligations, the New Indenture with respect to the New Notes Obligations and each other Additional Pari Passu Agreement with respect to the applicable Additional Pari Passu Obligations.

 

(j)                                     No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body is required (other than as otherwise provided for under the Existing Indenture with respect to the Existing Notes Obligations, the New Indenture with respect to the New Notes Obligations, any other Additional Pari Passu Agreement with respect to the applicable Additional Pari Passu Obligations or this Agreement) for (i) the grant by such Grantor of the security interest granted hereunder or for the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by such Grantor, (ii) the perfection (to the extent required hereunder and excluding any security interest in cash) or maintenance of the security interest created hereunder (including the second priority nature of such security interest), except for (A) the filing of financing and continuation statements under the UCC, which financing statements have been duly filed and are in full force and effect, (B) the recordation of the Intellectual Property Security Agreements referred to in Section 14(d) with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and the U.S. Copyright Office, which recordations have been completed and are in full force and effect with respect to the Existing Notes Obligation and which recordations will have been taken and be in full force and effect with respect to the New Notes Obligations and the Additional Pari Passu Obligations upon the recordations of additional Intellectual Property Security Agreements executed by the Company and the Guarantors, and (C) any filings outside the United States required to perfect a security interest in Intellectual Property Collateral, and, subject to Section 3 and the Intercreditor Agreement, the actions described in Section 5 with respect to the Security Collateral, which actions have been taken and are in full force and effect, or (iii) the exercise by the Collateral Agent of its voting or other rights provided for in this Agreement or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to this Agreement, except as may be required in connection with the disposition of any portion of the Security Collateral by laws affecting the offering and sale of securities generally.

 

(i)                                      Except as could not be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect (x) on the business, assets, properties, financial condition or results

 

12



 

of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (y) a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company and the Guarantors (taken as a whole) to perform their obligations under any Second Lien Document or (c) a material adverse effect on the rights and remedies of the Holders of the Existing Notes or holder of any Additional Pari Passu Obligation (including the New Notes) under any Second Lien Document (each, a “ Material Adverse Effect ”), the operation of such Grantor’s business as currently conducted and the use of any of the Subsidiaries of any Material Intellectual Property Collateral (as defined below) in connection therewith does not infringe, misappropriate, dilute, misuse or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of any third party.

 

(ii)                                   Such Grantor is the exclusive owner or joint owner of all right, title and interest in and to the Material Intellectual Property Collateral, or is entitled to use all Material Intellectual Property Collateral subject only to the terms of the related IP Agreements.

 

(iii)                                The Intellectual Property Collateral set forth on Schedule IV hereto includes all patents, patent applications, domain names, trademark registrations and applications, copyright registrations and applications that are owned by and material to the business of such Grantor, in each case which are reasonably necessary to the operation of such Grantor’s respective business.

 

(iv)                               The Material Intellectual Property Collateral owned by such Grantor is subsisting and has not been adjudged invalid or unenforceable in whole or part, and is valid and enforceable.

 

(v)                                  Except as set forth on Schedule IV hereto, such Grantor has not granted any material license, release, covenant not to sue, non-assertion assurance, or other material right to any Person with respect to any part of the Material Intellectual Property Collateral (other than (A) licenses granted to such Grantor’s customers in the ordinary course of business), the effect of which would create a material impairment of such Grantor’s use of such Material Intellectual Property Collateral as intended in the operation of its respective business.  The consummation of the Transactions (as defined under the Existing Indenture and the New Indenture) will not result in the termination or impairment of any of the Material Intellectual Property Collateral.

 

(vi)                               With respect to each material IP Agreement, except as could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (A) such IP Agreement is valid and binding and in full force and effect with respect to each Grantor, and to the knowledge of any Specified Officer of such Grantor, with respect to any other party thereto, and represents the entire agreement between the respective parties thereto with respect to the

 

13



 

subject matter thereof; (B) such IP Agreement will not cease to be valid and binding and in full force and effect on terms identical to those currently in effect as a result of the rights and interest granted herein, nor will the grant of such rights and interest constitute a material breach or default under such IP Agreement or otherwise give any party thereto a right to terminate such IP Agreement; (C) such Grantor has not received any notice of termination or cancellation under such IP Agreement; (D) such Grantor has not received any notice of a breach or default under such IP Agreement, which breach or default has not been cured; and (E) neither such Grantor nor, to the knowledge of any Specified Officer of such Grantor, is any other party to such IP Agreement is in breach or default thereof in any material respect, and, to the knowledge of any Specified Officer of such Grantor no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a breach or default or permit termination, modification or acceleration under such IP Agreement.

 

(k)                                  Such Grantor has no commercial tort claims in excess of $2,500,000 other than those listed in Schedule V hereto and additional commercial tort claims as to which such Grantor has complied with the requirements of Section 15 .

 

SECTION 10.                                  Further Assurances.

 

(a)                                  Each Grantor agrees that from time to time, at the expense of such Grantor, such Grantor will promptly execute and deliver, or otherwise authenticate and file, all further instruments and documents, and take all further commercially reasonable action that is necessary, or that the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in order to perfect and protect any pledge or security interest granted or purported to be granted by such Grantor hereunder or to enable the Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral of such Grantor.  Each Grantor further agrees that it shall, at the expense of such Grantor, take any and all commercially reasonable actions necessary to defend title to the Collateral against all Persons and to defend the security interest created hereunder and the priority thereof against any Lien prohibited under the Second Lien Documents.

 

(b)                                  Each Grantor hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent to file one or more financing or continuation statements, and amendments thereto, including, without limitation, one or more financing statements indicating that such financing statements cover all assets or all personal property (or words of similar effect) of such Grantor, regardless of whether any particular asset described in such financing statements falls within the scope of the UCC or the granting clause of this Agreement.  A photocopy or other reproduction of this Agreement shall be sufficient as a financing statement where permitted by law.

 

(c)                                   Each Grantor will furnish to the Collateral Agent from time to time statements and schedules further identifying and describing the Collateral of such Grantor and such other reports in connection with such Collateral as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, all in reasonable detail.

 

14



 

(d)                                  Upon notice by the Collateral Agent, UHS will furnish to the Collateral Agent on or prior to the fifth anniversary of the date hereof (but not more than six months prior thereto), an opinion of counsel, from outside counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, to the effect that all financing or continuation statements have been filed, and all other action has been taken to perfect continuously from the date hereof the security interest granted hereunder.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any other Second Lien Document, this Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of, in the case of the Existing Note Obligations, Section 12.06 of the Existing Indenture, in the case of the New Note Obligations, Section 12.06 of the New Indenture and in the case of other Additional Pari Passu Obligations, the comparable provision, if any, in the applicable Additional Pari Passu Agreement.

 

SECTION 11.                                  As to Equipment and Inventory .  Each Grantor will keep its Equipment (other than Equipment that is located at a customer or supplier location or is in transit in the ordinary course of business or sold in accordance with each Second Lien Document) and Inventory (other than Inventory on consignment or sold in the ordinary course of business) at the places therefor specified in Section 9(c) or at such other places identified by UHS concurrently with the delivery of the financing statements pursuant to Section 10 .

 

(a)                                  Each Grantor will pay promptly when due all property and other material taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon, and all claims (including, without limitation, claims for labor, materials and supplies) against, its Equipment and Inventory, except to the extent payment thereof is not required by any of the terms of the Existing Indenture or the New Indenture or the comparable provision, if any, of any Additional Pari Passu Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Each Grantor, at its own expense, shall deliver to the Collateral Agent the results of each physical verification, if any, which such Grantor may in its discretion have made, or caused any other Person to make on its behalf, of all or a portion of its Inventory.

 

SECTION 12.                                  Insurance .  Each Grantor will, at its own expense, maintain insurance.  Each casualty, property and liability (excluding business interruption) policy shall in addition (a) as of the date hereof, name the Collateral Agent as loss payee or additional insured party, as applicable, thereunder (without any representation or warranty by or obligation upon the Collateral Agent) or other language satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, (b) provide that there shall be no recourse against the Collateral Agent for payment of premiums or other amounts with respect thereto and (c) provide that at least 10 days’ prior written notice of cancellation or of lapse shall be given to the Collateral Agent by the insurer or other language satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.  Each Grantor will, if so reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, deliver to the Collateral Agent original or duplicate policies of such insurance.  Reimbursement under any liability insurance maintained by any Grantor pursuant to this Section 12 may be paid directly to the Person who shall have incurred liability covered by such insurance.

 

SECTION 13.                                  Post-Closing Changes .  Each Grantor agrees to promptly notify the Collateral Agent in writing of any change to its legal name, type of organization, jurisdiction of organization, organizational identification number (if any) and shall take all action reasonably

 

15



 

required by the Collateral Agent for the purposes of perfecting or protecting the security interest granted by this Agreement.  Each Grantor will hold and preserve its records relating to the Collateral, including, without limitation and the Related Contracts, and after Discharge of First Lien Obligations, will permit representatives of the Collateral Agent at any reasonable time during normal business hours to inspect and make abstracts from such records and other documents, upon reasonable advance notice to such Grantor; provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuance of an Event of Default, only the Collateral Agent may exercise rights under this Section 13 and the Collateral Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than one (1) time during any calendar year absent the existence of an Event of Default; provided further that, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent or any holder of Secured Obligations (or any respective representative or independent contractor) may do any of the foregoing at the reasonable expense of such Grantor at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice.  If any Grantor does not have an organizational identification number and later obtains one, within thirty (30) days, it will notify the Collateral Agent of such organizational identification number.

 

SECTION 14.                                  As to Intellectual Property Collateral.

 

(a)                                  With respect to each item of its Intellectual Property Collateral that is material to the business of any Grantor (any such item of Intellectual Property Collateral being “ Material Intellectual Property Collateral ”), except to the extent failure to act could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, with respect to each item of Material Intellectual Property Collateral owned by such Grantor, each Grantor agrees to take, at its expense, commercially reasonable actions that it determines are necessary in accordance with the exercise of its business discretion, including, without limitation, in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, the U.S. Copyright Office and any other governmental authority, to (i) maintain the validity and enforceability of such Material Intellectual Property Collateral and maintain such Material Intellectual Property Collateral in full force and effect, and (ii) pursue the registration and maintenance of each patent, trademark, or copyright registration or application, now or hereafter included in such Material Intellectual Property Collateral of such Grantor, including, without limitation, the payment of required fees and taxes, the filing of responses to office actions issued by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, the U.S. Copyright Office or other governmental authorities, the filing of applications for renewal or extension, the filing of affidavits under Sections 8 and 15 of the U.S. Trademark Act, the filing of divisional, continuation, continuation-in-part, reissue and renewal applications or extensions, the payment of maintenance fees and the participation in interference, reexamination, opposition, cancellation, infringement and misappropriation proceedings.

 

(b)                                  Except as could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Grantor shall do or permit any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby any of its Material Intellectual Property Collateral may lapse, be terminated or become invalid or unenforceable or placed in the public domain (or, in case of a trade secret, lose its competitive value) other than the expiration of patents at the end of their statutory term.

 

(c)                                   Except when failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect, each Grantor shall take commercially reasonable actions that it determines are

 

16



 

necessary in accordance with the exercise of its business discretion to preserve and protect each item of its Material Intellectual Property Collateral.

 

(d)                                  With respect to its Material Intellectual Property, on the Issue Date or such later date as provided under the terms of the Existing Indenture or which the Collateral Agent consents to in writing, each Grantor agrees to execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent, with respect to all Material Intellectual Property that is registered or with respect to which registration is pending (i) an agreement, in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit B hereto or otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (a “ Copyright Security Agreement ”), (ii) an agreement, in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit C hereto or otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (a “ Patent Security Agreement ”) and (iii) an agreement, in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit D hereto or otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (a “ Trademark Security Agreement ” and, together with each Copyright Security Agreement and each Patent Security Agreement, the “ Intellectual Property Security Agreements ”), in each case for recording the security interest granted hereunder to the Collateral Agent in such Intellectual Property Collateral with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or the U.S. Copyright Office, as applicable.

 

(e)                                   Each Grantor agrees that should it obtain an ownership interest in any item of the type set forth in Section 1(g) that is not on the date hereof a part of the Intellectual Property Collateral (“ After-Acquired Intellectual Property ”) (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall automatically apply thereto, and (ii) any such After-Acquired Intellectual Property and, in the case of trademarks, the goodwill symbolized thereby, shall automatically become part of the Material Intellectual Property Collateral subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement with respect thereto.  After the end of each fiscal quarter of UHS, each Grantor shall provide written notice to the Collateral Agent identifying the After-Acquired Intellectual Property consisting of material patents, patent applications, trademark registrations, trademark applications, copyright registrations, and copyright applications acquired during such fiscal quarter, and such Grantor shall execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent with such written notice, or otherwise authenticate, an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (an “ IP Security Agreement Supplement ”) covering such After-Acquired Intellectual Property, which IP Security Agreement Supplement shall be recorded with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, the U.S. Copyright Office and any other governmental authorities necessary to perfect (subject to the exceptions contained herein and in the case of the Existing Notes Obligations, the Existing Indenture, in the case of the New Notes Obligations, the New Indenture and in the case of any other Additional Pari Passu Obligations, the applicable Additional Pari Passu Agreement) the security interest hereunder in such After-Acquired Material Intellectual Property in the United States.

 

SECTION 15.                                  Commercial Tort Claims .  After Discharge of the First Lien Obligations, each Grantor will promptly after the end of each fiscal quarter give notice to the Collateral Agent of any commercial tort claim individually in excess of $2,500,000 that may arise after the date hereof and will immediately execute or otherwise authenticate a supplement to this Agreement, and otherwise take all necessary action, to subject such commercial tort claim to the second priority security interest created under this Agreement.

 

17



 

SECTION 16.                                  Transfers and Other Liens .  (a) Each Grantor agrees that it will not (i) sell, assign or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, any of the Collateral, other than sales, assignments and other dispositions of Collateral and options relating to Collateral permitted under the terms of the Second Lien Documents or (ii) create or suffer to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any of the Collateral of such Grantor except for the pledge, assignment and security interest created under this Agreement and Liens permitted under the Second Lien Documents.

 

SECTION 17.                                  Collateral Agent Appointed Attorney in Fact .  Each Grantor hereby irrevocably appoints the Collateral Agent such Grantor’s attorney in fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor or otherwise, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, from time to time, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, in the Collateral Agent’s reasonable discretion, to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Collateral Agent may deem necessary or advisable to effect the provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation:

 

(a)                                  to obtain and adjust insurance required to be paid to the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 12 ,

 

(b)                                  to ask for, demand, collect, sue for, recover, compromise, receive and give acquittance and receipts for moneys due and to become due under or in respect of any of the Collateral,

 

(c)                                   to receive, indorse and collect any drafts or other instruments, documents and chattel paper, in connection with subsection (a)  or (b)  above, and

 

(d)                                  to file any claims or take any action or institute any proceedings that the Collateral Agent may deem necessary or desirable for the collection of any of the Collateral or the rights of the Collateral Agent with respect to any of the Collateral.

 

SECTION 18.                                  Collateral Agent May Perform .  If any Grantor fails to perform any agreement contained herein, after Discharge of First Lien Obligations, the Collateral Agent may, but without any obligation to do so, with notice (or upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without notice), itself perform, or cause performance of, such agreement, and the expenses of the Collateral Agent incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by such Grantor under Section 22 .

 

SECTION 19.                                  The Collateral Agent’s Duties .  The powers conferred on the Collateral Agent hereunder are solely to protect the Secured Parties’ interest in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon it to exercise any such powers.  Except for the safe custody of any Collateral in its possession and the accounting for moneys actually received by it hereunder, the Collateral Agent shall have no duty (other than as imposed by law, this Agreement or any other Second Lien Document) as to any Collateral, as to ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters relative to any Collateral, whether or not any Secured Party has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters, or as to the taking of any necessary steps to preserve rights against any parties or any other rights pertaining to any Collateral.  The Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable

 

18



 

care in the custody and preservation of any Collateral in its possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which it accords its own property or as required by law and will not be liable or responsible for any loss or damage to any Collateral, or for any diminution in the value thereof, by reason of any act or omission of any sub-agent or bailee selected by the Collateral Agent in good faith, except to the extent that such liability arises from the Collateral Agent’s gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

 

SECTION 20.                                  As to Receivables and Security Collateral .  The Collateral Agent may at any time after Discharge of First Lien Obligations, in the Collateral Agent’s own name, in the name of a nominee of the Collateral Agent or in the name of any Grantor communicate (by mail, telephone, facsimile or otherwise) with account debtors, and obligors in respect of any Security Collateral to verify with such Persons, to the Collateral Agent’s satisfaction, the existence, the amount, the terms of, and any other matter relating to Receivables, payment intangibles, Security Collateral or Chattel Paper.

 

SECTION 21.                                  Remedies .  Subject to Section 6.02 of the Existing Indenture with respect to the Existing Notes Obligations, Section 6.02 of the New Indenture with respect to the New Notes Obligations and the comparable section of any other Additional Pari Passu Agreement with respect to any other Additional Pari Passu Obligations, after Discharge of the First Lien Obligations, if any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing:

 

(a)                                  The Collateral Agent may exercise in respect of the Collateral, in addition to other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it, all the rights and remedies of a secured party upon default under the UCC (whether or not the UCC applies to the affected Collateral),  and also may:  (i) require each Grantor to, and each Grantor hereby agrees that it will at its expense and upon request of the Collateral Agent forthwith, assemble all or part of the Collateral as directed by the Collateral Agent and make it available to the Collateral Agent at a place and time to be designated by the Collateral Agent that is reasonably convenient to both parties; (ii) without notice except as specified below, sell the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any of the Collateral Agent’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, and upon such other terms as the Collateral Agent may deem commercially reasonable; (iii) occupy any premises owned or, to the extent lawful and permitted, leased by any of the Grantors where the Collateral or any part thereof is assembled or located for a reasonable period in order to effectuate its rights and remedies hereunder or under law, without obligation to such Grantor in respect of such occupation; and (iv) exercise any and all rights and remedies of any of the Grantors under or in connection with the Collateral, or otherwise in respect of the Collateral, including, without limitation, (A) any and all rights of such Grantor to demand or otherwise require payment of any amount under, or performance of any provision of, the Receivables, the Related Contracts and the other Collateral, (B) withdraw, or cause or direct the withdrawal, of all funds with respect to the Account Collateral and (C) exercise all other rights and remedies with respect to the Receivables, the Related Contracts and the other Collateral, including, without limitation, those set forth in Section 9-607 of the UCC.  Each Grantor agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by law, at least ten days’ notice to such Grantor of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification.  The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given.  The Collateral Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at

 

19



 

the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned.

 

(b)                                  Any cash held by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent and all cash proceeds received by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent in respect of any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral shall be held by the Collateral Agent as collateral for, or at any time thereafter applied (after payment of any amounts payable to the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 22 ) in whole or in part by the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties against, all or any part of the Secured Obligations, as set forth in Section 12.03 of the Existing Indenture with respect to the Existing Notes Obligations, Section 12.03 of the New Indenture with respect to the New Notes Obligations and the comparable section of any other Additional Pari Passu Agreement with respect to any other Additional Pari Passu Obligations.  If, despite the provisions of this Agreement, any Secured Party shall receive any payment or other recovery in excess of its portion of payments on account of the Secured Obligations to which it is then entitled in accordance with this Agreement, such Secured Party shall hold such payment or other recovery in trust for the benefit of all Secured Parties hereunder for distribution in accordance with this Section 21(b).

 

(c)                                   [Intentionally omitted].

 

(d)                                  The Collateral Agent may, without notice to any Grantor except as required by law and at any time or from time to time, charge, set off and otherwise apply all or any part of the Secured Obligations against any funds held with respect to the Account Collateral or in any other deposit account.

 

(e)                                   The Collateral Agent may send to each bank party to any Deposit Account Control Agreement a “ Notice of Exclusive Control ” (or similar term) as defined in and under such Agreement.

 

(f)                                    In the event of any sale or other disposition of any of the Intellectual Property Collateral of any Grantor, the goodwill symbolized by any Trademarks subject to such sale or other disposition shall be included therein, and such Grantor shall supply to the Collateral Agent or its designee such Grantor’s know-how and expertise, and documents and things relating to any Intellectual Property Collateral subject to such sale or other disposition, and such Grantor’s customer lists and other records and documents relating to such Intellectual Property Collateral and to the manufacture, distribution, advertising and sale of products and services of such Grantor.

 

(g)                                   If the Collateral Agent shall determine to exercise its right to sell all or any of the Security Collateral of any Grantor pursuant to this Section 21 , each Grantor agrees that, upon request of the Collateral Agent, such Grantor will, at its own reasonable expense, do or cause to be done all such other commercially reasonable acts and things as may be reasonably necessary to make such sale of such Security Collateral or any part thereof valid and binding and in compliance with applicable law.

 

(h)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the exercise of remedies by the Collateral Agent under this Agreement upon the occurrence and during the

 

20



 

continuance of an Event of Default shall be subject to Section 6.02 of the Existing Indenture with respect to the Existing Notes Obligations, Section 6.02 of the New Indenture with respect to the New Notes Obligations and the comparable section of any other Additional Pari Passu Agreement with respect to any other Additional Pari Passu Obligations.

 

In making the determinations and allocations required by this Section 21, the Collateral Agent may conclusively rely upon and shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon information supplied by the Trustee, the New Trustee or other Additional Pari Passu Agent as to the amounts of unpaid principal and interest and other amounts outstanding with respect to the Existing Notes Obligations, the New Notes Obligations and the other Secured Obligations, as the case may be, and the Collateral Agent shall have no liability to any of the Secured Parties for actions taken or not taken in reliance on such information, provided that nothing in this sentence shall prevent any Grantor from contesting any amounts claimed by any Secured Party in any information so supplied.  All distributions made by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section 21 shall be (subject to any decree of any court of competent jurisdiction) final (absent manifest error), and the Collateral Agent shall have no duty to inquire as to the application by any Additional Pari Passu Agent of any amounts distributed to it.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein or in any other Second Lien Document to the contrary, the Collateral Agent shall exercise remedies and sell the Collateral (i) in the case of holders of the Existing Notes Obligations, at the direction of the holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of all Existing Notes Obligations outstanding at the time of such action and (ii) in the case of the holders of the New Notes Obligations and any other Additional Pari Passu Obligations, at the direction of the holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of all New Notes Obligations and other Additional Pari Passu Obligations outstanding at the time of such action voting as a single class; provided that if the Collateral Agent has asked the holders of Secured Obligations for instructions and the applicable holders have not yet responded to such request, the Collateral Agent shall be authorized (but shall not have the duty) to take such actions which the Collateral Agent believes to be required to promote and protect the interests of the holders of the Secured Obligations and/or to preserve the value of the Collateral.

 

SECTION 22.                                  Indemnity and Expenses.

 

(a)                                  Each Grantor agrees to indemnify, defend and save and hold harmless each Secured Party and each Representative Party (as defined below) of any of the foregoing Persons (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”) from and against, and shall pay on demand, any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel (which shall be limited to one (1) counsel to the Collateral Agent and the holders of Secured Obligations) (exclusive of one local counsel to the Collateral Agent and the holders of the Secured Obligations ) in each appropriate jurisdiction), unless (x) the interests of the Collateral Agent and the holders of the Secured Obligations are sufficiently divergent, in which case one (1) additional counsel may be appointed and (y) if the interests of any holder of Secured Obligations or group of holders of Secured Obligations (other than all of the holders of Secured Obligations) are distinctly or disproportionately affected, one (1) additional counsel for such holder or group of holders of Secured Obligations)) that may be incurred by or asserted or awarded against any Indemnified Party, in each case arising out of or in connection with or resulting from this Agreement (including, without limitation, enforcement of this Agreement),

 

21



 

provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or such Indemnitee’s Representative Parties or (y) result from a claim brought by any Grantor against an Indemnitee for breach of such Indemnitee’s obligations under this Agreement, if such Grantor has obtained a final judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.  For purposes of this Section 22(a) , “ Representative Parties ” means, as to any Person, (i) such Person’s officers, directors and employees and (ii) such Person’s Affiliates, agents, advisers and other representatives, in each case to the extent acting at the direction of such Person.

 

(b)                                  Each Grantor will within 30 days of written demand pay to the Collateral Agent the amount of any and all reasonable expenses, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of its counsel and of any experts and agents, that the Collateral Agent may incur in connection with (i) the custody, preservation, use or operation of, or the sale of, collection from or other realization upon, any of the Collateral of such Grantor, (ii) the exercise or enforcement of any of the rights of the Collateral Agent or the other Secured Parties hereunder or (iii) the failure by such Grantor to perform or observe any of the provisions hereof.

 

SECTION 23.                                  Amendments; Waivers; Additional Grantors; Additional Secured Parties, Etc.

 

(a)                                  Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, no amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, and no consent to any departure by any Grantor herefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Collateral Agent and the Grantors, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.  No failure on the part of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising any right hereunder, shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.

 

(b)                                  Upon the execution and delivery by any Person of a security agreement supplement in substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto (each a “ Security Agreement Supplement ”), such Person shall be referred to as an “ Additional Grantor ” and shall be and become a Grantor hereunder, and each reference in this Agreement and the other Second Lien Documents to “ Grantor ” shall also mean and be a reference to such Additional Grantor, each reference in this Agreement and the other Second Lien Documents to the “ Collateral ” shall also mean and be a reference to the Collateral granted by such Additional Grantor and each reference in this Agreement to a Schedule shall also mean and be a reference to the schedules attached to such Security Agreement Supplement.

 

(c)                                   UHS may from time to time designate additional obligations as Additional Pari Passu Obligations by delivering to the Collateral Agent, the Trustee and each Additional Pari Passu Agent that is party hereto immediately prior to the date of such designation (a) an officer’s certificate (i) identifying the obligations so designated and the aggregate principal amount or face amount thereof, stating that such obligations are designated as “Additional Pari Passu

 

22



 

Obligations” for purposes hereof, (ii) representing that such designation complies with the terms of, to the extent then existing, the Existing Indenture, the New Indenture and each other Additional Pari Passu Agreement, and (iii) specifying the name and address of the Additional Pari Passu Agent for such obligations; and (b) a fully executed Additional Pari Passu Joinder Agreement (substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F) the “ Additional Pari Passu Joinder Agreement ”).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, with respect to any Additional Pari Passu Agreement the Collateral Agent shall have no responsibility for, or any duty to inquire as to, any matter pertaining to such Additional Pari Passu Agreement (or the contents thereof) or the compliance of any Grantor or Additional Pari Passu Agent with the terms thereof.  Without limiting the foregoing, in the event the Collateral Agent is required to take action hereunder and such action is conditioned upon compliance with the terms of any Additional Pari Passu Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, an officer’s certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (as defined in the Existing Indenture, the New Indenture or other applicable Additional Pari Passu Agreement) of the relevant Grantor and/or the applicable Additional Pari Passu Agent that such action is permitted or authorized under the terms of such Additional Pari Passu Agreement.  To the extent such Additional Pari Passu Agreement grants any rights, protections, immunities or indemnities thereunder to the Collateral Agent, the Company and each applicable additional Grantor agrees that the Collateral Agent is an express third-party beneficiary thereunder.

 

(d)                                  The provisions of this Section 23(d) shall apply only to the New Notes Obligations and any other Additional Pari Passu Obligations and shall not bind the holders of the Existing Notes Obligations or affect any claim they may have under the Existing Indenture or any Security Document (as defined in the Existing Indenture).  Without limiting the provisions of Section 2 or the Intercredtior Agreement, it is the intention of the Secured Parties holding Secured Obligations under a separate Additional Pari Passu Agreement, including the New Indenture, (the Secured Obligations under each such Additional Pari Passu Agreement represented by a common Additional Pari Passu Agent, a “ Series ”) that the holders of Secured Obligations of such Series (and not the holders of the Secured Obligations of any other Series) bear the risk of (i) any determination by a court of competent jurisdiction that (x) any of the Secured Obligations of such Series are unenforceable under applicable law or are subordinated to any other obligations (other than another Series of Secured Obligations), (y) any of the Secured Obligations of such Series do not have an enforceable security interest in any of the Collateral securing any other Series of Secured Obligations and/or (z) any intervening security interest exists securing any other obligations (other than another Series of Secured Obligations) on a basis ranking prior to the security interest of such Series of Secured Obligations but junior to the security interest of any other Series of Secured Obligations or (ii) the existence of any collateral for any other Series of Secured Obligations that is not Collateral (any such condition referred to in the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii) with respect to any Series of Secured Obligations, an “ Impairment ” of such Series); provided that the existence of a maximum claim with respect to any real property subject to a mortgage which applies to all Secured Obligations shall not be deemed to be an Impairment of any Series of Secured Obligations.  In the event of any Impairment with respect to any Series of Secured Obligations, the results of such Impairment shall be borne solely by the holders of such Series of Secured Obligations, and the rights of the holders of such Series of Secured Obligations set forth herein shall be modified to the extent necessary so that the effects of such Impairment are borne solely by the holders of the Series of such Secured Obligations subject to such Impairment.  Additionally, in the event the Secured

 

23



 

Obligations of any Series are modified pursuant to applicable law (including, without limitation, pursuant to Section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code), any reference to such Secured Obligations or the Additional Pari Passu Agreements governing such Secured Obligations shall refer to such obligations or such documents as so modified.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein or in the Intercreditor Agreement, with respect to any Collateral for which a third party (other than a Secured Party) has a lien or security interest that is junior in priority to the security interest of any Series of Secured Obligations but senior (as determined by appropriate legal proceedings in the case of any dispute) to the security interest of any other Series of Secured Obligations (such third party an “ Intervening Creditor ”), the value of any Collateral or Proceeds which are allocated to such Intervening Creditor shall be deducted on a ratable basis solely from the Collateral or Proceeds to be distributed in respect of the Series of Secured Obligations with respect to which such Impairment exists.

 

SECTION 24.                                  Notices, Etc .  (a) All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be either (a) in writing (including telegraphic, telecopier,telex communication or in “ pdf ” format and sent, telegraphed, telecopied, telexed or otherwise delivered or (b) by electronic mail (if electronic mail addresses are designated as provided below) confirmed immediately in writing, in the case of : (i)  the Collateral Agent; (ii)  UHS; (iii) each Grantor other than UHS, addressed to it at its address set forth opposite such Grantor’s name on the signature pages hereto or on the signature page to the Security Agreement Supplement pursuant to which it became a party hereto; (iv) any Additional Pari Passu Agent, at such address as such Additional Pari Passu Agent shall have specified in the Additional Pari Passu Joinder Agreement delivered pursuant to Section 23(c) in connection with the Additional Pari Passu Agreement associated therewith; and (v) any other party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties.

 

(b)                                  All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of (a) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (b) (i) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (ii) if delivered by mail, four (4) Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (iii) if delivered by facsimile, when sent and receipt has been confirmed; and (iv) if delivered by electronic mail, when delivered.  Delivery by telecopier or “ pdf ” of an executed counterpart of any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or of any Security Agreement Supplement, Additional Pari Passu Joinder Agreement or Schedule hereto shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart thereof.

 

SECTION 25.                                  Continuing Security Interest; Transfers under the Existing Indenture and any Additional Pari Passu Agreement .  This Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Collateral and shall (a) remain in full force and effect until the payment in full in cash of the Secured Obligations (other than with respect to contingent obligations not yet accrued and payable under the Second Lien Documents), (b) be binding upon each Grantor, its permitted successors and assigns and (c) inure, together with the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent hereunder, to the benefit of the Secured Parties and their respective permitted successors, transferees and assigns.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing subsection (c), (i) any Holder may transfer the Note or Notes held by it to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to such Holder herein or otherwise as provided in Section 2.06 of the Existing Indenture and (ii) any holder of any New

 

24



 

Notes may transfer any or all of such New Notes to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all of the benefits in respect thereof granted to such holder herein or otherwise, as provided in Section 2.06 of the New Indenture and (iii) any holder of any other Additional Pari Passu Obligations may transfer any or all thereof to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all of the benefits in respect thereof granted to such holder herein or otherwise as provided in the comparable provision, if any, of the applicable Additional Pari Passu Agreement.

 

SECTION 26.                                  Release; Termination.

 

(a)                                  The Liens securing the Existing Notes Obligations will be released, in whole or in part, as provided in Section 12.04 of the Existing Indenture.

 

(b)                                  The Liens securing the New Notes Obligations will be released, in whole or in part, as provided in Section 12.04 of the New Indenture.

 

(c)                                   The Liens securing any other Additional Pari Passu Obligations of any Series will be released, in whole or in part, as provided in the Additional Pari Passu Agreement governing such Additional Pari Passu Obligations.

 

(d)                                  In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 26, the Collateral Agent will, at such Grantor’s expense, execute and deliver to such Grantor such documents as such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted hereby; provided , however , that (i) such Grantor shall have delivered to the Collateral Agent a written request for release describing the item of Collateral and the terms of the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition in reasonable detail, together with a form of release for execution by the Collateral Agent and a certificate of such Grantor to the effect that the transaction is in compliance with the applicable Second Lien Documents and as to such other matters as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, and (ii) the proceeds of any such sale, lease, transfer or other disposition required to be applied, or any payment to be made in connection therewith, in accordance with (x)  Section 4.10 of the Existing Indenture in the case of the Existing Notes Obligations, (y)  Section 4.10 of the New Indenture in the case of the New Notes Obligations and (z) the comparable provision, if any, of any other Additional Pari Passu Agreement in the case of any other Series of Additional Pari Passu Obligations governed by such Additional Pari Passu Agreement, shall, to the extent so required, be paid or made to, or in accordance with the instructions of, the Collateral Agent when and as required under such provision of such applicable Second Lien Document.

 

(e)                                   Upon the payment in full in cash of the Secured Obligations (other than (with respect contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable under the Second Lien Documents) pursuant to the terms of the Second Lien Documents, the pledge and security interest granted hereby shall terminate and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to the applicable Grantor.  Upon any such termination, the Collateral Agent will, at the applicable Grantor’s expense, execute and deliver to such Grantor such documents as such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination.

 

25



 

SECTION 27.                                  Execution in Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by telecopier shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 28.                                  Intercreditor Agreement .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the lien and security interest granted on the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Collateral Agent hereunder are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2007 (as amended by the First Amendment to Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the date hereof and as may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Intercreditor Agreement ”), among Merrill Lynch Capital, a division of Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services Inc., as collateral agent under the First Lien Credit Agreement and Wells Fargo, as Collateral Agent for the Junior Lien Obligations (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) and certain other persons party or that may become party thereto from time to time.  In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and this Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.

 

SECTION 29.                                  Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

[ REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. ]

 

26



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

 

UNIVERSAL HOSPITAL SERVICES, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Susan L. Wolf

 

 

Name:

Name: Susan L. Wolf

 

 

Title:

Treasurer

 

 

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

 

 

Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

 

6625 West 78 th  Street, Suite 300

 

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439

 

Attention: Rex T. Clevenger, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

 

Facsimile No. (952) 893-3237

 

Telephone No. (952) 893-3254

 

 

 

with copies to:

 

 

 

Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

 

6625 West 78 th  Street, Suite 300

 

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439

 

Attention: Susan L. Wolf, Vice President — Finance

 

Facsimile No. (952) 893-3237

 

Telephone No. (952) 893-3109

 

 

 

and

 

 

 

Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

 

6625 West 78 th  Street, Suite 300

 

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439

 

Attention: Lee M. Pulju, Vice President & General Counsel

 

Facsimile No. (952) 893-3237

 

Telephone No. (952) 893-3227

 

 

 

and

 

 

 

Elaine Stangland, Esq.

 

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP

 

767 Fifth Avenue

 

New York, New York 10153

 

Facsimile No. (212) 310-8007

 

Telephone No. (212) 310-8315

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Second Lien Security Agreement]

 



 

 

UHS SURGICAL SERVICES, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Susan L. Wolf

 

 

Name:

Susan L. Wolf

 

 

Title:

Treasurer

 

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

 

 

Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

 

6625 West 78 th  Street, Suite 300

 

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439

 

Attention: Rex T. Clevenger, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

 

Facsimile No. (952) 893-3237

 

Telephone No. (952) 893-3254

 

 

 

with copies to:

 

 

 

Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

 

6625 West 78 th  Street, Suite 300

 

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439

 

Attention: Susan L. Wolf, Vice President — Finance

 

Facsimile No. (952) 893-3237

 

Telephone No. (952) 893-3109

 

 

 

and

 

 

 

Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

 

6625 West 78 th  Street, Suite 300

 

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439

 

Attention: Lee M. Pulju, Vice President & General Counsel

 

Facsimile No. (952) 893-3237

 

Telephone No. (952) 893-3227

 

 

 

and

 

 

 

UHS Surgical Services, Inc.

 

10939 Pendleton Street,

 

Sun Valley, CA 91352

 

Attention: Jeffrey Singer, President

 

Facsimile No. (818) 394-2850

 

Telephone No. (818) 394-2800

 

 

 

and

 

 

 

Elaine Stangland, Esq.

 

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP

 

767 Fifth Avenue

 

New York, New York 10153

 

Facsimile No. (212) 310-8007

 

Telephone No. (212) 310-8315

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Second Lien Security Agreement]

 



 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lynn M. Steiner

 

Name:

Lynn M. Steiner

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

 

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

 

Corporate Trust Services, MAC 9311-110

 

625 Marquette Avenue

 

Minneapolis, MN 55476

 

Attention:  Universal Hospital Services, Inc.
Account Manager

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Second Lien Security Agreement]

 



 

EXHIBIT A
to Amended and Restated
Second Lien Security Agreement

 

[Intentionally Omitted]

 



 

EXHIBIT B
to Amended and Restated
Second Lien Security Agreement

 

FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED

SECOND LIEN COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This Amended and Restated Second Lien Copyright Security Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2012 (as the same may be further amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Second Lien Copyright Security Agreement ”), is made by the Persons listed on the signature pages hereof (collectively, the “ Grantors ”) in favor of WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“ Wells Fargo ”), as collateral agent (together with any successor collateral agent, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

WHEREAS, this Second Lien Copyright Security Agreement amends, in certain respects and restates in its entirety, the Second Lien Copyright Security Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2007, made by UHS Merger Sub, Inc., UHS Holdco, Inc. and Universal Hospital Services, Inc. (“ UHS ”) in favor of Wells Fargo, as collateral agent for the benefit of the secured parties referred to therein, and is executed and delivered pursuant to the Amended and Restated Second Lien Security Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2012 (as the same may be further amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”) made by UHS and the other Persons who from time to time becomes parties thereto, in favor of Wells Fargo, as collateral agent. Terms defined in the Security Agreement and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Security Agreement.

 

WHEREAS, under the terms of the Security Agreement, the Grantors have granted to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, among other property, certain Copyrights of the Grantors constituting Material Intellectual Property Collateral, and have agreed as a condition thereof to execute this Second Lien Copyright Security Agreement for recording with the U.S. Copyright Office and any other appropriate governmental authorities.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Grantor agrees as follows:

 

Section 1. Grant of Security . Each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties a continuing security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following (all of the following items or types of property being herein collectively referred to as the “ Copyright Collateral ”), whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising:

 

(i)            each Copyright constituting Material Intellectual Property Collateral owned by the Grantor, including, without limitation, each Copyright registration and application therefor, referred to in Schedule 1 hereto;

 

(ii)           all registrations and applications for registration for any of the foregoing;

 

(iv)          all rights in the foregoing provided by international treaties or conventions, all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and all other rights of any kind whatsoever of such Grantor accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto; and

 

(v)           any and all proceeds of, collateral for, income, royalties and other payments now or hereafter due and payable with respect to any and all of the foregoing, including, without limitation, all Proceeds of and revenues from any and all claims for damages and injunctive relief for past, present and future infringement, dilution, misappropriation, violation, misuse or breach with respect to any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect,

 



 

or otherwise recover, all proceeds and damages relating thereto.

 

Section 2. Recordation . Each Grantor authorizes and requests that the Register of Copyrights and any other applicable government officer record this Second Lien Copyright Security Agreement.

 

Section 3. Execution in Counterparts . This Second Lien Copyright Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

Section 4. Grants, Rights and Remedies . This Second Lien Copyright Security Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantors for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest herein with the U.S. Copyright Office. The security interest granted hereby has been granted to the Collateral Agent in connection with the Security Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof and does not modify its terms or conditions or create any additional rights or obligations for any party thereto or hereto. The Security Agreement (and all rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent thereunder) shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. In the event of a conflict between any provision of this Second Lien Copyright Security Agreement and any provision of the Security Agreement, the Security Agreement shall govern. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the liens and security interests granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Second Lien Copyright Security Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Collateral Agent hereunder are subject to the limitations and provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2007 (as amended by the First Amendment to the Intercreditor Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, and as the same may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Intercreditor Agreement ”) among Merrill Lynch Capital, a division of Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services Inc., as First Lien Collateral Agent, and Wells Fargo, as Junior Lien Collateral Agent, and certain other persons party or that may become party thereto from time to time, and consented to by UHS and the Grantors identified therein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.

 

Section 5   Governing Law . This Second Lien Copyright Security Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this Second Lien Copyright Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

 

UNIVERSAL HOSPITAL SERVICES, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Susan L. Wolf

 

 

Title:

Treasurer

 

 

 

 

UHS SURGICAL SERVICES, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Susan L. Wolf

 

 

Title:

Treasurer

 



 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 



 

EXHIBIT C
to Amended and Restated
Second Lien Security Agreement

 

FORM OFAMENDED AND RESTATED
SECOND LIEN PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This Amended and Restated Second Lien Patent Security Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2012 (as the same may be further amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Second Lien Patent Security Agreement ”), is made by the Persons listed on the signature pages hereof (collectively, the “ Grantors ”) in favor of WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“ Wells Fargo ”), as collateral agent (together with any successor collateral agent, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the benefit of Secured Parties.

 

WHEREAS, this Second Lien Patent Security Agreement amends, in certain respects and restates in its entirety, the Second Lien Patent Security Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2007, made by UHS Merger Sub, Inc., UHS Holdco, Inc. and Universal Hospital Services, Inc. (“ UHS ”) in favor of Wells Fargo, as collateral agent for the benefit of the secured parties referred to therein, and is executed and delivered pursuant to the Amended and Restated Second Lien Security Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2012 (as the same may be further amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”) made by UHS and the other Persons who from time to time become parties thereto, in favor of Wells Fargo, as collateral agent.  Terms defined in the Security Agreement and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Security Agreement.

 

WHEREAS, under the terms of the Security Agreement, the Grantors have granted to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, among other property, certain Patents of the Grantors constituting Material Intellectual Property Collateral, and have agreed as a condition thereof to execute this Second Lien Patent Security Agreement for recording with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and any other appropriate governmental authorities.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Grantor agrees as follows:

 

Section 1. Grant of Security . Each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties a continuing security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following (all of the following items or types of property being herein collectively referred to as the “ Patent Collateral ”), whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising:

 

(i)            each Patent constituting Material Intellectual Property Collateral owned by the Grantor, including, without limitation, each Patent referred to in Schedule 1 hereto;

 

(ii)           all issuances and applications for issuance for any of the foregoing, together with all reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, extensions and reexaminations thereof;

 

(iii)          all rights in the foregoing provided by international treaties or conventions, all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and all other rights of any kind whatsoever of such Grantor accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto; and

 

(iv)          any and all proceeds of, collateral for, income, royalties and other payments now or hereafter due and payable with respect to any and all of the foregoing, including, without limitation, all Proceeds of and revenues from any and all claims for damages and injunctive relief for past, present and future infringement, misappropriation, violation, misuse or breach with

 



 

respect to any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect, or otherwise recover, all proceeds and damages relating thereto.

 

Section 2. Recordation . Each Grantor authorizes and requests that the Commissioner for Patents and any other applicable government officer record this Second Lien Patent Security Agreement.

 

Section 3. Execution in Counterparts . This Second Lien Patent Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

Section 4. Grants, Rights and Remedies . This Second Lien Patent Security Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantors for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest herein with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. The security interest granted hereby has been granted to the Collateral Agent in connection with the Security Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof and does not modify its terms or conditions or create any additional rights or obligations for any party thereto or hereto. The Security Agreement (and all rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent thereunder) shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. In the event of a conflict between any provisions of this Second Lien Patent Security Agreement and any provision of the Security Agreement, the Security Agreement shall govern. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the liens and security interests granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Second Lien Patent Security Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Collateral Agent hereunder are subject to the limitations and provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2007 (as amended by the First Amendment to Intercreditor Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, and as the same may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Intercreditor Agreement ”) among Merrill Lynch Capital, a division of Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services Inc., as First Lien Collateral Agent, and Wells Fargo, as Junior Lien Collateral Agent, and certain other persons party or that may become party thereto from time to time, and consented to by UHS and the Grantors identified therein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.

 

Section 5. Governing Law . This Second Lien Patent Security Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this Second Lien Patent Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

 

UNIVERSAL HOSPITAL SERVICES, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Susan L. Wolf

 

 

Title:

Treasurer

 

 

 

 

UHS SURGICAL SERVICES, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Susan L. Wolf

 

 

Title:

Treasurer

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Second Lien Patent Security Agreement]

 



 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Second Lien Patent Security Agreement]

 



 

EXHIBIT D
to Amended and Restated
Second Lien Security Agreement

 

FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED
SECOND LIEN TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This Amended and Restated Second Lien Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2012 (as the same may be further amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Second Lien Trademark Security Agreement ”), is made by the Persons listed on the signature pages hereof (collectively, the “ Grantors ”) in favor of WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“ Wells Fargo ”), as collateral agent (together with any successor collateral agent, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

WHEREAS, this Second Lien Trademark Security Agreement amends, in certain respects and restates in its entirety, the Second Lien Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2007, made by UHS Merger Sub, Inc., UHS Holdco, Inc. and Universal Hospital Services, Inc. (“ UHS ”) in favor of Wells Fargo, as collateral agent for the benefit of the secured parties referred to therein, and is executed and delivered pursuant to the Amended and Restated Second Lien Security Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2012 (as the same may be further amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”) made by UHS and the other Persons who from time to time becomes parties thereto, in favor of Wells Fargo, as collateral agent. Terms defined in the Security Agreement and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Security Agreement.

 

WHEREAS, under the terms of the Security Agreement, the Grantors have granted to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, among other property, certain Trademarks constituting Material Intellectual Property Collateral of the Grantors, and have agreed as a condition thereof to execute this Second Lien Trademark Security Agreement for recording with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and any other appropriate governmental authorities.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Grantor agrees as follows:

 

Section 1. Grant of Security . Each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties a continuing security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following (all of the following items or types of property being herein collectively referred to as the “ Trademark Collateral ”), whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising:

 

(i)            each Trademark constituting Material Intellectual Property Collateral owned by the Grantor (including, without limitation, each Trademark registration and application therefor, referred to in Schedule 1 hereto, and all of the goodwill of the business connected with the use of or symbolized by, each Trademark);

 

(ii)           all registrations and applications for registration for any of the foregoing, together with all renewals thereof;

 

(iii)          all rights in the foregoing provided by international treaties or conventions, all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and all other rights of any kind whatsoever of such Grantor accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto; and

 

(iv)          any and all proceeds of, collateral for, income, royalties and other payments now or hereafter due and payable with respect to any and all of the foregoing, including, without limitation, all Proceeds of and revenues from any and all claims for damages and injunctive relief for past, present and future infringement, dilution, misappropriation, violation, misuse or breach

 



 

with respect to any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect, or otherwise recover, all proceeds and damages relating thereto.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no security interest shall be granted in any United States intent-to-use applications to the extent that, and solely during the period in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark applications under federal law.

 

Section 2. Recordation . Each Grantor authorizes and requests that the Commissioner for Trademarks and any other applicable government officer record this Second Lien Trademark Security Agreement.

 

Section 3. Execution in Counterparts . This Second Lien Trademark Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

Section 4. Grants, Rights and Remedies . This Second Lien Trademark Security Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantors for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest herein with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. The security interest granted hereby has been granted to the Collateral Agent in connection with the Security Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof and does not modify its terms or conditions or create any additional rights or obligations for any party thereto or hereto. The Security Agreement (and all rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent thereunder) shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. In the event of a conflict between any provision of this Second Lien Trademark Security Agreement and any provision of the Security Agreement, the Security Agreement shall govern. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the liens and security interests granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Second Lien Trademark Security Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Collateral Agent hereunder are subject to the limitations and provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2007 (as amended by the First Amendment to the Intercreditor Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, and as the same may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Intercreditor Agreement ”) among Merrill Lynch Capital, a division of Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services Inc., as First Lien Collateral Agent, and Wells Fargo, as Junior Lien Collateral Agent, and certain other persons party or that may become party thereto from time to time, and consented to by UHS, Inc. and the Grantors identified therein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.

 

Section 5. Governing Law . This Second Lien Trademark Security Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this Second Lien Trademark Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

 

UNIVERSAL HOSPITAL SERVICES, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Susan L. Wolf

 

 

Title:

Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

UHS SURGICAL SERVICES, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Susan L. Wolf

 

 

Title:

Treasurer

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Second Lien Trademark Security Agreement]

 



 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Second Lien Trademark Security Agreement]

 



 

Exhibit E to
Amended and Restated
Second Lien Security Agreement

 

FORM OF SECOND LIEN SECURITY AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT

 

[Date of Security Agreement Supplement]

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Collateral Agent

Corporate Trust Services, MAC 9311-110

625 Marquette Avenue

Minneapolis, MN 55476

Attention: Universal Hospital Services, Inc. Account Manager

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to (i) the Indenture, dated as of August 7, 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Indenture ”), among UNIVERSAL HOSPITAL SERVICES, INC. and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee (together with any successor trustee appointed pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, the “ Trustee ”) and (ii) the Amended and Restated Second Lien Security Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”), made by the Grantors from time to time party thereto in favor of the Collateral Agent for the Secured Parties.  Terms defined in the Indenture or the Security Agreement and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Indenture or the Security Agreement,

 

SECTION 1.  Grant of Security .  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Security Agreement, including provisions for the termination of security interests granted and the release of Liens thereunder, the undersigned hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of its right, title and interest in and to the following, in each case whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned, wherever located and whether now or hereafter existing or arising (collectively, the undersigned’s “ Collateral ”):  all Equipment, Inventory, Receivables, Related Contracts, Security Collateral (including, without limitation, the indebtedness set forth on Schedule I hereto), Agreement Collateral (including, without limitation, each of the agreements listed on Schedule III hereto), Account Collateral (including, without limitation, the deposit accounts set forth on Schedule II hereto), Intellectual Property Collateral, Commercial Tort Claims Collateral (including, without limitation, the commercial tort claims described in Schedule V hereto), all books and records (including, without limitation, customer lists, credit files, printouts and other computer output materials and records) of the undersigned pertaining to any of the undersigned’s Collateral, and all proceeds of, collateral for, income, royalties and other payments now or hereafter due and payable with respect to, and supporting obligations relating to, any and all of the undersigned’s Collateral (including, without limitation, proceeds, collateral and supporting obligations that constitute property of the types described in this Section 1 ) and, to the extent not otherwise included, all (A) payments under insurance (whether or not the Collateral Agent is the

 



 

loss payee thereof), or any indemnity, warranty or guaranty, payable by reason of loss or damage to or otherwise with respect to any of the foregoing Collateral, and (B) cash.

 

SECTION 2.  Security for Obligations .  The grant of a security interest in the Collateral by the undersigned under this Security Agreement Supplement and the Security Agreement secures the payment of all Secured Obligations of the undersigned now or hereafter existing under the Loan Documents, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and whether for principal, reimbursement obligations, interest, fees, premiums, penalties, indemnifications, contract causes of action, costs, expenses or otherwise.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Security Agreement Supplement and the Security Agreement secure the payment of all amounts that constitute part of the Secured Obligations and would be owed by the undersigned to any Secured Party under the Existing Indenture, the New Indenture and any Additional Pari Passu Agreement, but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving a Loan Party.

 

SECTION 3.  Representations and Warranties .  (a)  The undersigned’s exact legal name, as defined in Section 9-503(a) of the UCC, is correctly set forth in Schedule VI hereto.  The undersigned’s location, chief executive office, type of organization, jurisdiction of organization and organizational identification number, if any, is set forth in Schedule VI hereto and is accurate in all material respects.  Within the five years preceding the date hereof, the undersigned has not changed its legal name, location (as defined in the UCC), chief executive office, type of organization, jurisdiction of organization or organizational identification number, if, any, from those set forth in Schedule VIII hereto except as set forth in Schedule VII hereto.

 

(b)                                  Inventory (other than Equipment and Inventory that is (i) located at customer or supplier locations in the normal course of business or (ii) in transit or out for repair or further process) of such Grantor are located at the places specified therefor in Schedule VIII hereto or at another location as to which such Grantor has complied with the requirements of Section 10(a) of the Security Agreement or otherwise have an aggregate book value of no more than $250,000.  Within the five years preceding the date hereof, the undersigned has not changed the location of its Equipment or Inventory except as set forth in Schedule IX hereto.

 

(c)                                   The undersigned hereby makes each other representation and warranty set forth in Section 9 of the Security Agreement with respect to itself and the Collateral granted by it.

 

SECTION 4.  Obligations Under the Security Agreement .  The undersigned hereby agrees, as of the date first above written, to be bound as a Grantor by all of the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement to the same extent as each of the other Grantors.  The undersigned further agrees, as of the date first above written, that each reference in the Security Agreement to an “Additional Grantor” or a “Grantor” shall also mean and be a reference to the undersigned, that each reference to the “Collateral” or any part thereof shall also mean and be a reference to the undersigned’s Collateral or part thereof, as the case may be, and that each reference in the Security Agreement to a Schedule shall also mean and be a reference to the schedules attached hereto.

 

2



 

SECTION 5.   Governing Law .  This Security Agreement Supplement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

[NAME OF ADDITIONAL GRANTOR]

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Address for notices:

 

 

 

 

 

3



 

EXHIBIT F
to Amended and Restated
Second Lien Security Agreement

 

FORM OF ADDITIONAL PARI PASSU JOINDER AGREEMENT

 

The undersigned (the “ Additional Pari Passu Agent ”) is the agent for Persons wishing to become “Secured Parties” (the “ New Secured Parties ”) under (a) the Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2012 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”; terms used without definition herein have the meanings assigned to such terms by the Security Agreement) among the Grantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Collateral Agent (together with its successors and assigns, the “ Collateral Agent ”).

 

In consideration of the foregoing, the undersigned hereby:

 

(i)            represents that the Additional Pari Passu Agent has been authorized by the New Secured Parties to become a party to the Security Agreement on behalf of the New Secured Parties under that [DESCRIBE OPERATIVE AGREEMENT] (the “ New Secured Agreement ”) and to act as the Additional Pari Passu Agent for the New Secured Parties hereunder and under the Security Agreement and any other Security Documents;

 

(ii)           acknowledges that the New Secured Parties have received a copy of the Security Agreement;

 

(iii)          irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Collateral Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and on behalf of the New Secured Parties and to exercise such powers under the Security Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and the other Security Documents as are delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms thereof, together with all such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and

 

(iv)          accepts and acknowledges the terms of the Security Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and the other Security Documents applicable to it and the New Secured Parties and agrees to serve as Additional Pari Passu Agent for the New Secured Parties with respect to the Obligations under the New Secured Agreement and agrees on its own behalf and on behalf of the New Secured Parties to be bound by the terms of the Security Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and the other Security Documents applicable to holders of Secured Obligations, with all the rights and obligations of a Secured Party thereunder and bound by all the provisions thereof as fully as if it had been a Secured Party on the effective date of the Security Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and such other Security Document.

 

The name and address of the representative for purposes of Section 10.1 of the Security Agreement are as follows:

 

[name and address of Additional Pari Passu Agent ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Additional Pari Passu Joinder Agreement to be duly executed by its authorized officer as of the             day of 20   .

 

 

[NAME]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consented to:

 

 

 

 

[ASSIGNORS/PLEDGORS]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

2



 

SCHEDULE I

INVESTMENT PROPERTY

 

None.

 



 

SCHEDULE II

PLEDGED ACCOUNTS

 

Grantor

 

Type of Account

 

Name/Address of
Bank

 

Account Number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

 

Main Operating Account

 

U.S. Bank, N.A.

US Bancorp Center

800 Nicollet Mall

Minneapolis, MN

 

170225027722

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

 

Payroll DDA Account

 

U.S. Bank, N.A.

US Bancorp Center

800 Nicollet Mall

Minneapolis, MN

 

170225063446

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

 

A/P BMT

 

U.S. Bank, N.A.

US Bancorp Center

800 Nicollet Mall

Minneapolis, MN

 

150648021452

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

 

Government Services

 

U.S. Bank, N.A.

US Bancorp Center

800 Nicollet Mall

Minneapolis, MN

 

1004790001457

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

 

Investment

 

U.S. Bank, N.A.

US Bancorp Center

800 Nicollet Mall

Minneapolis, MN

 

433000599

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UHS Surgical Services, Inc.

 

Main Operating Account

 

U.S. Bank, N.A.

US Bancorp Center

800 Nicollet Mall

Minneapolis, MN

 

104790512198

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UHS Surgical Services, Inc.

 

Payroll DDA Account

 

U.S. Bank, N.A.

US Bancorp Center

800 Nicollet Mall

Minneapolis, MN

 

104790512206

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UHS Surgical Services, Inc.

 

A/P BMT

 

U.S. Bank, N.A.

US Bancorp Center

800 Nicollet Mall

Minneapolis, MN

 

150097074911

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UHS Surgical Services, Inc.

 

Litho Venture 1

 

U.S. Bank, N.A.

US Bancorp Center

800 Nicollet Mall

Minneapolis, MN

 

104790531073

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UHS Surgical Services, Inc.

 

Litho Venture 2

 

U.S. Bank, N.A.

US Bancorp Center

800 Nicollet Mall

Minneapolis, MN

 

104790531081

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UHS Surgical Services, Inc.

 

Litho Venture 3

 

U.S. Bank, N.A.

US Bancorp Center

800 Nicollet Mall

Minneapolis, MN

 

104790531099

 



 

UHS Surgical Services, Inc.

 

Cryo Venture 2

 

U.S. Bank, N.A.

US Bancorp Center

800 Nicollet Mall

Minneapolis, MN

 

104790531107

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UHS Surgical Services, Inc.

 

Cryo Venture 3

 

U.S. Bank, N.A.

US Bancorp Center

800 Nicollet Mall

Minneapolis, MN

 

104790531115

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UHS Surgical Services, Inc.

 

Cryo Venture 6

 

U.S. Bank, N.A.

US Bancorp Center

800 Nicollet Mall

Minneapolis, MN

 

104790531123

 



 

SCHEDULE III

[Intentionally Omitted]

 



 

SCHEDULE IV

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

Domain Names:

www.uhs.com, my.uhs.com, and myservice.uhs.com, primedical.net, emergentgroupinc.com, rentgreenlightlaser.com, rentsurgicallaser.com, rentmedicallaser.com and laserrentalcompanies.com

 

HOUSE MARKS

 

COUNTRY

 

MARK

 

SERIAL
NO./

FILING
DATE

 

REG. NO./

ISSUE
DATE

 

CLASSIFICATION OF
GOODS/SERVICES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

UHS ®

 

73/271557

7/25/1980

 

1185243

1/5/1982

 

Class 042: Rental of medical equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

UHS ®

 

78/444,685

7/1/2004

 

2997683

9/20/2005

 

Class 035: Management of medical equipment for others

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

UNIVERSAL HOSPITAL SERVICES, INC. ®

 

73/271558

9/8/1980

 

1183312

12/22/1981

 

Class 042: Rental of medical equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

®

 

78/446788

7/7/2004

 

2997707

9/20/2005

 

Class 035: Management of medical equipment for others

 

Class 044: Rental of medical equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

®

 

78/446763

7/7/2004

 

2997705

9/20/2005

 

Class 035: Management of medical equipment for others

 

Class 044: Rental of medical equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

®

 

78/446774

7/7/2004

 

2997706

9/20/2005

 

Class 035: Management of medical equipment for others

 

Class 044: Rental of medical equipment

 



 

OTHER MARKS IN USE

 

COUNTRY

 

MARK

 

SERIAL
NO./

FILING
DATE

 

REG. NO./

ISSUE
DATE

 

CLASSIFICATION OF
GOODS/SERVICES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

 ®

 

78/453477

7/20/2004

 

3,419,801

04/29/08

 

Class 035: Information management services, namely, tracking, reporting, analyzing and delivering business information concerning medical equipment location, utilization, availability and patient use over computer networks, intranets and internets

 

Class 037: Repair and maintenance of medical equipment, namely, medical machines and related apparatus.

 

Class 044: Rental of medical equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

 ®

 

78/453470

7/20/2004

 

3,419,800

04/29/08

 

Class 035: Information management services, namely, tracking, reporting, analyzing and delivering business information concerning medical equipment location, utilization, availability and patient use over computer networks, intranets and internets

 

Class 037: Repair and maintenance of medical equipment, namely, medical machines and related apparatus.

 

Class 044: Rental of medical equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

 

85/080,411

7/8/2010

 

4150761

5/29/2012

 

Class 020: Hospital beds.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

ASSET360

 

85/100,911

8/5/2010

 

3,940,707

4/5/2011

 

Class 035: Information management services, namely, tracking, reporting and analyzing business information concerning medical equipment location, utilization, availability and patient

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

use over computer networks, intranets and internets.

 

Class 037: Repair and maintenance of medical equipment, namely, medical

machines and related apparatus.

 

Class 044: Rental of medical equipment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

BIOMED360™

 

85/100,902

8/5/2010

 

3,923,164

2/22/2011

 

Class 035: On-site clinical engineering management services for hospitals and other healthcare facilities.

 

Class 037: Repair and maintenance of medical equipment for hospitals and other healthcare facilities, namely, medical machines and related apparatus.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

 

85/101,174

8/5/2010

 

3,940,726

4/5/2011

 

Class 035: Information management services, namely, tracking, reporting and analyzing business information concerning medical equipment location, utilization, availability and patient

use over computer networks, intranets and internets; on-site clinical engineering management services for hospitals and other healthcare facilities.

 

Class 037: Repair and maintenance of medical equipment, namely, medical machines and related apparatus.

 

Class 044: Rental of medical equipment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

HARMONY

 

85/156,665

10/20/2010

 

4,158,513

6/12/2012

 

Class 020: medical apparatus, namely, medical-surgical hospital bed frames

 



 

United States

 

MEDPRIME CAPITAL

 

 

 

85/157,688

10/21/2010

 

 

 

Class 044: Leasing of medical equipment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Great Britain

 

MEDPRIME CAPITAL

 

2,564,174

11/12/2010

 

 

2,564,174

2/11/2011

 

Class 044: Leasing of medical equipment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

European Union

 

ETC MEDICAL

 

9,584,707

 

 

009584707

7/21/11

 

Class 035: Information management services, namely, tracking, reporting, and analyzing business information concerning medical equipment location, utilization, availability and patient use over computer networks, intranets and internets.

 

Class 037: Repair and maintenance of medical equipment, namely, medical machines and related apparatus; management of medical equipment for others, namely, coordinating maintenance of medical equipment.

 

Class 039: Management of medical equipment for others, namely, coordinating delivery and pick-up of medical equipment.

 

Class 042: On-site clinical engineering management services for hospitals and other healthcare facilities; management of medical equipment for others, namely, tracking medical equipment location, utilization, availability.

 

Class 044: Rental of medical equipment; management of medical equipment for others, namely, tracking

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

medical equipment patient use.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Great Britain

 

UHS UNIVERSAL HOSPITAL SERVICES OVAL LOGO

 

 

2606522

01/9/2012

 

 

 

Class 042: On-site clinical engineering management services for hospitals and other healthcare facilities; management of medical equipment for others, namely, tracking medical equipment location, utilization, availability.

 

Class 044: Rental of medical equipment; management of medical equipment for others, namely, tracking medical equipment patient use.

 

UNFILED MARKS

 

COUNTRY

 

MARK

 

SERIAL
NO./
FILING
DATE

 

REG.
NO./
ISSUE
DATE

 

CLASSIFICATION OF
GOODS/SERVICES

United States

 

BETTER EQUIPPED TO CARE™

 

Unfiled

 

 

 

 

 



 

SCHEDULE V

COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS

 

1.               Universal Hospital Services, Inc. v. Lexington Insurance Company, et al. (Harris County District Court, 80 th  Judicial District, filed January 11, 2012).  In connection with the Freedom Medical litigation described in the footnote below, UHS filed a suit, venued in Texas state court, against all the carriers currently implicated by Freedom Medical, Inc,’s allegations.  This action seeks, among other things, a declaration of coverage as to Freedom Medical, Inc.’s suit.(1)

 


(1)  Freedom Medical, Inc. v. Premier Purchasing Partners, L.P., et al.   (U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, Texarkana Division, filed October 19, 2009.)  Freedom Medical, Inc. filed a lawsuit against UHS and others.  The federal complaint alleges violation of state and federal antitrust laws, tortious interference with business relationships, business disparagement and common law conspiracy in connection with the biomedical equipment rental market.  Freedom Medical, Inc. is seeking unspecified damages and injunctive relief.

 



 

SCHEDULE VI

LOCATION, CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICE, TYPE OF ORGANIZATION, JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION AND ORGANIZATIONAL IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

 

Name of Entity : UHS Holdco, Inc.

Jurisdiction of Organization : Delaware

Organizational ID Number : 4331701

Type of Organization : For-profit corporation

Chief Executive Office Location : 6625 West 78th Street, Suite 300, Minneapolis, MN  55439

 

Name of Entity : Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

Jurisdiction of Organization : Delaware

Organizational ID Number : 3445269

Type of Organization : For-profit corporation

Chief Executive Office Location : 6625 West 78th Street, Suite 300, Minneapolis, MN  55439

 

Name of Entity : UHS Surgical Services, Inc.

Jurisdiction of Organization : Delaware

Organizational ID Number : 5083939

Type of Organization : For-profit corporation

Chief Executive Office Location : 10939 Pendleton Street, Sun Valley, CA 91352

 



 

SCHEDULE VII

CHANGES IN NAME, LOCATION, ETC.

 

Former Chief Executive Office :

 

Grantor

 

Previous Location

 

Time Period

UHS Holdco, Inc.

 

7700 France Avenue South, Suite 275, Edina, MN 55435

 

12/2005 – 4/2012

 

 

 

 

 

Universal Hospital Services, Inc.

 

7700 France Avenue South, Suite 275, Edina, MN 55435

 

12/2005 – 4/2012

 

Name Change :

 

Grantor

 

Previous Name

 

Time Period

UHS Surgical Services, Inc.

 

PRI Medical Technologies, Inc.

 

9/2003 – 12/2011

 

Former Jurisdiction of Organization :

 

Grantor

 

Previous Jurisdiction

 

Time Period

UHS Surgical Services, Inc.

 

Nevada

 

5/1991 – 12/2011

 



 

SCHEDULE VIII

LOCATIONS OF EQUIPMENT AND INVENTORY

 

[SEE ATTACHED]

 



 

DISTRICT OFFICES

 

Location

 

Address

 

City

 

State

 

Zip

Corporate

 

6625 W 78th Street, Suite 300

 

Minneapolis

 

MN

 

55439

Minneapolis

 

2020 E. 28th Street, Suite 108

 

Minneapolis

 

MN

 

55407

Duluth

 

4625 Airpark Boulevard

 

Duluth

 

MN

 

55811

Tucson

 

1230 East Pennsylvania Avenue, Suite 101

 

Tucson

 

AZ

 

85714

San Bernardino

 

1280 Research Drive, Unit B

 

Redlands

 

CA

 

92374

Little Rock

 

10600 Colonel Glenn Road, Suite 1000

 

Little Rock

 

AR

 

72204

Raleigh

 

951 Aviation Parkway, Bldg One, Suite 1200

 

Morrisville

 

NC

 

27560

Tulsa

 

1319 N. 105th East Ave

 

Tulsa

 

OK

 

74116

Oakland

 

3427 Regatta Blvd

 

Richmond

 

CA

 

94804

Norfolk

 

825 Greenbrier Circle, Suite F

 

Chesapeake

 

VA

 

23320

Oklahoma City

 

2704 South Purdue Avenue

 

Oklahoma City

 

OK

 

73128

Richmond

 

9830 Mayland Drive, Suite A

 

Richmond

 

VA

 

23233

Denver

 

9999 Geddes Ave

 

Centennial

 

CO

 

80112

Wichita

 

3450 North Rock Road, Suite 509

 

Wichita

 

KS

 

67226

Henrietta

 

535 Summit Point Drive, Suite 3

 

Henrietta

 

NY

 

14467

Totowa

 

1 Center Court, Suite D

 

Totowa

 

NJ

 

07512

Indianapolis

 

1445 Brookville Way, Suite O

 

Indianapolis

 

IN

 

46239

San Diego

 

9853 Pacific Heights Boulevard, Suite E

 

San Diego

 

CA

 

92121

Kansas City

 

4350 Belgium Blvd

 

Riverside

 

MO

 

64150

Jacksonville

 

9450 Philips Hwy, Suite 7

 

Jacksonville

 

FL

 

32256

Dallas

 

2201 Brookhollow Plaza Drive, Suite 145

 

Arlington

 

TX

 

76006

San Antonio

 

7042 Alamo Downs Parkway, Suite 400 & 450

 

San Antonio

 

TX

 

78238

Sacramento

 

1166 West National Drive, Suite 10

 

Sacramento

 

CA

 

95834

Atlanta

 

4955 Avalon Ridge Parkway, Suite 200

 

Norcross

 

GA

 

30071

St. Louis

 

4073 Wedgeway Court

 

Earth City

 

MO

 

63045

Tampa

 

5911-A Breckenridge Parkway

 

Tampa

 

FL

 

33610

Portland

 

8070 SW Nimbus Street

 

Beaverton

 

OR

 

97008

Knoxville

 

6701 Baum Drive, Suite 125

 

Knoxville

 

TN

 

37919

Fresno

 

4230 West Swift Avenue, Suite 102

 

Fresno

 

CA

 

93722

Nashville

 

5247 Harding Place

 

Nashville

 

TN

 

37217

Louisville

 

11235 Decimal Drive

 

Louisville

 

KY

 

40299

Iowa City

 

411 West Greenfield, Suite 10A

 

Tiffin

 

IA

 

52340

Cincinnati

 

12078 Champion Way

 

Sharonville

 

OH

 

45241

Burbank

 

2040 N. Lincoln Street

 

Burbank

 

CA

 

91504

Memphis

 

6991 Appling Farms Parkway, Suite 102

 

Memphis

 

TN

 

38133

Houston

 

6975 Portwest Dr. Suites 150 & 190

 

Houston

 

TX

 

77024

Las Vegas

 

7061 W. Arby Ave, Suite 100

 

Las Vegas

 

NV

 

89113

Charleston

 

1000 Wilson Street

 

Dunbar

 

WV

 

25064

Marquette

 

1250 Wilson Street, Suite 103

 

Marquette

 

MI

 

49855

Madison

 

5810 Manufacturers Drive

 

Madison

 

WI

 

53704

Hartford

 

625 Day Hill Road, Suite A

 

Windsor

 

CT

 

06095

Milwaukee

 

4111 West Mitchell Street, Suite 100

 

West Milwaukee

 

WI

 

53215

Mobile

 

2866 Dauphin Street, Suite N

 

Mobile

 

AL

 

36606

Cleveland

 

6935 Treeline Drive, Suite F

 

Cleveland

 

OH

 

44141

 



 

Location

 

Address

 

City

 

State

 

Zip

Chicago

 

3010 Woodcreek Drive, Suite G

 

Downers Grove

 

IL

 

60515

Boston

 

21 Alpha Road

 

Chelmsford

 

MA

 

01824

Philadelphia

 

14 Stow Road, Suite 200

 

Marlton

 

NJ

 

08053

Long Island

 

108 Sea Lane

 

Farmingdale

 

NY

 

11735

Salt Lake City

 

3484 South Main Street

 

Salt Lake City

 

UT

 

84115

Fargo

 

918 Page Drive

 

Fargo

 

ND

 

58103

Birmingham

 

211 Summit Parkway, Suite 128

 

Birmingham

 

AL

 

35209

Ft. Lauderdale

 

3320 Executive Way

 

Miramar

 

FL

 

33025

West Columbia

 

3229 Sunset Blvd, Suite I

 

W. Columbia

 

SC

 

29169

Baltimore

 

6671 Santa Barbara Road Suite C

 

Elkridge

 

MD

 

21075

Seattle

 

3225 South 116th Street, Suite 109

 

Tukwila

 

WA

 

98168

Columbus

 

5710 Green Pointe Drive North, Suite B

 

Groveport

 

OH

 

43125

Sioux Falls

 

6711 South Louise Av

 

Sioux Falls

 

SD

 

57108

San Francisco

 

3811 Spinnaker Court

 

Fremont

 

CA

 

94538

New Orleans

 

110 Widgeon Street, Suite 170

 

Saint Rose

 

LA

 

70087

Charlotte

 

9125-C Southern Pine Boulevard

 

Charlotte

 

NC

 

28273

Detroit

 

28339 Beck Road, Suite F7 & F8

 

Wixom

 

MI

 

48393

Anaheim

 

1139 North Patt Street

 

Anaheim

 

CA

 

92801

Phoenix

 

2135 South 11 Ave, Suite 110

 

Phoenix

 

AZ

 

85007

Pittsburgh

 

500 Bursca Drive, Suite 508

 

Bridgeville

 

PA

 

15017

COE - East

 

1 Center Court, Suite C

 

Totowa

 

NJ

 

07512

Grand Rapids

 

85 54th Street

 

Grand Rapids

 

MI

 

49548

COE -Atlanta

 

4955 Avalon Ridge Parkway, Suite 200

 

Norcross

 

GA

 

30071

COE - Anaheim

 

1139 North Patt Street

 

Anaheim

 

CA

 

92801

Omaha

 

8819 South 117th Street

 

La Vista

 

NE

 

68128

Rockford

 

4059 Steele Drive

 

Machesney Park

 

IL

 

61115

COE - Dallas

 

2201 Brookhollow Plaza, Suite 130

 

Arlington

 

TX

 

76006

Lubbock

 

6113 43rd Street

 

Lubbock

 

TX

 

79407

Hawaii

 

94-408 Akoki Street Suite 101

 

Waipahu

 

HI

 

96797

Bloomington

 

#7 Finance Drive, Units 7-9

 

Bloomington

 

IL

 

61704

Lancaster

 

105 Independence Court, Suite 101

 

Lancaster

 

PA

 

17601

Albuquerque

 

2809 Broadbent Parkway NE, Suite A

 

Albuquerque

 

NM

 

87107

Purchasing

 

3010 Woodcreek Drive, Suite G

 

Downers Grove

 

IL

 

60515

Appleton / Green Bay

 

2001 Lawrence Drive, Suite 101A

 

De Pere

 

WI

 

54115

Toledo

 

6450 Weatherfield Court, Suite 4A

 

Maumee

 

OH

 

43537

Midland

 

5023 Princeton, Suite 10

 

Midland

 

TX

 

79705

Orlando

 

2315 Lynx Lane, Suite 1

 

Orlando

 

FL

 

32804

Shreveport

 

5100 Interstate Circle, Suite I & J

 

Shreveport

 

LA

 

71109

Springfield

 

2335 East Chestnut Expressway, Building C-120

 

Springfield

 

MO

 

65802

Spokane

 

2625 North Felts Lane

 

Spokane

 

WA

 

99206

Jackson

 

199 Interstate Drive, Suite G

 

Richland

 

MS

 

39218

West Palm Beach

 

7231 Haverhill Business Parkway, Suite 210

 

Riviera Beach

 

FL

 

33407

Austin

 

1421 Wells Branch Parkway, Suite 103

 

Pflugerville

 

TX

 

78660

McAllen

 

2108 South M Street, Suite 5

 

McAllen

 

TX

 

78503

Rochester

 

6301 Bandel Road NW, Suite 601

 

Rochester

 

MN

 

55901

Tupelo

 

578 Carnation Street

 

Tupelo

 

MS

 

38804

 



 

Location

 

Address

 

City

 

State

 

Zip

COE-Chicago

 

3010 Woodcreek Drive Suite G

 

Downers Grove

 

IL

 

60515

 



 

OTHER STORAGE LOCATIONS

 

Vendor Name

 

Address of Storage Space

 

Unit #/ Other
Information

Southwest Self Storage, LLC

 

1450 E. Metric Place, Tucson, AZ 85713

 

A2, B20, B21, B22, C5, D24

 

 

 

 

 

U-Store

 

25825 Redlands Blvd, Redlands CA 92374

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

Freeway U-Storit

 

18 Freeway Dr, Little Rock, AK 72204

 

Unit 2533

 

 

 

 

 

North State Storage

 

120 Centre West Court, Cary, NC 27513

 

Units 670,696,715

 

 

 

 

 

SecurCare Self Storage

 

3218 S. Garnett Road, Tulsa, OK 74146

 

Unit K056

 

 

 

 

 

Interstate Storage

 

720 National Court, Richmond, CA 94804

 

OB021-Unit # 6 & OC021-Unit # 60

 

 

 

 

 

Eden Way Storage Center

 

716 Eden Way North, Chesapeake, VA 23320

 

Unit E3149

 

 

 

 

 

SecureCare Self Storage

 

2420 S. Meridian, Oklahoma City, OK 73108

 

Units 733, 734

 

 

 

 

 

West End Self Storage

 

9120 West Broad St, Richmond, VA 23294

 

Unit430

 

 

 

 

 

U Store North Rock

 

3420 N. Rock Rd, Wichita, KS 67226

 

Units 827, 828

 

 

 

 

 

Affordable Self Storage

 

2378 Hamburg Turnpike, Wayne, NJ 07470

 

Units A103, C106, C108, C109, C110

 

 

 

 

 

Extra Space Storage

 

1661 Rt 23, Wayne, NJ 07470

 

Units 1119, 1122, 1124, 1129, 1130

 

 

 

 

 

Public Storage

 

9890 Pacific Hts Blvd, San Diego, CA 92121

 

Unit 1213

 

 

 

 

 

Atlantic Self Storage

 

5285 Shad Road, Jacksonville, FL 32257

 

Unit 1975

 

 

 

 

 

Sunbelt Storage

 

1620 E. Lamar Blvd, Arlington, TX 76011

 

Units 327, 212, 213, 801, 802, 803, 804, 805

 

 

 

 

 

Uncle Bob’s Storage

 

1620 E. Lamar Blvd, Arlington, TX 76011

 

Unit 412

 

 

 

 

 

Patroit Storage

 

9403 Marbach Rd, San Antonio, TX 78245

 

Units 170, 223, 231, 233, 234, 274

 

 

 

 

 

Public Storage

 

4200 Northgate Blvd. Sacramento, CA 95834

 

Units 1631, 1519, 1523, 1607

 

 

 

 

 

Champion Self Storage

 

5180 Peachtree Industrial Blvd, Norcross, GA 30071

 

Units 115, 455

 

 

 

 

 

Cross Town Stor-N-More

 

1505 S US Hwy 301, Tampa, FL 33619

 

Units 1462, 1476, 1477, 1478

 

 

 

 

 

Central Security Storage

 

6002 Kingston Pike, Knoxville, TN 37919

 

Units L12, L15, L16, L17

 



 

Vendor Name

 

Address of Storage Space

 

Unit #/ Other
Information

Trinet West, LLC

 

4230 West Swift Avenue, Suite 102, Fresno CA 93722

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

Public Storage

 

2555 E Kemper Rd, Cincinnati, OH 45241

 

Units K334, K337, K394

 

 

 

 

 

Extra Space Storage

 

2124 Charles-Bryan Rd, Memphis Tn

 

Units A3, A33, A35, C15

 

 

 

 

 

Uncle Bob’s Self Storage

 

5425 Katy Freeway, Houston, TX 77007

 

Units A008, A010, A011, A020

 

 

 

 

 

Best Storage

 

6960 W. Robindale Rd, LV, NV 89113

 

Unit 326

 

 

 

 

 

Dunbar Better Mini Storage LLC

 

2013 Wilson Street, Dunbar WV 25064

 

Unit B19

 

 

 

 

 

Tri-State Storage Ctr LLC

 

5194 Rt. 60 E, Huntingtion, WV 25705

 

Unit A38

 

 

 

 

 

Veridea

 

989 West Washington Street, Marquette, MI 49855

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

U Store It

 

708 Montlimar Park, Ste B, Mobile, AL 36693

 

Unit L10

 

 

 

 

 

Vendor Storage Zone Brecksville

 

10117 Brecksville Rd, Brecksville, OH 44114

 

Units C59, C60, C61

 

 

 

 

 

Woodcreek Properties LLC

 

3010 Woodcreek Drive, Downers Grove, IL 60515

 

Suite F

 

 

 

 

 

Meredith & Grew Inc

 

25 Industrial Ave, Chelmsford MA 01824

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

My Storage Space Billerica

 

225 Rangeway Rd, Billerica, MA 01862

 

Units 36, 37, 38, 40, 41

 

 

 

 

 

Extra Space Storage

 

588 Rte 38, E. Maple Shade, NJ 08052

 

Unit 5013

 

 

 

 

 

Lines Self Storage

 

Rt 100, N. Chester Springs, PA

 

Unit 18

 

 

 

 

 

Classic Self Storage

 

3464 S. Main St, Salt Lake City, UT 84115

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

Sunshine Self Storage

 

11800 Miramar Pkwy, Miramar, Fl 33025

 

Units 215, 218, 312, 315, 338

 

 

 

 

 

Jam Pac Storage

 

7940 Broadriver Rd, Irma, SC

 

Unit A21, A22

 

 

 

 

 

Mini U Storage

 

9425 Snowden River Pkwy, Columbia, MD 21046

 

Units: 1111/OA067, 477/OC067, 478/OF067, 516/OE067, 498/OD067, 485/OG067

 

 

 

 

 

Public Storage

 

10020 Martin Luther King Jr. Way S., Seattle, WA 98178

 

Units L001, L005, L012, L018

 

 

 

 

 

Access Storage Ohio, Inc

 

5625 Groveport Rd, Groveport, OH 43125

 

Units C0002, C0004

 

 

 

 

 

Safe Keep Self Storage

 

44705 Osgood Rd, Fremont, CA 94539

 

Unit B1010

 



 

Vendor Name

 

Address of Storage Space

 

Unit #/ Other
Information

Storage Post

 

10259 Airline Highway W., St. Rose, LA 70087

 

Unit B177

 

 

 

 

 

Public Storage

 

9400 South Tyron Street, Space#M034, Charlotte, NC 28273

 

Unit E008, J002, M034

 

 

 

 

 

Beck Business Center, Inc.

 

28265 Beck Road, C15, Wixom, MI 48393

 

Unit C15

 

 

 

 

 

Storage Outlet

 

900 S. Raymond Ave, Fullerton, CA 92831

 

Units A103, A107, A115, A116, A120

 

 

 

 

 

All Storage

 

3650 W. Broadway Road, Phoenix, AZ 85041

 

Units 241, 242, 243, 244, 246, 247, 250

 

 

 

 

 

Bursca Self Storage

 

Bursca Drive, PA 15017

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

Guardian Storage Solutions

 

350 Old Haymaker Rd, Monroeville, PA 15146

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

Wayne Storage

 

557 Rt. 23 South, Wayne, NJ 07470

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

Stop & Lock

 

5633 Division St. Grand Rapids, MI 49548

 

Units 5, 7

 

 

 

 

 

Medlock

 

3345 Medlock Bridge Rd NW, Norcross, GA 30092

 

Units 634, 639, 641, 645, 647

 

 

 

 

 

Portal Road Flexbays, LLC

 

11529 Portal Road, #9, LaVista, NE 68128

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

Twin City Self Storage

 

2019 Eagle Rd, Bloomington, IL 61761

 

Units 1152, 1255

 

 

 

 

 

Premier Self Storage

 

170 Independence Ct, Lancaster, PA 17601

 

Units 1420, 2574

 

 

 

 

 

Sentinel Self Storage

 

4620 Pan American Freeway, Albuquerque, NM 87109

 

Unit 47

 

 

 

 

 

Around Town Storage

 

1028 S. Holland, Holland, OH 43528

 

Units 4024, 4025

 

 

 

 

 

Colonial Self Storage

 

1904 W. Loop 250 N, Midland, TX 79705

 

Unit 513

 

 

 

 

 

Loop 250 Storage

 

2504 N. Loop 250W, Midland, TX 79707

 

Unit 614

 

 

 

 

 

Southern Self Storage Orlando

 

2308 N. John Young Pkwy, Orlando, FL 32804

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

Crossgate Storage Mart

 

100 Westside Cove, Pearl, MS 39208

 

Unit 272

 

 

 

 

 

Another Closet

 

714 E Ferguson, Pharr, TX 78577

 

Unit 1015

 


Exhibit 10.3

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

First Amendment
to
Intercreditor Agreement

 

This First Amendment to Intercreditor Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of August 7, 2012, between Bank of America, N.A. (“ Bank of America ”) in its capacity as collateral agent for the First Lien Secured Parties (as defined in the Existing Intercreditor Agreement referred to below) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“ Wells Fargo ”) in its capacity as collateral agent for the Junior Lien Secured Parties (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement referred to below) with reference to the following.

 

Recitals

 

A.            Merrill Lynch Capital, a division of Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services Inc. in its capacity as collateral agent for the First Lien Secured Parties (and predecessor to Bank of America as collateral agent for the First Lien Secured Parties (as defined in the Existing Intercreditor Agreement referred to below) and Wells Fargo in its capacity as collateral agent for the Junior Lien Secured Parties (as defined in the Existing Intercreditor Agreement referred to below) entered into an Intercreditor Agreement dated as of May 31, 2007 (such agreement the “ Existing Intercreditor Agreement ”, and the Existing Intercreditor Agreement as amended by this Amendment and as further amended, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Intercreditor Agreement ”).

 

B.            The Existing Intercreditor Agreement contemplated that Junior Lien Obligations (as defined in the Existing Intercreditor Agreement) in addition to the Indenture Obligations (as defined in the Existing Intercreditor Agreement) could be issued or otherwise incurred by Universal Hospital Services, Inc. (the “ Company ”) or any other Grantor (as defined in the Existing Intercreditor Agreement) and such additional Junior Lien Obligations would be subject to the terms of the Existing Intercreditor Agreement.

 

C.            The Company intends to issue certain additional Junior Lien Obligations consisting of $425,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Second Lien Senior Secured Notes due 2020 (including any additional notes issued under the New Indenture referred to below, the “ New Notes ”) issued under the Indenture dated on or about the date hereof (as amended, amended and restated, extended, refinanced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ New Indenture ”) among the Company and Wells Fargo, as trustee (in such capacity and together with its successors and assigns, the “ New Trustee ”), which New Notes will be secured by the liens granted under the Amended and Restated Second Lien Security Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2012 between the Company and Wells Fargo as collateral agent for the Secured Parties (as defined therein) (as amended, amended and restated, extended, refinanced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Second Lien Security Agreement ”).  The Company and each other Grantor may in the future issue or otherwise incur additional Junior Lien Obligations as contemplated by the Existing Intercreditor Agreement.

 

D.            The Existing Intercreditor Agreement is being amended as set forth herein in order to (i) accurately reflect the agreement of the parties with respect to the New Notes and any such future additional Junior Lien Obligations, (ii) acknowledge Bank of America as successor collateral agent for the First Lien Secured Parties and (iii) pursuant to Section 8.3 of the Existing Intercreditor Agreement to acknowledge (A) that Obligations in respect of the New Notes and the related guarantees thereof secured by the Second Lien Security Agreement are Junior Lien Obligations for purposes of the Existing Intercreditor Agreement, (B) Wells Fargo as collateral agent for the holders of the New Notes is a “ Junior Lien Representative ” and that in such capacity, Wells Fargo, the holders of the New Notes and the New Trustee are “ Junior Lien Secured Parties ” in each case for all purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

1



 

The parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.             Defined Terms .  Capitalized terms used in this Amendment and not otherwise defined are used with the meanings ascribed to them in the Existing Intercreditor Agreement.

 

2.             Amendments to Existing Agreement .

 

(a)           Section 1.1 of the Existing Intercreditor Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

(i)            in the definition of “Junior Lien Obligations” appearing therein, replacing each appearance of the words “the Indenture” appearing therein with the words “each then extant Junior Lien Document”; and

 

(ii)           in the definition of “Junior Lien Security Documents” appearing therein, deleting the words “so long as the Indenture Obligations are outstanding,” appearing in clause (a) thereof and the word “thereafter” appearing in clause (b) thereof.

 

(b)           Section 2.3 of the Existing Intercreditor Agreement is amended by adding the following paragraph thereto:

 

“Notwithstanding the foregoing, if UHS or any other Grantor shall grant to the First Lien Collateral Agent any Lien on any additional asset (real, personal or mixed) to secure the First Lien Obligations, then UHS shall (and shall cause each such Grantor to) grant to the Junior Lien Collateral Agent a Lien on such asset to secure the Junior Lien Obligations, which Liens shall be subject in all respects to the terms of this Agreement, including the priority set forth in Section 2.1 hereof; provided, however, that Liens in favor of the First Lien Collateral Agent on cash and cash equivalents to cash collateralize or otherwise satisfy reimbursement obligations relating to letters of credit issued pursuant to the First Lien Documents, to the extent permitted by the Junior Lien Documents,  shall not be subject to the requirement to grant a Lien on such assets to the Junior Lien Collateral Agent set forth above.”

 

(c)           Section 5.1(a) of the Existing Intercreditor Agreement is deleted in its entirety and the following is inserted in lieu thereof:

 

“(a)         (i)  If, at any time any Grantor or any First Lien Secured Party delivers notice to the Junior Lien Collateral Agent with respect to any specified Common Collateral (including for such purpose, in the case of the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the equity interests in any Subsidiary, any Common Collateral held by such Subsidiary or any direct or indirect Subsidiary thereof) that:

 

(A)                                such specified Common Collateral has been or is being sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of (a “Disposition”) by the owner of such Common Collateral in a transaction permitted under the Credit Agreement and under the Junior Lien Documents relating to then outstanding Junior Lien Obligations; or

 

(B)                                the First Priority Liens thereon have been or are being released in connection with a Subsidiary that is released from its guarantee under the Credit Agreement and under the Junior Lien Documents relating to Junior Lien Obligations then outstanding; or

 

2



 

(C)                                the First Priority Liens thereon have been or are being otherwise released as permitted by the Credit Agreement or by the First Lien Collateral Agent on behalf of the First Lien Secured Parties (unless, in the case of clause (B)  or ( C)  of this Section 5.1(a)(i)  such release occurs in connection with, and after giving effect to, a Discharge of First Lien Obligations, which discharge is not in connection with a foreclosure of, or other exercise of remedies with respect to, Common Collateral by the First Lien Secured Parties (such discharge not in connection with any such foreclosure or exercise of remedies, a “Payment Discharge”)),

 

then the Junior Liens upon such Common Collateral will automatically be released and discharged as and when, but only to the extent, such Liens on such Common Collateral securing First Lien Obligations are released and discharged (provided that in the case of a Payment Discharge, the Liens on any Common Collateral disposed of in connection with the satisfaction in whole or in part of First Lien Obligations shall be automatically released but any proceeds thereof not used for purposes of the Discharge of First Lien Obligations or otherwise in accordance with the Junior Lien Documents relating to Junior Lien Obligations then outstanding shall be subject to Junior Liens and shall be applied pursuant to Section 4.1) . Upon delivery to the Junior Lien Collateral Agent of a notice from the First Lien Collateral Agent stating that any such release of Liens securing or supporting the First Lien Obligations has become effective (or shall become effective upon the Junior Lien Collateral Agent’s release), the Junior Lien Collateral Agent will promptly, at the Company’s expense, execute and deliver such instruments, releases, termination statements or other documents confirming such release on customary terms, which instruments, releases and termination statements shall be substantially identical to the comparable instruments, releases and termination statements executed by the First Lien Collateral Agent in connection with such release. In the case of the sale of capital stock of a Subsidiary or any other transaction resulting in the release of such Subsidiary’s guarantee under the Credit Agreement in accordance with the Credit Agreement, the guarantee in favor of the Junior Lien Secured Parties, if any, made by such Subsidiary will automatically be released and discharged as and when, but only to the extent, the guarantee by such Subsidiary of First Lien Obligations is released and discharged.

 

(ii)           At such time as (1) the First Lien Obligations have been satisfied in full in cash in accordance with the terms thereof and all commitments and letters of credit thereunder have been terminated or (2) the holders of the First Priority Liens have released their First Priority Liens on all or any portion of the Collateral, the Junior Liens will also be automatically released to the same extent; provided, however, that (a) in the case of clause (1)  of this sentence, in the event that an Event of Default under any Junior Lien Document relating to Junior Lien Obligations then outstanding exists as of the date on which the First Lien Obligations are repaid in full and terminated as described in clause (1) , the Junior Liens on the Collateral will not be released, except to the extent the Collateral or any portion thereof was disposed of in order to repay the First Lien Obligations secured by the Collateral and, thereafter, (x) the Trustee, solely with respect to the Indenture Secured Parties and the Indenture Obligations, acting at the direction of the holders of a majority of outstanding principal amount of the Notes, and (y) each other Junior Lien Representative, solely with respect to the Junior Lien Secured Parties and the Junior Lien Obligations for which such other Junior Lien Representative has been designated as the duly authorized representative pursuant to the applicable Junior Lien Documents, acting at the direction of the holders of a majority in outstanding principal amount such Junior Lien Obligations, will have the right to direct the Junior Lien Collateral Agent with respect to their respective Junior Lien Obligations to foreclose upon the Collateral (but, in such event, the Junior Liens will be released when such Event of Default and all other Events of Default under any such Junior Lien Document cease to

 

3



 

exist), and (b) in the case of clause (2)  of this sentence, if the First Priority Lien Obligations (or any portion thereof) are thereafter secured by assets that would constitute Collateral, the Junior Lien Obligations will then be secured by the Junior Liens on such Collateral, to the same extent provided pursuant to the Junior Lien Security Documents.  If UHS subsequently incurs obligations under the Credit Agreement or other First Priority Lien Obligations which are secured by assets of UHS or any other Grantors of the type constituting Collateral, then the Junior Lien Obligations will be secured at such time by a Junior Lien on the collateral securing such First Lien Obligations to the same extent provided by the Junior Lien Documents relating to Junior Lien Obligations then outstanding.”

 

(d)           Section 8.3 of the Existing Intercreditor Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the words “, each other extant Junior Lien Document” after the words “Indenture Documents” appearing in the penultimate sentence of such Section.

 

(e)           Section 8.21 of the Existing Intercreditor Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

(i)            in the first sentence of such Section, inserting the words “, each other extant Junior Lien Document” after the words “Indenture Documents” appearing therein; and

 

(ii)           replacing the last two sentences of such Section with the following:

 

“Without limiting anything contained herein and for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to any intercreditor agreements (or similar arrangements) entered into by Junior Lien Secured Parties (as among themselves) governing the rights, benefits and privileges among Junior Lien Secured Parties in respect of Common Collateral as referred to above that have or will have Liens junior to the Liens securing the then existing Junior Lien Obligations (x) the Trustee, acting on behalf of the Indenture Secured Parties, and (y) each other Junior Lien Representative, acting on behalf of the Junior Lien Secured Parties for which such other Junior Lien Representative has been designated as the duly authorized representative pursuant to the applicable Junior Lien Documents, may, at the written request of the Company, enter into and execute on behalf of itself and the applicable Junior Lien Secured Parties, any intercreditor agreement with any other Junior Lien Representative on behalf of other Junior Lien Secured Parties with respect the Common Collateral to the extent permitted under the First Lien Documents, the Indenture Documents and each other extant Junior Lien Document, which intercreditor agreement is substantially identical to this Agreement except that the Liens on the Common Collateral granted to such other Junior Lien Secured Parties shall be junior and subordinated to the Junior Liens on the Common Collateral granted to the Junior Lien Secured Parties pursuant to the Junior Lien Security Documents substantially to the same extent as the Junior Liens on the Common Collateral are junior and subordinate to the First Priority Liens granted to the First Lien Secured Parties under this Agreement and the First Lien Security Documents.  The Trustee and each other Junior Lien Representative shall be entitled to conclusively rely on an Officer’s Certificate and an opinion of counsel, at the Company’s expense, that such intercreditor agreement satisfies the criterion set forth in the preceding sentence.”

 

4



 

3.             Conditions to Effectiveness .  This Amendment shall become effective on the date (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”) on which the First Lien Collateral Agent and the Junior Lien Collateral Agent shall have duly executed and delivered to the other counterparts of this Amendment.

 

4.             Limited Effect .  Except as expressly provided by this Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Existing Intercreditor Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

5.             Continuing Effect Each signatory hereto further confirms that the Intercreditor Agreement is and shall continue to be in full force and effect and the same is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects, except that upon the occurrence of the Amendment Effective Date, all references in the Existing Intercreditor Agreement to the “ this Agreement, ” “ thereunder, ” “ thereof, ” or words of similar import shall mean the Intercreditor Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

 

6.             GOVERNING LAW .  .  THIS AGREEMENT HAS BEEN DELIVERED AND ACCEPTED AT AND SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN MADE AT NEW YORK, NEW YORK AND SHALL BE INTERPRETED, AND THE RIGHTS AND LIABILITIES OF THE PARTIES BOUND HEREBY DETERMINED, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

7.             Miscellaneous .  This Amendment may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Amendment on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.  Copies of this Amendment signed by all parties hereto shall be lodged with the Borrower, the First Lien Collateral Agent and the Junior Lien Collateral Agent.  Delivery of an executed signature page of this Amendment by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first written above.

 

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. ,

 

as First Lien Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian J. Wright

 

Name: Brian J. Wright

 

Title: Senior Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Intercreditor Agreement]

 



 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION ,

 

as Junior Lien Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lynn M. Steiner

 

Name: Lynn M. Steiner

 

Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Intercreditor Agreement]

 



 

Acknowledged and Agreed:

 

 

 

UNIVERSAL HOSPITAL SERVICES, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Susan L. Wolf

 

Name: Susan L. Wolf

 

Title: Treasurer

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Intercreditor Agreement]

 


Exhibit 31.1

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

I, Gary D. Blackford, certify that:

 

1.                                       I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Universal Hospital Services, Inc. (the “registrant”);

 

2.                                       Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.                                    Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.                                    The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 



 

5.                                    The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)                                  all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)                                  any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: August 13, 2012

/s/ Gary D. Blackford

 

Gary D. Blackford

 

Chairman of the Board and

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 


Exhibit 31.2

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

I, Rex T. Clevenger, certify that:

 

1.                                       I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Universal Hospital Services, Inc. (the “registrant”);

 

2.                                       Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.                                    Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.                                    The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 



 

5.                                    The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)                               all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)                               any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: August 13, 2012

/s/ Rex T. Clevenger

 

Rex T. Clevenger

 

Executive Vice President and

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

 


Exhibit 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Quarterly Report of Universal Hospital Services, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2012, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), I, Gary D. Blackford, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1)           The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2)           The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: August 13, 2012

 

 

 

/s/ Gary D. Blackford

 

Gary D. Blackford

 

Chairman of the Board and

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 


Exhibit 32.2

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Quarterly Report of Universal Hospital Services, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2012, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), I, Rex T. Clevenger, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1)           The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2)           The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: August 13, 2012

 

 

 

/s/ Rex T. Clevenger

 

Rex T. Clevenger

 

Executive Vice President and

 

Chief Financial Officer